ZWH
 450
 1951 r
'army medical  library
PLASMA SUBSTITUTES
  EXCEPT THOSE DERIVED FROM HUMAN BLOOD

             1940-1951

        An annotated bibliography
             Compiled by
            Karl A. Baer
             Bibliographer
            Reference Division
Washington, D. C.
 December 1951
tticwa ttaiEOTia 
  —1\ * v-
>W^<AA\
/r

 
*  v-^i?^
 
 
IS. ARMY MEDICAL LIBRARY
»•/
PLASMA  SUBSTITUTES
  EXCEPT THOSE DERIVED FROM HUMAN BLOOD
              1940-1951
         An annotated bibliography
              Compiled by
             Karl A Baer
              Bibliographer
             Reference Division
Washington, D. C.
 December 1951 
  nrch.
 ZViH
  450
3 R57 f
° 1951
  a.4
ARMED FORCES MCDICAl LIBRAE
    WASHINGTON. 0. C.
     ♦References marked with an asterisk were not available
for examination when the list was compiled.  This does not
necessarily mean that they are not available at Army Medical
Library.  Conversely, not all of the material listed without
an asterisk is available at Army Medical Library. 
-i-
INTRODUCTION
     The compilation of  this bibliography stems ultimately
from the national emergency, but more immediately from the
efforts of Dr. P. Douglas Lawrason of the National Research
Council.  Dr. Lawrason has acted as Chairman of a group of
consultants which included Colonel Frederick J. Knoblauch,
of the Surgeon General's Office, U. S. Army, and Dr. George
H. L. Dillard, of the National Institutes of Health; these
men have given freely of their time, knowledge, and energy
in order to bring this project successfully to publication.

     We have attempted to present here a comprehensive list
of references to those plasma substitutes not derived from
human blood; a closer definition of scope may be found in
Dr. Lawrason's preface.  The period covered by this bibli-
ography extends from 1940 through mid-1951; an appendix
contains some additional material largely culled from the
abstracting and indexing journals of October and November
1951*  A selective listing of background material on Burns,
Hemorrhage, Infusion Therapy, and Shock, is. included merely
to round out tne presentation and perhaps facilitate the
work of the user of the  bibliography.

     The Army Medical Library, Library of Congress, and
National Research Council possess a considerable amount of
documentary material on  plasma substitutes, both classi-
fied and unclassified, only a part of which is available
in print.  Only such documents to which easy access may be
had have been listed.

     The bibliography has been arranged alphabetically by
subject, although it has been found expedient to list
Russian and Japanese publications (Nos. 855 through 855)
separately, outside the  subject groups.  No special search
was made for abstracts,  but those found during the ordinary
search for material were included.  The abbreviations used 
-ii-
     Mr. Karl A. Baer,  of the Reference Division staff, has
been responsible for this project;  the  work is largely his
own.  It is a pleasure  to acknowledge the  contribution of
Mrs. Alta Jean Stewart, whose intelligent  cooperation in
preparing a difficult manuscript  for the printer has been
so valuable.
                            FRANK B. ROGERS
                            Lt. Col., MC
7 December 1951             Director, Army Medical Library 
-iii-
PREFACE
.     For the third time in the past thirty-five years,
this country is engaged in armed conflict.  Before and
during World Wars I and II the medical profession di-
rected its efforts toward meeting the needs of the combat
troops of the Armed Services.  The possibility of an at-
tack on this country and its citizens was real in the in-
itial stages of World War II, but as the Allied strength
grew, the battle areas became closely defined on foreign
shores.  The needs of the combat troops for whole blood,
plasma, or a "plasma substitute" became evident immedi-
ately and, "before adequate amounts of blood or blood de-
rivatives were available, the so-called "substitutes" were
intensively investigated.  However, when it became appar-
ent that sufficient amounts of blood could be collected
by the American Red Cross and the military services to meet
the needs, the research directed toward the development of
suitable plasma volume expanders grew less urgent.  Now
again, in 1951, with the rapid advances in aviation and
with the advent of atomic warfare, the possibility of treat-
ing mass casualties not only in the military but also in
the civilian population as a result of a sudden attack on
this nation must be considered.

     The treatment of shock is the single most pressing
medical emergency immediately subsequent to any mass aerial
attack on a city.  As a rule, traumatic shock must be
treated first with little delay before surgical or other
possible lifesaving procedures can be instituted.

     To be equipped to meet the needs of a sudden attack
upon the peoples of these United States, appropriate re-
serves of suitable materials to treat shock must be on
hand.  There is little doubt that whole blood is the best
intravenous solution known for this purpose.  However, as
of this date, whole blood has a limited storage capacity
of three to four weeks; thus, it is not feasible to accu-
mulate and sustain a large reserve of whole blood.  More-
over, it is unrealistic to hope that at the hour of emer-
gency a sufficient number of donors can be assembled, bled,
and the blood carried to the scene of disaster in time to
treat adequately the thousands of cases of shock.  Actually,
in many localities where there are large concentrations of
potential blood donors, these donors may well be victims 
-iv-
of shock and may themselves be candidates to receive blood.
Therefore, in order to establish a second line of defense
to whole blood and plasma in the event of a national dis-
aster, the medical profession has recognized the need for
the development of the plasma volume expanders.

     This problem is not a new one in such countries as
England, France, and Germany, which were the battlefields
of yesterday.  In 1917 the Medical Research Committee of
Britain established a Special Investigation Committee on
Surgical Shock and Allied Conditions.  This committee,
composed of leading scientists, made comprehensive studies
on the physiological alterations in shock and the use of
suitable crystalloid or colloid solutions to be used for
its treatment.  Considerable progress was made in basic re-
search concerned with the problem.  The crystalloid solu-
tions were extensively studied in animals subjected to ex-
perimental shock.  The ready diffusability of these solu-
tions limited their use in correcting and maintaining an
adequate circulating blood volume.  These experimental
facts were borne out clinically.  Recognizing a need for
a macro-molecular substance in solution to provide the
necessary intravascular osmotic effect in maintaining an
adequate plasma volume, an evaluation of gum arable, aca-
cia, was undertaken.  The investigations over the follow-
ing years revealed the storage of acacia in tissues and
the incidence of toxic reactions.  The ability to produce
a physiologically effective material, free from any early
or late toxic effects on body tissues, still remains want-
ing after many years.

     It was not until the early years of World War II that
the so-called plasma substitutes again were seriously con-
sidered as part of the armamentarium in the treatment of
shock.  Committees were formed to examine the problem and
to stimulate investigation in an effort to evaluate the
therapeutic potential of macro-molecular solutions in the
treatment of shock, in the event that sufficient supplies
of whole blood and plasma were lacking.  In the United
States the advisory and coordinating committee was the Com-
mittee on Blood and Blood Substitutes of the National Re-
search Council.

     Great strides were made in the collection and preser-
vation of whole blood, the processing of blood into plasma,
the fractionation of plasma and the isolation of some of
its derivatives.  Because of these advances and the success
of the American Red Cross blood donor program, the exten-
sive field use of the plasma volume expanders was never 
V-
realized.  Nevertheless, considerable experience in the use
of gelatin solutions, pectin, etc. was accumulated.  The
most suitable and effective of the substitutes studied was
slightly degraded gelatin made from bone.

     Since the end of hostilities in 19^5, the Department
of Defense, the Office of Defense Mobilization, the Federal
Civil Defense Administration, and other agencies of govern-
ment have projected their activities to meet the continu-
ing threat of a third war and the eventuality of a sudden
national disaster.  In June 1950 hostilities broke out in
Korea and the need for blood and its derivatives again be-
came acute.

     In the Fall of 1950 the Subcommittee on Shock of the
National Research Council was formed primarily to study
the problem of the therapeutic use of plasma volume ex-
panders in the treatment of traumatic shock.  Over the past
ten years several macro-molecular substances have been de-
veloped in this country and Europe.  The foreign experi-
ence has been much more broad in regard to such substitutes
as dextran, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and animal plasma.  Dex-
tran was developed as a plasma volume expander in Sweden
and during the past five years it has been extensively used
clinically with generally good results.  Likewise in Ger-
many a synthetic polymer, polyvinyl pyrrolidone known as
Periston, had wide clinical use during the war years.  It
was developed because the enormous demands for blood and
plasma could not be met by the German Government.  Favor-
able clinical experience with the foreign colloids still
leaves much to be learned concerning the metabolic and
physiologic action of these substances within the body.
In addition to the previously mentioned plasma volume ex-
panders, numerous other biologic and synthetic polymers are
being investigated by the National Research Council com-
mittee .

     As a result of the increased tempo of research and
interest concerning the therapeutic value of the plasma
volume expanders the Army Medical Library has compiled the
following bibliography.  An attempt has been made to make
this much-needed bibliography available to all investiga-
tors at the earliest possible date.  Therefore, emphasis
has been placed on work accomplished over the past ten to
fifteen years bringing the list of articles up to date with
no attempt to review work published before 1940.  The great
number of published studies on crystalloids, casein deriva-
tives, etc. in regard to their value in shock and allied
conditions, have not been included.  These shortcomings in 
-vi-
completeness result from the urgent need to make available
to many investigators rapidly the results of background
work with some of the newer plasma volume expanders.

     Those engaged in this emergency program are indebted
to the staff of the Army Medical Library, especially Mr.
Karl A. Baer, for compiling this very opportune bibliog-
raphy on plasma volume expanders.
F. Douglas Lawrason, M.D. 
-vii-
TABLE OP CONTENTS
Page
I
ACACIA                                                     1
       - CHMISTKY                                         1
       - EXPERIMENTATION                                   1
       - THERAPY                                           2
       - TOXICITY                                          6
       - VEHICLE FUNCTION, see ACACIA - EXPERIMENTATION
ANIMAL SERUM
             - CHEMISTRY
             - EXPERIMENTATION                             9
             - THERAPY                                    10
             - TOXICITY                                   H
BEEF SERUM, see ANIMAL SERUM
BLOOD PIASMA, see PIASMA
BLOOD PROTEINS, see PIASMA PROTEINS
BLOOD SUBSTITUTES, see PIASMA SUBSTITUTES
BOVINE SERUM, see ANIMAL SERUM
BURNS                                                     12
      - EXPERIMENTATION                                   12
      - METABOLISM                                        13
      - TREATMENT                                         13
DEXTRAN                                                   15
        - CHEMISTRY                                       lo
        - EXPERIMENTATION                                 23
        - THERAPY                                         26
        - TOXICITY                                        32
        - VEHICLE FUNCTION                                33
GELATIN                                                   33
        - CHEMISTRY                                       34
        - EXPERIMENTATION                                 3o
        - METABOLISM                                      4°
        - THERAPY                                         41
        - TOXICITY                                        47
        - VEHICLE FUNCTION                                48
HEMORRHAGE                                                51
INFUSION THERAPY                                          51
ISINGIASS                                                  -
          - CHEMISTRY                                     5§
          - THERAPY                                       58
MACROOSX, see DEXTRAN
MACROSE                                                   59
METHYL CELLULOSE                                          59
MUSCLE PROTEINS                                           59
CKYPOLYGEIATIN, see GEIATIN 
-viii-
Page
PECTIN                                                    59
       - CHEMISTRY                                        g}
       - EXPERIMENTATION                                  |0
       - METABOLISM                                       °2
       - THERAPY                                          ?3
       - TOXICITY                                         04
       - VEHICLE FUNCTION                                 64
PERISTON, see POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE
PIASMA                                                     ~
       - VEHICLE FUNCTION                                 64
PIASMA PROTEINS                                           65
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES                                        67
PIASMOSAN, see POIYYINYLrYRROUDONE
POLYSACCHARIDES, see DEXTRAN
POLYVTNYIALCOHOL                                          82
POIYVTNYLPyRROLIDONE                                      ©3
                     - BIBLIOGRAPHY                       85
                     - CHEMISTRY                          85
                     - EXPERIMENTATION                    88
                     - THERAPY                            92
                     - TOXICITY                          101
                     - VEHICLE FUNCTION                  102
REVIEW ARTICLES                                          116
SHEEP SERUM, see ANIMAL SERUM
SHOCK                                                    117
SUBTOSAN, see POIYVINYLFYRROLIDONE
JAPANESE CONTRIBUTIONS                                   125
RUSSIAN CONTRIBUTIONS                                    125

                         APPENDIX

ANIMAL SERUM                                             128
DEXTRAN                                                  128
GELATIN                                                  130
INFUSION THERAPY                                         131
OKRA                                                     131
PECTIN                                                   132
PIASMA                                                   132
PIASMA PROTEINS                                          1<2
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES                                       133
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE 
         PIASMA SUBSTITUTES

EXCEPT THOSE DERIVED PROM HDMAN BLOOD
ACACIA

   1.  Pablo Rey, P., and Rebello, A.  La goma arabiga en la
         preparaci6n de inyectables; sueros gomados; condiciones
         que deben reunir, indicaciones terapeuticas.  Rev. m6d.,
         B. Air., 1940, 2: 40-44.  Preparation of various solu-
         tions of gum arable which is considered non-toxic and
         useful.  9 references.

ACACIA - CHEMISTRY  (incl. physiological chemistry and biochemistry)

   2.  Briggs, D. R.  Studies in electrokinetics; the electro-
         viscous effect: in systems of sodium gum arable.  J.
         Phys. Chem., 194l, 4£: 866-876.  11 references.

   3.  Derivichian, D., and Magnant, C.  Influence de la coacerva-
         tion avec la gomme arabiaue sur l'Stalement de la gela-
         tine en couches superficlelles.  Bull. Soc. chim. biol.,
         Par., 1945, 2£: 101-105.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1946,
         40: 2055 •   f • • .When dil. solns. of acacia gum and gela-
         tin are mixed and added to water at pH 3.5 and 40° the
         surface film formed covers about twice the area of that
         formed by same quantity of gelatin alone; hence it ap-
         pears that the gum and gelatin form a coacervate com-
         plex...1   (Chem. Abstr.j.  Paper presented at the Meet-
         ing of the SociStS de Chimie Biologique, July 1949.

   4.  Sorgdrager, P.  De bepaling van arabische gom in serum.
         Pharm. wbl., Amst., 1947, 82: 133-135.  7 references.

ACACIA - EXPERIMENTATION

   5.  Buttle, G. A. H., Kekwick, A., and Schweitzer, A.  Blood
         substitutes in treatment of acute haemorrhage.  Lancet,
         Lond., 1940, 2: 507-510.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir.,
         1942, 10£: 185.  'Plasma is the only (blood substitute)
         which,~Tn the cat, consistently gives results approximate
         to those obtained with whole blood.  The other substitute
         solutions we place in the following descending order of
         value: serum,  haemoglobin-Ringer, gum-saline, red cells
         in crystalloid solution, isotonic saline, isotonic glu-
         cose.*  4l references. 
-2-
ACACIA - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

   6.  Hall, W. K., Gibson, R. B., and Weed, L. A.  Studies on
         the intravenous injection of colloids; effects of gum
         acacia on certain functions of the liver with a note
         on its effects on the production of immune bodies.  J.
         Laborat. Clin. M., 19^0, 26: 330-339-  Damage of car-
         bohydrate and serum metabolism functions of the liver
         was observed; there was, however, no effect on the
         hepatic cells nor any change in production of aggluti-
         nin, hemolysin, bacteriolysin and precipitin.  Marked
         fall in fibrinogen content, and prolonged bleeding time
         were noted.  38 references.

   7.  Hoitink, A. W. J. H.  Experimental experiences with the
         intravenous injection of gum-salt-solutions.  Arch.
         neerl. physiol., 1940, 25: 173-201.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org.
         ges. Chir., 1941, 103: 24-25.  '...Intravenous gum in-
         jection is in my opinion not recommendable as treatment
         of haemorrhage... In the treatment of the acute fatal
         haemorrhage, the intravenous injection of saline solu-
         tion is preferable.  With regard to the other indica-
         tions of the gum injection one will have to ask oneself,
         as well, if the disadvantages and risks are counter-
         balanced by the expected favourable action...'  34 ref-
         erences.

   8.  Hoitink, A. W. J. H.  Over intraveneuse gominspuiting.
         Ned. tschr. geneesk., 1941, 85: 142-149.  Abstr.: Zentr.
         Org. ges. Chir., 1941, 102: 50.  'Undesirable, detri-
         mental and dangerous effects of the intravenous injection
         of arable gum  (acacia) are described.. . 1. a tendency to
         conglutination of the blood-corpuscles... 2. hypoxaemia...
         3. damage to the liver and special functions of this
         organ; 4. dyscolloidity of the bloodplasma; while 5. the
         gum injection has an unfavourable Influence on the re-
         covery or the maintenance of the normal protein content
         of the bloodplasma...'  22 references.

   9.  Hueper, W. C.  Experimental studies in cardiovascular
         pathology.  V. Effects of intravenous injections of
         solutions of gum arable, egg albumin and gelatin upon
         the blood and organs of dogs and rabbits.  Am. J. Path.,
         1942, 18: 895-916.  'The intravenous injection of col-
         loidal solutions of gum arable, gelatin and ovalbumin
         elicits In the blood of dogs and rabbits responses which
         are characteristic of the "macromolecular hematological
         syndrome"... The development of storage phenomena in the
         internal organs depends upon the stability of the In-
         jected macromolecules... The agents, such as macromole-
         cular carbohydrates (polyvinyl alcohol, pectin, methyl
         cellulose, gum arable) and lipoids (cholesterol), which 
-3-
- EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

  form emulsions with proteinic solutions, give rise to
  foam-cellular atheromatous lesions.'  52 references.

Knutti, R. E., Goetsch, J. B., and Warrick, R. A.  Recip-
  rocal changes in plasma protein and plasma acacia as a
  result of high and low protein diets.  J. Exp. M., 1950,
  91: 425-431.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 2, 1951, 4:
  6^-70.   »The results indicate that under (certain) con-
  ditions, acacia stored in the body  (principally in the
  liver) can be ... returned to the blood (and) that dogs
  in which acacia is deposited in large quantities, re-
  quire a larger amount of protein in the diet to maintain
  a constant plasma protein content than do normal dogs.'
  4 references.

Knutti, R. E., Warrick, R. A., and Goetsch, J. B.  The
  maintenance of blood colloid: passage of stored gum
  acacia from the cells to the circulation after plas-
  mapheresis.  J. Exp. M., 1950, 92: 77-83.  'Removal of
  blood plasma by plasmapheresis from dogs made hypopro-
  teinemic by injections of gum acacia over long periods
  of time, has resulted in the removal of more gum acacia
  than was originally present in the plasma.  Gum acacia
  injections had been discontinued previous to the start
  of the experiments, and hence It must be concluded that
  the excess amounts of acacia were derived from deposits
  in the various organs.1  6 references.

Korth, J.  Experlmentelle Untersuchungen ttber den Einfluss
  verschiedener Blutkonservierungs- und Blutersatzmittel
  auf die Atmung und die Sauerstofftransportfunktion der
  menschlichen Erythrocytes  Deut. Zschr. Chir., 1944,
  259: 242-252.  Gum arable and Periston 3.5 do not affect
  In any way the oxygen capacity and  transport function
  of human erythrocytes.  59 references.

Michiels, J.  Gomme arabique et barriSre heniato-camSru-
  laire.  Arch, opht., Par., 1949, 9: 98.  In the rabbit,
  the large hydrocarbon molecules or gum arable cross the
  blood-aqueous barrier.  Abstract of a paper presented at
  the Meeting of the Soci£t6 Beige d'Ophthalmologic, No-
  vember 1948.

Monke, J. V.  Gum acacia and the oxygenation of red cells.
  Am. J. Physiol., 1941, 132: 529-534.   'Data have been
  presented indicating that gum acacia, when injected into
  the blood stream, does not retard,  or in any way affect,
  the movement of oxygen across the plasma membrane of the
  red cell.  This is in contradiction to observations made
  and recorded by other authors,.*1   10 references. 
-4-
ACACIA - EXPERIMENTATION  (Continued)

  15.  Mori, S.  Experlmentelle Beltrage zur Wiederherstellung
         des Bluteiweisses sowie dessen kolloid-osmotischen
         Drucks; Beeinflussung der Wiederherstellung des Blutei-
         weisses sowie dessen kolloid-osmotischen Drucks nach
         Plasmapheresis durch die Beschaffenheitsveranderung der
         mit Erythrocyten reinfundierten Pliissigkelten.  Tohoku
         J. Exp. M., 1947, 49: 111-121.  The effect of infusion
         of 6 percent solution of gum arable into  rabbits is
         included in the discussion (p. 117-119).  35 references.

  16.  Schubert, R.  Verhalten vasserloslicher Vitamine gegenliber
         den Serumeiweissk'drpern mit besonderer Berlicksichtigung
         des Transportproblems.  Intern. Zschr. Vltaminf., 1947,
         19: 119-179.  Experiments with Periston and gum arable
         may be interpreted to the effect that the hydration of
         the colloidal parts of the combining substance may play
         the chief part in the transport problem.  Some 100 ref-
         erences.

  17.  Sloan, J. H.  The use and fate of purified acacia solution
         in experimental hemorrhage.  Current Res. Anesth., 1942,
         21: 343-348.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1943, 37: 2463.
         7£cacia injected intravenously in the dog Begins to en-
         ter the liver cells within a few hours, and is present
         478 days afterwards without evidence of increased fi-
         brosis or cellular infiltration.  As an emergency meas-
         ure in acute hemorrhage 6 percent acacia in O.85 percent
         sodium chloride solution is effective and justifiable...'
         6 references.

  18.  Smalley, R. E., Blnger, M.-W.,  Bolltnan, J. L., and Power,
         M. H.  Effect of intravenously administered solution of
         acacia on animals.  Arch. Int. M., 1945, 76: 39-46.  Re-
         sults of dog experiments 'do not contraindTcate the use
         of acacia therapeutically under careful management.'
         17 references.

ACACIA - THERAPY

  19.  Acacia for the nephrotic syndrome.  Brit. M. J., 1941,
         1: 758.  Editorial discussing the work of Goudsmit and
         Blnger, q.v.  2 references.

  20.  Almeida, 0. de.  Tratamento do choque.  Rev. med. Minas,
         1940, 7: 7-19.  See p.  12-14 for saline and gum acacia.
         lo references.

  21.  Blalock, A.  Shock; its prevention and treatment.  Surg.
         Clin. N. America, 1941, 21: I663-I683.  Discussion of
         i.v.  fluid administration includes gum acacia solutions. 
-5-
ACACIA - THERAPY  (Continued)

  22.  Bowers, W. F.  Nature and the treatment of shock.  Mil.
         Surgeon, 194l, 8g: 41-48.  Discussion includes the use
         of solution of acacia.  13 references.

  23.  Derot, M.  La nephrose llpoldique et ses recents traite-
         ments.  Paris med., 1948, 38: 437-442.  Includes discus-
         sion of therapy by direct action on the osmotic pressure
          (gum arable, pvp).

  24.  Edwards, J. T. R.  Problems of transfusion.  Brit. M. J.,
         1940, 2: 535.  Gum saline 'should not be discarded
         lightly» as a 'blood substitute'; report of a case.
         Letter to the editor.

  25.  Falkenstein, D. F., and Jackson, R. L.  Acacia therapy in
         a child with nephrosis.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1940, 16:
         700-703.  Considerable amounts of acacia were found de-
         posited in the parenchymatous tissue 6 years after ad-
         ministration.   'The acacia deposited in the liver may
         well have interfered with serum protein regeneration.'
         13 references.

  26.  Fantus, B.  The therapy of acute peripheral circulation
         failure; syncope, shock and collapse.  J. Pm. M. Ass.,
         1940, 114: 2010-2015.  Gum acacia (6 percent in 0.7 per-
         cent salt solution) may be used in shock when blood is
         not available.

  27.  Goudsmit, A., and Blnger, M. W.  Acacia in the treatment
         of the nephrotic syndrome.  Arch. Int. Med., 1940,  66:
         1252-1281.   »0f 40 successive adult patients  ... all"~
         except 4 were promptly relieved of edema ... Once proper
         attention is given to the preparation and administration
          ... reactions  ... are infrequent and mild.'  25 refer-
         ences.

  28.  Goudsmit, A., and Binger, M. W.  Treatment of nephrotic
         edema.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1940, 114: 2515-2517.   'The in-
         travenous injection of solutions of acacia is now a part
         of the routine treatment in severe cases.  A 6 percent
         solution of acacia in 0.06 percent sodium chloride is
         used with advantage... Most patients tolerate the injec-
         tion without any untoward effects.'  9 references.

  29.  Goudsmit, A., Binger, M. W., and Power, M. H.  Acacia in
         the treatment of the nephrotic syndrome; influence of
         acacia, injected intravenously, on concentration of
         proteins and on colloid osmotic pressure of the serum.
         Arch. Int. M., 1941, 68: 701-712.  Report of 28 cases.
         16 references. 
-6-
 ACACIA - THERAPY (Continued)

   30.   Johnson,  J.  B.,  and Newman, L. H.   Intravenous  injection
          of acacia; clinical  and physiological  effects on patients
          with nephrotic edema.   Arch. Int. M.,  1945, 76:  I67-I73.
          Report  of  10 cases.   'No evidence  ...  to  indicate that
          the injected acacia  inhibited regeneration of plasma  pro-
          tein.  No  serious complications...'  In one patient who
          died 50 days after injection storage was  found,  partic-
          ularly  in  spleen and liver.  20 references.

   31.   Lehnhoff, H. J.,  Jr.,  and Binger, M. W.  Treatment of
          edema of renal origin.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1943,  121: 1321-
          1325.  Includes report  on 10 patients  treated with gum
          acacia. 6 references.

   32.   Lyon. C.  G.   The treatment of shock.  Pacific Coast M.,
          194l, 8: 24-28.   Use of acacia solution and amino acids
          is mentioned.   28 references.

   33.   Maes, U., and Davis, H. A.  Fluid replacement In surgical
          states; with particular reference to transfusion of
          ascitic fluid:  a clinical and experimental study.  Arch.
          Surg.,  1941,  42:  45J-479.  Discussion  includes use of
          gum acacia (p.  466-469).  122 references.

   34.   Rala, A.   0  tratamento do choque pelo soro gomado.  Rev.
          cirurg. S.  Paulo,  1940, 5: 463-476.  6 percent gum
          acacia  solution as introduced by Bayliss was used suc-
          cessfully  In 105 cases; side effects were observed in
          one case only and tissue lesions did not occur.  21 ref-  '
          erences.

   35-   Snalley,  R.  E., and Blnger, M. W.  Chronic glomerulone-
          phritis and the nephrotic syndrome.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,
          1944, 126:  532-535.  Patients with resistant nephrotic
          edema who  were treated with gum acacia have benefited
          by  this treatment.   'We could not find any evidence that
          acacia  was  harmful in any way to these patients.'

ACACIA  -  TOXICITY,  see also ACACIA - EXPERIMENTATION

  36.  Ammon, R.   Blutersatzmlttel und lhr Schicksal  im Organis-
         mus unter besonderer  Berucksichtigung des Peristons.
         Med. Mschr., 1949, 3: lb-22.   Review article  plus orig-
          inal material.  In spite of the advantages of Periston,
         it  should always be remembered that it contains a non-
         physiological colloid which is stored and may  be harm-
         ful.  Solution of gum acacia should not be used gener-
         ally.  65 references.

       Falkenstein,  D. F., and Jackson,  R.  L.,  see  No.  25. 
-7-
ACACIA - TOXICITY  (Continued)

       Johnson, J. B., and Newman, L. H., see No. 30.

  37'  Mannix, E. P., Jr.  Arabinosis: an exogenous macromolecular
         storage disease; with report of a case following the in-
         travenous use of acacia in the treatment of the nephrotic
         syndrome.  Brooklyn Hosp. J., 1947, 5: 200-223.  'A case
         of arabinosis or acacia storage disease is presented,
         with a review of the literature.  This condition devel-
         oped during treatment for chronic glomerulonephritis...
         The use of acacia in the treatment of surgical shock has
         become outmoded due to the development of excellent
         technics for administering plasma and whole blood.  As
         a diuretic in the treatment of the nephrotic syndrome,
         its disadvantages seem to outweigh its beneficial effects.
         Its use, therefore, is not recommended.'  34 references.

  38.  Raven, R. W.  Treatment of shock in war surgery.  Brit. M.
         J., 1940, 1: 950.  Objections to the use of gum acacia.
         Letter to "Ehe editor.

  39»  Schaefer, G.  Indications for use of blood and blood sub-
         stitutes In surgery.  Surg. Clin. N. America, 1943, 23:
         333-343.  The author advises strongly against the use
         of gum acacia.  30 references.

ACACIA - VEHICLE FUNCTION, see ACACIA - EXPERIMENTATION

ANIMA.L SERUM

  40.  Barsoum, H.  Calf plasma for transfusion.  Lancet, Lond.,
         1948, 1: 346-347.  Animal experiments and clinical use
         of citrated plasma at Alexandria, Egypt.

  4l.  Boesen, C. E., Larsen, V., and Nielsen, A. K.  Properties
         of bovine serum heated with formaldehyde.  Lancet, Lond.,
         1948, 1: 325-327.  Animal experiments.  7 references.

  42.  Davis, H. A., and Eaton, A. G.  Intravenous and subcuta-
         neous administration of alkali-treated bovine serum
         albumin to man and lower animals.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol.,
         1942, 50: 246-248.   'Alkali-treated bovine serum albumin
         when administered by vein or by other parenteral routes
         is not toxic to human beings, dogs, rabbits, guinea pigs,
         or mice.  It possesses little or no  antigenicity.  It
         Is capable of raising and maintaining the blood pressure
         of dogs subjected to severe hemorrhage.  These facts
         suggest that alkali-treated bovine serum albumin may
         prove useful as a substitute for blood in man.'  2 ref-
         erences. 
-8-
ANIMAL SERUM  (Continued)

  43.  Edwards, F. R.  A form of bovine serum suitable for a
         plasma substitute in the treatment of shock.  Proc. R.
         Soc. M., 1942-43, 36: 337.  Preparation of the serum is
         described and its successful administration to 24 pa-
         tients is reported.  Abstract of a paper read before the
         Section of Surgery, March 19^3.

  44.  Edwards, F. R.  Despeciated bovine serum (D.B.S.) a sub-
         stitute for human plasma.  Brit. M. J., 19^, 1: 73-76.
         Clinical trial in 26 cases; also discusses preparation
         and  preservation.  18 references.

  45.  Massons Esplugas, J. M.  Calf plasma or serum for trans-
         fusion.  Lancet, Lond., 1946, 2: 341-343.  A method is
         described for the preparation of non-antigenic calf plas-
         ma which has been used successfully In hemorrhage and
         shock, hypoproteinemia and dehydration.  17 references.

  46.  Melka, J., Rapant, V., and Zapletal, B.  Denatured calf
         plasma for transfusion.  Lancet, Lond., 1947, 2: 382-
         383.  Results of laboratory and clinical experience with
         D.C.P. prepared according to Masson.

  47.  Vaccaro, H., Staeding, J., and Perez, J.   Suero bovino
         desnaturalizado como substituto del plasma humano.   Rev.
         med. Chile, 1945, 73: 252-256.  Preliminary report  on
         chemical, biological and physiological  effects of bovine
         serum prepared according to Edwards (with certain modi-
         fications ; .  Discussion includes remarks by Dussert,
         Schepeler, Figueroa, Leiva, Eberhard and Bunster.  8
         references.

ANIMAL SERUM  - CHEMISTRY (incl. physiological chemistry and  bio-
chemistry)

  48.  Arnow, L. E., Kazal, L. A., and DeFalco,  R. J.   The prepa-
         ration of apparently non-antigenic beef serum protein
         by treatment with alkali.  J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 145:
         347-348.  The observations of Davis and Eaton (No742
         of this bibliography) are confirmed. 2 references.

  49.  Bing, J.  Blodsubstitutter.  Nord. med.,  1947,  36: 2127-
         2132.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1949,  10: ptT2, 1444.
         'A review is given of recent advances in~the production
         of blood substitutes with special reference to the
         studies on plasma proteins from the Harvard Medical
         School in Boston.  It has not been possible to repro-
         duce the studies on desantigenisation of bovine serum
         proteins by treatment with formol and heat, as done by
         Edwards and Masson.   On the other hand  it was possible 
                               -9-

ANIMAL SERUM - CHEMISTRY  (Continued)

         to produce a gelatin sponge, which Is of value as a re-
         sorbable hemostatic agent, and a gelatin film has made,
         which seems to be able to substitute fibrin-film. '  5^
         references.

  50.  DePalco, R. J., Kazal, L. A., and Arnow, L. E.  The anti-
         genicity of protein isolated from bovine serum after
         brief treatment with alkali.  Science, 1943, £§: 5^2-543.
         9 references.

  51.  Goebel, W. P., and Perlmann, g. E.  The effect of lithium
         periodate in crystalline bovine serum albumin.  J. Exp.
         M., 1949, 8Q: 479-489.   'Prolonged contact of bovine
         albumin wiGi lithium periodate destroys Its ability to
         incite antibodies in experimental animals.'  13 refer-
         ences.

  52.  Karush, F., and Soneriberg, M.  Interaction of homologous
         alkyl sulfates with bovine serum albumin.  J. Am. Chem.
         Soc, 1949, 71: 1369-1376.  'The reversible binding of
         homologous alE^l sulfates by bovine serum has been stud-
         ied  ... by the method of equilibrium dialysis.. • Some
         structural implications  ... have been noted.'  26 ref-
         erences.

ANIMAL SERUM - EXPERIMENTATION

  53*  Camba, R.  Sull'uso del siero eterologo bovino e ovino
         nelle trasfusioni.  Sangue, Milano, 1949, 22: 27-30.
         Antigenic and toxic effects of plasma denatured accord-
         ing to the method of Massons were observed in rabbit
         experiments.  8 references.

  54.  Primberger, P.  1st das Trockenserum Lenggenhager's
         ungefShrlich?  Zbl. Chir., 1942, 69: 183-191.  Repeated
         injections of Lenggenhager's 'dryTlDovine serum caused
         serious and sometimes fatal serum shock in experimental
         animals.  16 references.

       Goebel, W. P., and Perlmann, G. E., see No. 51.

  55.  Keys, A., Taylor, H. L., and Savage, G. M.  Utility of
         animal blood in preparation of plasma for transfusion.
         J. Am. M. Ass., 194l, 117: 62.  Report on experiments
         made at the University"of Minnesota from 1937-1941 to
         test serum, plasma, plasma albumins and globulins of
         8 species of animals in man.

  56.  Lewis, J. H.  Deantigenated beef blood plasma as a possi-
         ble substitute for human blood plasma.  Science, 1943,
         38: 371-372.  The possibility of using citrated beef 
-10-
ANIMAL SERUM - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

         plasma which has been exposed to alkali for a short
         time, as blood substitute is suggested.  Animal experi-
         ments .

  57.  More, R. H., Waugh, D., and Kobernick, S. D.  Cardiac le-
         sions produced in rabbits by massive injections of bo-
         vine serum gamma globulin.  J. Exp. M., 1949, 8g: 555-
         560.   'A high incidence of acute diffuse glomerulitis
         was produced in unilaterally nephrectomized rabbits by
         injection with two successive doses of purified bovine
         serum gamma globulin (fraction II).  This experimental
         nephritis is morphologically analogous to human acute
         and subacute diffuse glomerulonephritis.'  36 references.

ANIMAL SERUM - THERAPY

  58.  Cordier, G., and Demirleau, J.  L'utilisation du plasma
         ou serum animal chez l'homme; plasma ou serum universel
         detoxique.  Presse med., 1946, £4: 883-884.  Abstr.:
         Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1948, 2:323-324.  Edward's
         formula used in 100 patients.

  59«  Gatti, C. F. J.  Substitutos de la sangre.  Rev. san. mil.,
         B. Air., 1946, 45: 384-389.  Also in: Rev. asoc. bioquim.
         Argent., 1946, TJ: 73-80.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect.
         9, 1948, 2: 324.  Denaturated beef serum (SDB) is rec-
         ommended over gum acacia, isinglass, pectin and periston.

  60.  Heyl, J. T., Gibson, J. G., II., and Janeway, C. A.  Stud-
         ies on plasma proteins:  V. Effect of concentrated solu-
         tions of human and bovine serum albumin on blood volume
         after acute blood loss in man.  J. Clin. Invest., 1943,
         22: 763-773.  While concentrated human albumin is ack-
         nowledged as a safe therapeutic agent, 'no statement
         regarding the safety for intravenous use of crystallized
         bovine serum albumin ... can be made until more exten-
         sive tests have been completed.'  16 references.

  61.  Johnson, V., Freeman, L.  W., and Longini, J.  Blood.
         Annual Rev. Physiol., 1945, 7: 365-388.  'Bovine serum':
         p. 309.  8 references.

  62.  Lapage, G.  Ox blood for blood transfusion.  Nature, Lond.,
         1944, 153: 145.  Discussion of Edwards's 'despeciated
         bovine serum' (D.B.S.)  as outlined in Brit. M. J.t 1944,
         1: 73-76 (No. 44 of this list).

  63. *Lenggenhager, K.  Eine praktische Lbsung des Blutersatzes.
         Zbl.  Chir., 1940, 67: 1961-1967.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org.
         ges.  Chir., 1941. 101:  398-400.  On the basis of chemical
         experience, a dried bovine serum is recommended. 
-11-
ANIMAL SERUM - THERAPY  (Continued)

  64. *Roost, W.  Erfahrungen mit anaphylaxlefreien Rinderplas-
         ma-Transfusionen.  Helvet. chir. acta, 1950, 17: 298-
         301.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir., 1951, 11$: 305-
         28 transfusions in 13 patients were well tolerated; ad-
         vantages of the procedure are pointed out.

  65.  Wangensteen, 0. H., Hall, H., Kremen, A., and Stevens, B.
         Intravenous administration of bovine and human plasma to
         man; proof of utilization.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y.,
         1940, 43: 616-621.   'It would appear that the use of
         bovine plasma  for the treatment of clinical states, in
         which contracted blood volumes or decreased protein
         stores are present, may have real promise.  Before [it]
          ... can be recommended for clinical usage, however, it
         is important to determine  ... what the limitations of
         the method are with reference to safety of administra-
         tion.'  8 references.

  66.  Wepf, R.  Die Verweildauer verschiedener Blutersatzmlttel
         im Kreislauf.  35 p.  Bern, 1941 (Diss.-M.D.).  Abstr.:
         Biol. Abstr.,  1945, 19, No. 704.  Favorable results were
         obtained with  Lenggenhager's dried beef serum.

ANIMAL SERUM - TOXICITY

  67.  Kremen, A. J., Hall, H., Koschnitzke, H. K., Stevens, B.,
         and Wangensteen, 0. H.  Studies on the intravenous ad-
         ministration of whole bovine plasma and serum to man.
         Surgery, 1942, 11: 333-355-  The incidence of reactions
         In 120 cases was sufficient to contraindicate any clini-
         cal use of whole bovine serum or plasma at the present
         time.  A satisfactory bovine albumin from which all
         globulin fraction has been eliminated may prove a safe
         and practical 'blood substitute.' 17 references.

  68.  Schwiegk, H., de Niederhausern, A., and Meinzinger, E.
         uber die Verwendbarkeit von artfremdem Serum als Blut-
         ersatzmlttel.  Klin. Wschr., 1943, 22: 391.  Additional
         evidence is presented against the possibility of using
         Lenggenhager's animal serum as modified by Cassinis, de
         Niederhausern and Gennaris.  5 references.

  69.  State, D., Torres Romero, F., Moreno Castellanos, M., and
         Wangensteen, 0. H.  Clinical evaluation of bovine serum
         albumin as a blood substitute.  Surgery, 1947, 22: 424-
         441.  410 cases; 2.9 percent Immediate, 9.2 percent de-
         layed reactions.  At present, not recommended.  29 refer-
         ences.
BEEF SERUM, see ANIMAL SERUM 
-12-
BLOOD PIASMA, see PLASMA

BLOOD PROTEINS, see PIASMA PROTEINS

BLOOD SUBSTITUTES, see PIASMA SUBSTITUTES

BOVINE SERUM, see ANIMAL SERUM

BURNS (selected background material)

  70. *Bucher, R.  Milieubad und Alkaliplasma-Transfusion in der
         Behandlung der Verbrennungskrankheit.   Schweiz.  med.
         Wschr., 1950, 80: 633-635-

  71.  LundA C. C, Green, R. W., and Levenson, S. M.  Les
         brulures.  94 p.  New York, Belgian American Educational
         Foundation, 1945.  Bibliography: p. 85-94.

  72.  Medical Research Council (Great Britain), War Wounds Com-
         mittee.   ...Studies of burns and scalds (reports of the
         Burns unit, Royal infirmary, Glasgow,  1942-43) ...
         210 p.  London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1944.

  73.  Mian, E. U.  Clinlca e terapia delle ustioni.  150 p.
         Firenze, Vallecchi, 1949.

  74.  Motta Mala, M. C. da.  Queimaduras, fisiopatologia e trata-
         mento.  253 p.  Rio de Janeiro, Casa do Livro, 1943.
         Chronological bibliography: p. 219-253.

  75-  National Research Council.  Committee on Surgery.   Sub-
         committee on Burns.  Symposium on burns.  Held at the re-
         quest of the Committee on Medical Sciences of the Re-
         search and Development Board, National Military Estab-
         lishment by the Subcommittee on Burns of the Committee on
         Surgery of the National Research Council.  207 P-  Wash.,
         The Council, 1951.

  76.  Riehl, G.  Die Behandlung der Verbrennungen.  Arch. Derm.
         Syph., Berl., 1943, 184: 86-112.  In this thorough re-
         view of burn therapy7~Teriston is suggested as 'an ex-
         cellent infusion fluid to combat toxemia.'  Some 185
         references.

BURNS - EXPERIMENTATION

  77-  Cameron, G. R., Burgess, F., and Trenwith, V.  An experi-
         mental study of some effects of acute anhydraemia.  J.
         Path. Bact., Lond., 1946, 58: 213-220.  'In an attempt to
         simplify the problems afforded by a thermal burn we have
         studied the effects produced by acute anhydraemia after
         the subcutaneous introduction of hypertonic solutions of
         glucose and sodium chloride...'  22 references. 
-13-
BURNS - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

  78. *Clark, E. J., Peters, R. A., and Rosslter, R. J.  Nitrogen
         metabolism after burning.  Q. J. Exp. Physiol., 1945,
         33: 113-127.

  79.  Croft, P. B., and Peters, R. A.  Nitrogen loss after ther-
         mal burns; effects of adding protein and methionine to
         diet of rats.  Lancet, Lond., 1945, 1: 266-271.  38 ref-
         erences .

  80.  Harklns, H. N., and Long, C. N. H.  Metabolic changes in
         shock after burns.  Am. J. Physiol., 1945, 144-: 661-668.
         14 references.

  81.  Moyer, C. A., Coller, P. A., lob, V., and Vaughan, H. H.
         Study of interrelationship of salt solutions, serum and
         defibrinated blood In treatment of severely scalded,
         anesthetized dogs.  Ann. Surg., 1944, 120: 367-376.

  82.  Rosenthal, 0., and McCarthy, M. D.  Post-burn azotemia,
         its characteristics and relationship to the severity of
         thermal injury.  Am. J. Physiol., 1947, 148: 365-371.
          'In view of recent clinical evidence for the existence
         of a typical post-burn azotemia which is largely due to
         a rise of the undertermined plasma nitrogen, the non-
         protein nitrogen partition was studied in the plasma of
         rats subjected to standard scalds of known lethality...'
         12 references.

BURNS  - METABOLISM

  83.  Abbott, W. E., Meyer, F. L., Hirshfeld, J. W., and Griffin,
         G. E.  Metabolic alterations following thermal burns.
         IV. Effect of treatment with whole blood and electrolyte
         solution or with plasma following experimental burn.
         Surgery, 1945, 17: 794-804.  26 references.

  84.  Abbott, W. E., Pilling, M. A., Griffin, G. E., and Hirsh-
         feld, J. W.  Metabolic alterations following thermal
         burns.  V. Use of whole blood and electrolyte solution
         in treatment of burned patients.  Ann. Surg., 1945, 122:
         678-692.  21 references.

BURNS  - TREATMENT

  85.  Evans, E. I.  The treatment of shock in the burned patient.
         11 p.  No. 19 in: U. S. Army Medical Service Graduate
         School.  Symposium on shock. 7-9 May 1951*   Processed.
         After a discussion of mechanism and clinical picture of
         burn shock, P-20 osseous gelatin and dextran are con-
         sidered as plasma substitutes in treatment of burn shock.
         They are useful, safe and effective.  13 references. 
-14-
BURNS - TREATMENT* (Continued)

  86.  Harkins, H. N.  The treatment of burns.   457 p.  Spring-
         field, 111., Thomas, 19^2.   Bibliography (1320 items):
         p. 394-440.

  87.  Harkins, H. N., Cope,  0.,  Evans, E.  I.,  Phillips, R. A.,
         and Richards, D.  W., Jr. The fluid and nutritional
         therapy of burns; memorandum prepared  by a Committee
         appointed by Dr.  Alfred  Blalock, Chairman of the Sub-
         committee on shock.   J.  Am. M. Ass., 1945,  128: 475-479.
         Discussion includes  intravenous administration of iso-
         osmotic human albumin solutions and of physiologic elec-
         trolyte solutions (saline,  glucose).

  88.  Lange, H. J., Campbell, K. N., and Coller,  P.  A.   Present
         policies in the treatment of the severely burned pa-
         tient; an outline of treatment including the use of
         whole blood transfusions.   J. Michigan M. Soc, 1946,
         45: 619-633.  Contains a good bibliography  'reflecting
         recent trends in therapy and their background.'  87 ref-
         erences.

  89.  Massachusetts General  Hospital, Boston.   Management of the
         Cocoanut Grove burns at  the Massachusetts General Hospi-
         tal, by members of the staff, Joseph C. Aub  and others.
         171 p.  Phila., Uppincott, 1943.   Includes  bibliogra-
         phies.

  90.  Moyer, C. A.  Recent advances in the chemical  supportive
         therapy of thermal injury.   Texas  J. M.,  1949,  45: 635-
         639.  Treatment with whole  blood,  Hartmann's solution,
         a little plasma intravenously, and the sodium-chloride-
         bicarbonate solution orally is suggested for burns and
         many other diseases, including peritonitis,  gas gan-
         grene, fractures of  the  pelvis and the shaft of the
         femur, and the acute phases of exfoliative and bullous
         dermatoses.  9 references.

  91.  Romence, H. L.  Common errors in burn treatment.   Am. J.
         Surg., 1947, 52:  340-346.   Abstr.: Zbl. Chir.,  1948, jy.
         188-191.  Includes suggestions regarding injection of
         plasma, physiological salt  solution and glucose.

  92.  Rosenqvist, H.  The primary treatment of extensive burns.
         Acta chir. scand., 1947, 9^: Suppl. 124.  Also: Stock-
         holm, Norstedt, 1947. See  particularly p. 68-110, dis-
         cussing the treatment of the general symptoms including
         intravenous replacement  therapy.   'Plasma as well as
         dextran have been found  extremely  useful in  counteract-
         ing burn shock.'   Bibliography: p. 123-128. 
-15-
BURNS - TREATMENT (Continued)

  93.  Virenque, J., and Secail, J.  Traltement moderne des
         brulures.  62 p.  Paris, 1949.  Includes bibliographies.

  94.  Wallace, A. B.  The treatment of burns.  113 p.  London,
         Oxford Univ. Press, 1941.

DEXTRAN

  95*  Bull, J. P.  Dextran.  In: National Research Council.
         Symposium on burns. 2-4 November 1950.  p. 71-75.  In
         England, plasma is used routinely while dextran serves
          'as an experimental substance to check that it does
         correspond in results to plasma.»  Antigenicity and fate
         in the body are discussed.

  96.  Dextran.  Tskr. Norske laegeforen., 1950, JO: 132-133.
         Editorial.   'Valuable In shock therapy.'

  97»  Gronwall, A.  Ytterllgare  synpunkter pa Dextran.  Ugeskr.
         laeger, 1949, 111: 1203-1204.  Discussion of various
         points (including nomenclature) raised by Aalkjarrs pa-
         per (No.172  of this list).

  98.  Ingelman, B.  Investigations on dextran and its applica-
         tion as a plasma substitute.  Upsala lak. foren. forh.,
         1949, 54: 107-122.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir., I95O,
         116: I76.  Preparation of dextran; physiological in-
         vestigations; clinical experience.  Excellent review.
         35 references.

  99*  Pessina, R.  Un nuovo sostltuto del plasma per transfu-
         sione, il destrano.  Farmaco, Pavia, 1949, 4: 471-475.
         Short review article.  34 references.

 100.  Rosenqvist, H.  Katastrofberedskap vid sjukhus.  Sven.
         lak. tidn., 1948, 45: 1523-1528.  In preparing for emer-
         gency, stockpiling of Dextran is recommended.

 101.  Stavely, H. E., and Toops, E. E., Jr.  Hydrolysis of dex-
         tran.  Fed. Proc, Bait., 1951, 10: 251.   'Dextran hy-
         drolysates have been fractionatecTand the effects on
         rats and mice correlated with molecular size.'

 102.  Substitute for plasma.  Am. Profes. Pharmacist, 1949, 15:
         442; 465.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., 1950, 24: 564.  A de^
         scriptlon of Dextran for the pharmacist.   5 references.

 103.  Tarrow, A.  B.  Dextran, a plasma substitute; review of
         literature, clinical and laboratory observations.  130 p.
         Dallas, Tex., Baylor Univ., Aug. 1951.  (Thesis-M.S. in 
-16-
DEXTRAN (Continued)

         Anesthesiology).  History.  - Physio-chemistry. - Experi-
         ments with animals. - Clinical trials In man. - Experi-
         mental studies in man.

DEXTRAN - CHEMISTRY (incl. physiological chemistry and biochem-
istry)

 104.  Anticoagulant properties of dextran.   Brit. M.  J., 1951.
         It now appears 'that it might be possible to  define
         quantitatively the component of the raised E.S.R. which
         was attributable to fibrinogen, independently of the
         albumin and globulin concentrations. '   Report of a Meet-
         ing of the Royal Society of Medicine,  February 1951.
         3 references.

 105.  Bloom, W. L., and Wilcox, M.  L.  Determination  of dextran
         in blood and urine.  Proc.  Soc. Exp. Biol., 1951, 76:
         3-4.  Method and results.  7 references.

 106.  Bonnel, P. H.  Emploi du dextran pour la recherche des
         anticorps Rh univalents. Rev. hemat., 1951,  6:  9^-100.
         The dextran test should take its place among  other ana-
         lytical and titration methods used  in  the discovery of
         incomplete Rh antibodies.  11 references.

 107.  Evans, T. H., and Hibbert, H.  Bacterial polysaccharides.
         In: Advances in carbohydrate chemistry, ed. by W. W.
         Pigman and M. L. Wolfrom.  v. 2. New  York, 1946.
         p. 204-233.  Chapter 3 (p.  209-219) discusses dextran:
         History. - Structure. - Immunological  properties. -
         Enzymatic synthesis. - Industrial significance of Dex-
         tran produced by Leuconostoc species.  - Medical appli-
         cation.  113 references.

 108.  Gaines, S., and Stahly, G. L.  The growth requirements of
         leuconostoc mesenteroides and preliminary studies on its
         use as an assay agent for several members of  the vitamin
         B complex.  J. Bact., Bait., 1943,  46: 441-449.   'Using
         a medium in which all constituents  except casein hy-
         drolysate were chemically defined,  it  was found that
         thiamin, calcium pantothenate, and  nicotinic  acid were
         essential for the growth of Leuconostoc mesenteroides
         535 and that pyridoxin exerted a stimulatory  effect.
         Although growth resulted in the absence of added biotin,
         employment of the avidln inactivation  technic demon-
         strated the biotin requirement of this organism... •
         7 references.

 109. *Gronwall, A., and Ingelman, B.  Infusion and injection
         fluids,  u. S. Pat. No. 2,437,518,  March 9, 1948.  Abstr. 
-17-
DEXTRAN - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

         Chem. Abstr., 1948, 42: 43311f, q.v.  Preparation of
         blood-substitutes by acid hydrolysis of water-soluble
         polysaccharides  (dextran, levulan, galactan).

 110.  Gronwall, A., and Ingelman, B.  Untersuchungen uber Dex-
         tran und sein Verbal ten bei parenteraler Zufuhr.  I.
         Chemische und pnysikalisch-chemische Untersuchungen uber
         Dextran.  Acta physiol. scand., 1944, 7-8: 97-107. Prep-
         aration of dextran, physicochemical and chemical experi-
         ments with this compound which is suggested as a thera-
         peutic substitute for normal serum protein.  27 refer-
         ences.

 111.  Gronwall, A., and Ingelman, B.  Untersuchungen uber Dex-
         tran und sein Verhalten bei parenteraler Zufuhr.  II.
         Physiologische Untersuchungen.  Acta physiol. scand.,
         1945, 9: 1-27.  Application of dextran as blood substi-
         tute. - Experiments with non-hydrollsed dextran. -
         Preparation of partially hydrolised dextran. - Impor-
         tance of molecular weight for applicability of dextran.
         - Methods of determining dextran in blood and urine. -
         Dextran in blood and urine after intravenous injection.
         - Influence on sedimentation rate. - The colloidal pres-
         sure of the hydrolysate. - Effect of partially hydrolised
         dextran in experimental shock. - Preparatory clinical
         tests.  22 references.

 112.  Gronwall, A., Ingelman, B., and Moismann, H.  A dextran
         sulphuric acid ester with heparin activity.  (Including
         measurements of the sedimentation and diffusion of he-
         parin).  Upsala lak. fdren. forh., 1944-45, 50: 397-
         404.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1947, 4l: 5213f.   'A sul-
         phuric acid ester of partially hydrolysed dextran is
         described which is remarkable for its high coagulation-
         Inhibiting power.  The physiological properties of the
         substance have been examined.'

 113. *Grubb, R.  Dextran as a medium for the demonstration of
         incomplete antl-Rh-agglutinins; preliminary report. J.
         Clin. Path., Lond., 1949, 2: 223-224.

 114.  Bardwlcke, J., RIcketts, C. R., and Squire, J. R.  Effect
         of dextran of various molecular sizes on erythrocyte
         sedimentation rate.  Nature, Lond., 1950, 166: 988-989.
         9 references.

 115.  Hassid, W. Z., and Barker, H. A.  The structure of dextran
         synthesized from sucrose by Betacoccus arabinosaceus,
         Orla-Jensen.  J. Biol. Chem., 1940, 134: 163-170. Abstr.:
         Biol. Abstr., 1940, 14: 12372.  11 references. 
-lO-
DEXTRAN - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 116.  Hehre, E.J.  The biological synthesis of polysaccharides.
         Tr. N. Y. Acad. Sc,  19*8, 10: 188-198.  'Dextrans and
         levans and their formation Trom sucrose by bacterin.'
         38 references.

 117.  Hehre, E. J.  Comparison of dextran synthesis by leuco-
         nostoc enzyme with starch synthesis by potato phos-
         phorylase.  Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1943, 54: 240-
         241.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., 1944, 18: 662.   '...Compari-
         son with starch synthesis by potato phosphorylase indi-
         cates that dextran synthesis from sucrose by leuconostoc
         enzyme does not require the mediation of any phosphoryl-
         ated sugar.'  10 references.

 118.  Hehre, E. J.  Production from sucrose of a serologically
         reactive polysaccharide by a sterile bacterial extract.
         Science, 194l, <£: 237-238.  'This report deals with the
         production from sucrose of a serologically reactive
         polysaccharide by an  enzyme or some similar heat labile
         principle contained in sterile filtered extracts pre-
         pared from cultures of Leuconostoc mesenteroides..."
         6 references.

 119. Hehre, E. J.  Studies on the enzymatic synthesis of dex-
         tran from sucrose. J. Biol. Chem., 1946, 163: 221-223.
         Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., 1946, 20: No. 15623;~Cnem. Abstr.,
         1946, 40: 4754.  An enzyme obTained from Leuconostoc
         mesenteroides by a new method yielding more than 20
         times more potent preparations than obtained previously
         was used as a catalyst in the synthesis of dextran.  34
         references.

 120.  Hehre, E. J., and Neill, J. M.  Formation of serologically
         reactive dextrans by  streptococci from subacute bacterial
         endocarditis.  J. Exp. M., 1946,  83: 147-162.   'Serolo-
         gically reactive dextrans were syrrEhesized from sucrose
         by 22 of 48 strains of streptococci isolated from the
         blood of patients...'  33 references. ,

 121.  Hehre, E. J., and Sugg, J.  Y.  Serologically  reactive
         polysaccharides produced through the action of bacterial
         SJS^f!-  t' S^S*  °£ l^conostoc mesenteroides from
         sucrose.  J. Exp. M., 1942, J£: 339-353.   15 references.

 122*  ^ZJ?i £'!>/¥ Jhorsfn> G-  A micro method  for deter-
         T^nnAiS  d^xtraTn4ln *l°od.  Acta chem. scand., 1947,
         T^JtrT nl2'  I''^3lr^ °-2-2.0 ml of fluid  to be ana-
         Sbl??^^1?113 fro? °-°25-2.5 percent of dextran
         iSfMJK8' UPln? excl^ed, can be determined with
         S?EiS h   accuracy for clinical purposes'  by the micro-
         method described.  6  references. 
-19-
DEXTRAN - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 123.  Hucker, G. J., and Pederson, C. S.  A review of the mi-
         crobiology of commercial sugar and related sweetening
         agents.  Food Res., 1942, 7: 459-480.  Review article.
         'Leuconostoc and related types': p. 460-463.  Some 170
         references.

 124.  Ingelman, B.  Enzymatic breakdown of dextran.  Acta chem.
         Scand., 1948, 2: 803-812.  'An enzyme extract has been
         prepared from cultures of the bacterium Cellvibrio fulva.
         This enzyme is capable of breaking down the polysaccna-
         ride dextran.  The breakdown has been studied mainly by
         means of viscosity measurements.  The experiments indi-
         cate that during the first stage of the breakdown the
         enzyme chiefly splits the dextran into comparatively
         large fragments.  Glucose or disaccharides originating
         from the ends of the molecules do not seem to be formed
         during this phase.  The optimum pH of the enzyme has
         been determined to be pH 5.2-5.3.'  20 references.

 125 • * Ingelman, B.  Nfigra resultat av sockerundersbkningar i
         Uppsala.  I. Socker, 1945, 1: 179«

 126. * Ingelman, B., and Hailing, M. S.  Some physiochemical ex-
         periments on fractions of dextran.  Arkiv Kemi, 19^9,
         1: 61-80.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1949, &} 6886.

 127.  Ingelman, B., and Siegbahn, K.  An electron-microscopic
         study of dextran-molecules; preliminary note.  Arkiv
         Kemi, 1944, 18: B (no. 1), 1-6.  Observations based on
         3 microphotographs using the electron microscope of the
         Research Institute for Physics in Stockholm which per-
         mits electronoptical enlargements up to 16,000 times.
         10 references.

 128.  Ingelman, B., and Siegbahn, K.  Dextran and levan molec-
         ules studied with the electron microscope.  Nature,
         Lond., 1944, 154: 237-238.  Electron microscope photo-
         graphs of dextran and levan molecules are presented.

 129. * Ingelman, B., and Tisellus, A.  N§gra nya resultat av de
         kolloidkemiska saftunderscSkningarna.  Dextran och
         kristallisationsstudier.  FSrh. Svensk. Sockerfabriksdir.
         P5ren. sammantr., Uppsala, 1944. II.

 130.  Jeanes,A., Schieltz, N. C, and Wilham, C. A.  Molecular
         association in dextran and in branched amylaceous car-
         bohydrates.  J. Biol. Chem.,  1948, 1J6: 617-627.  'Or-
         derly molecular association has beendemonstrated by
         x-ray analysis In branched chain polysaccharides in-
         cluding water-soluble dextran from Leuconostoc mesen-
         teroides NRRL B-512, corn amylopectin, and glutinous
         corn-starch.'   27 references. 
-20-
DEXTRAN - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 131.  Jones, A. R.  Dextran as a diluent for univalent anti-
         bodies.  Nature, Lond., 1950, 165: 118.  Dextran has
         been tested with satisfactory results to serve as 'a
         suspension medium in the (antigen4- univalent antibody)
         reacting system... A serious disadvantage of this sub-
         stance is its lack of latitude as regards optimum con-
         centration.'  3 references.

 132.  Kent, P. W.  Periodate oxidation in the study of the struc-
         ture of dextrans.  Science, 19^9, 110: 689-690.  7 ref-
         erences.

 133.  Klevas, S.  Bestimmung des Dextrans im Blut bei seiner
         Anwendung als Plasmasubstitut.  Svensk kern, tidskr., ■
         1944, 56: 262-267.  'In order to follow the concentra-
         tion o3T~dextran as a plasma substitute in the blood, there
         has been examined a quantitative method of analysis ...
         founded upon the strong acids to cleave glucanes in a
         hydrolytical way Into glucose.  The glucose is evalu-
         ated according to a modification of Hagedorn-Jensens
         method of determing blood sugar.'  6 references.

 134.  Levi, I., Hawkins, W. L., and Hibbert, H.  Studies on re-
         actions relating to carbohydrates and polysaccharides.
         LXV. An improved technique for the fractionation of
         partially methylated glucosides.  J. Am. Chem. Soc,
         1942, 64: 1957-1959.  Description of the method employed
         by the authors in an investigation of the structure of
         dextran (No. 135 of this list).

 135«  Levi, I., Hawkins, W. L., and Hibbert, H.  Studies on re-
         actions relating to carbohydrates and polysaccharides.
         LXVT. Structure of the dextran synthesized by the action
         of Leuconostoc mesenteroides on sucrose.  J. Am. Chem.
         Soc, 1942, 64: 1959-1962.   'The complete methylation
         of the dextran, synthesized by Leuconostoc mesenteroides,
         has been accomplished in an over-all yield of 71.4 per-
         cent.  Hydrolysis of trimethyl dextran and fractiona-
         tion of the resulting glucoside mixture, employing quan-
         titative technique, have established the ratio of tetra-
         to tri- to dimethyl methyl glucoside as 1:3:1.  The three
         glucosides have been identified, and based on these re-
         sults a tentative formula for the structure of dextran
         has been proposed.'  14 references.

 136.  [Lockwood, A. R.]  Production of dextran plasma substi-
         tutes.  Manufact. Chem., 1951, 22: No. 2, 58.  Report
         on a paper read by Mr. Lockwood~T5efore a 'recent' Meet-
         ing of the Birmingham Section of the Society of Chemi-
         cal Industry. 
-21-
DEXTRAN - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 137«  Lockwood, A. R., James, A. E., and Pautard, F. G.  Studies
         on the breakdown product of Dextran formed by ultrasonic
         vibration.  Research, 1951, 4: 46-48.  'Selected frac-
         tions of ultrasonically degraded dextran were neutral in
         aqueous solution and were protein free.  They did not
         cause anaphylaxis on injection into guinea-pigs and were
         non-toxic and non-immunogenic in rabbits.' 2 references.

 138.  Owen, W. L.  The production of gum dextran; industrial
         possibilities of utilizing raw sugar in a fermentation
         process.  Sugar, 1948, 42: 28-29.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr.,
         1948, 42: 8004.  The low cost of dextran produced by
         Owen's process is stressed.  11 references.

 139. *Owen, W. L., Jr., and Owen, W. L.  Production of gum dex-
         tran.  U. S. Pat. No. 2,392,258, January 1, 1946. Abstr.:
         Chem. Abstr., 1946, 40: 1277, q.v.

 1.40. *Pharmacia Aktiebolaget.  Partly depolymerized dextran.
         Brit. Pat. No. 583,378, 17 December 1946.  Abstr.: Chem.
         Abstr., 1947, 41: 2540, q.v.

 l4l.  Renfrew, A. G., and Cretcher, L. H.  Partially hydro lyzed
         dextran.  J. Am. Pharm. Ass., 1949, 38: 177-179.  'Par-
         tial hydrolysis of dextran has been sTudied by auto-
         claving solutions of various concentrations in the pres-
         ence of water or dilute hydrochloric acid.  Viscosities
         of hydrolyzates are reported.  Relative viscosities are
         reported for some recovered partially hydrolyzed dex-
         trans.  Sterilization by autoclaving for thirty minutes
         caused no measurable change in the relative viscosities
         of 5 percent solutions of partially hydrolyzed dextrans.'

 142.  RIcketts, C. R., Lorenz, L., and Maycock, W. d'A.  Mole-
         cular composition of dextran solutions for intravenous
         use.  Nature, Lond., 1950, 165: 770-771.   '...The ef-
         fectiveness of dextran as a plasma substitute, as
         judged by the excretion of this substance in the urine
         in the first 24-48 hr., can be improved by: (1) the
         application of fractionation procedures aimed at removing
         low molecular-weight dextran; or (2) by variation of the
         degradation process.  Of these the former is preferable,
         because It can be adjusted to yield a smaller range of
         molecular size...'

 143.  Snell, E. E., and Mitchell, H. K.  Purine and pyrimidine
         bases as growth substances for lactic acid bacteria.
         Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc. U. S., 1941, 27: I-7.  Includes
         discussion of purine and pyrimidinebases as growth
         factors for Leuconostoc mesenteroides. 
-22-
DEXTRAN - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 144.  Stacey, M.  Degradation of Dextran by ultrasonic  waves.
         Research, 1951, i*: **8.  3 references.

 l45»  Stacey, M.  Enzymatic production of bacterial polysaccha-
         rides.  Nature, Lond.. 1942,  l4£: 639.  Abstr.: Chem.
         Abstr., 1942, 56: 52048.  Production of a mucoid water-
         insoluble dextran based on symbiotic culture of Leuco-
         nostoc mesenteroides and Saccharomyces  cerevisiae.   9
         references.

 146.  Stacey, M., and Swift, G.  Structure of the dextran syn-
         thesised from sucrose by a new strain of  Betacoccus
         arabinosaceous.  J. Chem. Soc, Lond.,  pt.  2: 1555-1559*
         •A water-soluble gum-like dextran has been  synthesised
         from sucrose by a new strain of Betacoccus  arabinosace-
         ous (Leuconostoc mesenteroides).  The hydrolysis products
         of the methylated dextran were separated  chromatographi-
         cally and shown to consist of 2: 3: ^:  6-tetramethyl
         glucose (1 part), 2: 3: 4-trimethyl glucose (3  parts),
         and 2: 3-dimethyl glucose (1  part;. The  structure  of
         the repeating unit is thus Identical with that  described
         by previous  investigators for the dextran from  another
         strain of L. mesenteroides.  The molecule in these  dex-
         trans shows  an unusually high degree of branching.'

 147.  Stahly, G. L.   Dextran.  U. S.  Pat. No. 2,310,263, Febru-
         ary 9, 1943.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1943, 37: 4272, q.v.

 148.  Stahly, G. L., and Carlson, W.  W.  Ethers,  mixed  ethers,
         esters, mixed esters and mixed ether-ester  derivatives
         of dextran.   U. S. Pat. No. 2,203/702,  June 11, 1940.
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1940, 34: 6844, q.v.

 149.  Sugg, J. Y., and Hehre, E. J.  Reactions  of dextrans  of
         leuconostoc  mesenteroides with the antiserums of leuco-
         nostoc and of types 2. 20 and 12 pneumococcus.   J.
         Immun., Bait., 1942, 4£: 119-128.  'The serological
         properties of these dextrans  are of particular  interest
         because they represent substances whose production  is
         dependent upon the presence of a particular carbohydrate
         (sucrose) In the culture medium.   The dextrans  from both
         strains reacted not only with the leuconostoc antiserums
         but also with types 2, 20 and 12 antipneumococcal sera '
         15 references.

 150.  Sugg, J. Y., Hehre, E. J., and  Neill,  J.  m.   Serologically
         similar polysaccharides produced from sucrose by certain
         streptococci and by Leuconostoc mesenteroides   J  Ra^t
         Bait., 1942,  4£: 24-25.  Abstract of a  paper presented
         at the 43rd  Annual Meeting of the Society of American
         Bacteriologists, December 1941. 
-23-
DEXTRAN - CHEMISTRY  (Continued)

 151.  Swanson, M. A.  Structure of polysaccharides.  II. De-
         gradation of polysaccharides by enzymes.  J. Biol. Chem.
         1948, 172:  805-814.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1948, 42:
         3441.   'No  evidence has been obtained that any of^these
         enzymes  [muscle pho.sphorylase, potato phosphorylase, <*-
         and B-amylase] can break the °<-l, 6 linkages at the branch
         point.   They do not act on dextran, a polysaccharide con-
         sisting  of <*-l, 6 linkages.'  8 references.

 152.  Swanson, M. A.  Structure of polysaccharides.  IV. Rela-
         tion of  the iodine color to the structure.  J. Biol.
         Chem., 1948, 172: 825-837.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1948,
         42: 3441-3442.

 153.  Swanson, M. A., and Cori, C. F.  Structure of polysaccha-
         rides.   I.  Acid hydrolysis of starchlike polysaccharides.
         J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 172: 797-804.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr.,
         1948, 42: 3439-3441.  PTreferences.

 154.  Swanson, M. A., and Cori, C. F.  Structure of polysaccha-
         rides.   III. Relation of structure to activation of
         phosphorylases.  J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 172: 815-824.
         Abstr.:  Chem. Abstr., 1948, 42: 3441.

 155-  Whiteside-Carl son, V., and Carlson, W. W.  Studies of the
         effect of para-aminobenzoic acid, folic acid, and sul-
         fanilamide  on dextran synthesis by leuconostoc.  J. Bact.,
         Bait., 1949, 58: 143-149.   "The stimulating effect of
         raw cane sugar on growth and dextran synthesis could not
         be duplicated by p-aminobenzoic acid, folic acid, or a
         mixture  of  nine B vitamins.'  8 references.

 156.  Youngner,  J.  S., and Nungester, W. J.  The effect of type
         III pneumococcus polysaccharide and gelatin on the cir-
         culation and sedimentation rate of erythrocytes in mice.
         J. Infect.  Dis., 1944, 74-75: 247-253.   'The intravenous
         injection of type III pneumococcus polysaccharide or
         isoelectric gelatin solutions into anaesthetized mice
         produced ... slowing and irregularity of blood cell flow
         ... (and) increases in the sedimentation rate...'  22
         references.

DEXTRAN - EXPERIMENTATION

 157.  Evans, T. H., Hawkins, W. L., and Hibbert, H.  Studies on
         reactions relating to carbohydrates and polysaccharides;
         antigenicity of dextran produced by leuconostoc mesen-
         teroides.   J. Exp. M., 1941, 74: 511-518.  'Antl-Leuco-
         nostoc mesenteroides sera have~"been produced in rabbits.
         These antisera gave precipitin reactions with relatively
         high dilutions of the homologous polysaccharide, dextran, 
-24-
DEXTRAN - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

         having a maximum nitrogen content of 0.08 percent.   It
         can therefore be concluded that this dextran is a hap-
         tene.'  10 references.

 158.  Goldenberg, M., Crane,  R. D., and Popper,  H.  Effect of
         intravenous administration of dextran, a macromolecular
         carbohydrate, in animals.  Am. J. Clin.  Path.,  1947, 17:
         939-948.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1948, 42: 2024; Bull.
         Anal. CNRS, 1948, 9: pt.2,1935.  'Judgea~~from these ani-
         mal experiments, Dextran may represent a good plasma
         substitute and should be subjected to clinical  tests In
         human patients.'  19 references.

 159.  Gronwall, A., and Ingelman, B.  N§gra nya  kolloidlosnin-
         gar for infusionsandamal.  Nord.  med., 1944, 21: 247-
         249.  A preliminary report on dextran: Comparison with
         periston, therapeutic experiments.   9 references.

 160.  Haurowitz, F., Tunca, M., and Schwerln, P.  On the failure
         of azo-gelatln as an antigen.   Biochem.  J.,  Lond.,  1943,
         37: 249-250.  'While  an intravenous injection of arsanil-
         azo-globulin into rabbits gives rise to  a considerable
         deposition of arsenic in the liver, an analogous injec-
         tion of arsanil-azo-gelatin is followed  by rapid urinary
         excretion of arsenic, and only small quantities of ar-
         senic are deposited in the liver...'  6  references.

 l6l.  Hehre, E. J., and Sugg, J.  Y.  Serological reactivity of
         dextran plasma substitute.  Fed.  Proc,  Bait.,  1950, 9:
         383.  Animal experiments.  'Intravenous  administrations
         of large amounts of dextran Into  many people without un-
         toward reactions have been reported.  Nevertheless,  the
         antibody-combining properties  of  dextrans should be rec-
         ognized as a theoretical source of  danger in the case of
         persons who might possess a high  titer of appropriate
         antibodies at the time of injection. '  Abstract of  a
         paper read at the 34th Annual  Meeting of the American
         Association of Immunologists,  April 1950.

 162.  Hlldebrandt, F.  Untersuchungen liber  Dextran als  Blut-
         fllisslgkeitsersatz.  Arztl. Wschr.,  1950,  5:  141-143.
         After a short review  of the literature,  the  author  re-
         ports his own dog experiments  and comes  to the  conclu-
         sion that Dextran is  an 'excellent  blood plasma substi-
         tute.'  13 references.

 163.  Morrison, J. L.,  Bloom, W.  L., and  Richardson,  A.  p   Ef-
         fect of dextran on the rat. J. Pharm. Exp.  Ther   iqrT
         101: 27-28.  'Marked  edema on  the feet,  jowls and'nose
         The animals scratch themselves excessively and  respira-*
         tory difficulty occurs...»   Abstract  of  a paper read at 
-25-
DEXTRAN - EXPERIMENTATION  (Continued)

         the Fall Meeting  of the American Society for Pharmacology
         and Experimental  Therapeutics in Boston, November 1950.

 164.  Nelson, A. A., and  Lusky, L. M.  Pathological changes in
         rabbits from repeated intravenous injections of periston
         (polyvinylpyrrolidone) or dextran.  Proc. Soc Exp. Biol.,
         1951, 7§: 765-767.  In the periston rabbits, an average
         enlargement of the spleen by about 70 percent and foam
         cell storage of periston or some near derivative were
         observed.  Certain other and minor lesions were caused
         by periston and dextran.  5 references.

 165.  Schmltz, H.  Uber das Schicksal des Macrodex im Organismus;
         vorlaufige Mitteilung.  KLin. Wschr., 1951, 29: 424-425-
         Metabolism study  based on experiments with rat" tissue.
         5 references.

 166.  Thorsen, G.  Dextran; nyare undersokningar over preparatets
         egenskaper.  Nord. med., 1948, 40: 2374.  Abstr.: Bull.
         Anal. CNRS, 1950, ll:pt2,696.  Reactions observed after
         transfusion (lumbar pain, asthma, hypoproteinemia, etc)
         in 5 cases.  Animal experimentation proved overdoses of
         dextran not to be deleterious.

 167.  Thorsen, G.  Influence of Dextran Ph on tensile strength
         of healing wounds.  Acta chir. scand., 1950, 100: 422-
         433«   'The drop in the concentrations of plasma protein
         and blood cells occurring after infusion of Dextran in
         doses corresponding to those used therapeutically does
         not lower the tensile strength of healing wounds in
         rabbits.'  49 references.

 168.  Turner, F. P., Butler, B. C, Smith, M. E., and Scudder, J.
         Dextran; an experimental plasma substitute.  Surg. Gyn.
         Obst., 1949, 88:  661-675.  'Thirty volunteer patients
         at the PresbyEerian Hospital were given infusions of
         macrose, a 6 percent solution of partially hydrolyzed
         dextran... Ten of these patients had reactions of either
         anaphylactic or anaphylactoid nature.  A striking in-
         crease in sedimentation rate was noted in all.  These
         reactions are believed to be specifically related to the
         molecular structure of the dextran molecule and its con-
         centration In the plasma... No great changes in the lev-
         els of the various blood electrolytes were found... Sat-
         isfactory hemodilution and increase in plasma volume were
         noted after macrose...  Plasma proteins regenerated rap-
         Idly following exsanguination and replacement of the
         blood loss with macrose solution.  Autopsy studies on 6
         dogs who received macrose ... in large quantities re-
         vealed focal degenerative lesions in the livers and kid-
         neys, and minimal reticuloendothelial hyperplasia in the
         spleens.'  40 references. 
-26-
DEXTRAN - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

 169.  Van den Heuvel, G.  Dextran as plasma substitute  and bl/^'d-
         pressure homeostasis.  J. Physiol., Lond.,  1950,  3= 15P-
         16P.  Dog experiments.  Abstract of a paper read  at a
         Meeting of the Physiological Society, December  1949-

 170.  Van den Heuvel, G., and Heymans,  C.  Le. dextran,  succedane'
         du plasma sanguin et homlostasie de la presslon art£rille.
         Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par.,  1950,  83: 308-318-
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1950, 44: 10140.  IrTdog  experi-
         ments, dextran-infusions res'tored not only arterial pres-
         sure and respiration after bleeding and prolonged cir-
         culatory collapse, but also the physiological mechanisms
         of blood pressure homeostasis.   32 references.

 171.  Voorhees, A. B., Baker, H. J., and Pulaski, E. J.  Re-
         actions of albino rats to injections of dextran.   Proc
         Soc. Exp. Biol., 1951, 76: 254-256.  'Albino rats give
         a demonstrable reaction of redness, swelling of loose
         tissue, prurltis and stupor when injected with doses of
         Dextran comparable to recommended doses for humans.'  5
         references.

DEXTRAN - THERAPY, see also DEXTRAN - VEHICLE FUNCTION

 172.  Aalkjaer, V.  Dextran.  Et nyt h^jmolekylaert, proteinfrit
         praeparat til Infusion ved shock, proteinmangeltilstande
         og akut anaemi.  Ugeskr. laeger, 1949, 111-134: 929-933.
         Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1950, 4: 622-623.  Dex-
         tran  (described in great detail) is preferable to blood
         in shock while, in protein deficiency, amino acids are
         more effective.  Report of 300 dextran Infusions.  8
         references.

 173. *Bang-Rasmussen, K.  Erfaringer med Dextran: Shockterapi
         og -profylaxe.  Nord. med., 1948, 40: 2381.

 174.  Blood substitutes, with special reference to dextran.  J.
         Am. Osteopath. Ass., 1951, 50: 311.  Editorial.  6 refer-
         ences.

 175.  Bohmansson, G.  Clinical experiences with dextran.   Bull.
         internat. Serv. sant<§, Liege, 1949, 22: 1-3.  Abstr.:
         Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1949, 3: 13687  Dextran Is sug-
         gested as preventive and therapeutic agent in shock.  It
         should be administered in large doses, up to 4-5 liters
         in shock and at least 0.8 liter in prophylaxis,   'in
         emergency and war conditions Dextran seems to be of vi-
         tal significance as it may be stored without inconven-
         ience . .. '

 176.  Bohmansson, G.  Dextran as substitute for plasma.  Tr.
         Meet. North.  Surg. Ass., Stockholm,  194/, 2J: 129-132. 
-27-
DEXTRAN - THERAPY (Continued)

         Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1949, 3: 736.  'Dextran
         is a full-good substitute for plasma both in the treat-
         ment of and as preventive against shock ... it should
         be given in large doses: for prophylaxis not under 700
         milliliters, for manifest shock up to as much as 4-5
         liters  ... (It) should be of great value in catastrophe
         outfits and during war conditions, as it may readily be
         stored... Dextran can not take the place of blood or
         plasma in cases of chronic albumin marasmus or anemia.'
                                 •
 177.  Bohmansson, G.  Dextranets varde som plasmasubstitut.
         Nord. med., 1946, 29: 344.  Conclusions based on clini-
         cal experience.  Abstract of a paper presented at the
         Meeting of the Svensk Kirurgisk Fdrening, November 1945-

 178.  Bohmansson, G.  KLiniska erfarenheter med dextran; dex-
         tranets varde som plasma substitut.  Nord. med., 1946,
         29: 344-345.  Abstract of a paper read at the Meeting of
         the Svensk fbreningens for invartes Medlcin, November
         1945.

 179-  Bohmansson, G., Rosenqvist, H., Thorsen, G., and Wllander,
         0.  Clinical experiences with dextran as a plasma sub-
         stitute.  Acta chir. scand., 1946, ^i 149-167.  De-
         tailed  studies on metabolism and toxicology.  English,
         German and French summaries.  Presented before the Swed-
         ish Association of Surgeons, November 1944.  4 references

 180. *Bohmansson, G., 'Thorsen, G., and Wllander, 0.  Dextran as
         a plasma substitute.  J. internat. chir., Brux., 1948,
         8: 890.

 l8l.  Bonn, H.  Tldlgare insatt chockbehandllng.  Svensk.
         lakartid., 1948, 45: 2347-2355.  Dextran Is recommended
         as a useful, prac^Tcal and non-toxic bloodsubstltute.
         Its application in several hospitals was entirely suc-
         cessful over a period of 5 years.

 182.  Boue, A., and Huguenard, P.  Un nouveau succ§dan§ du plas-
         ma; le dextran.  Anesth§sie, Par., 1950, 7: 423-430.
         Dextran Is recommended as a plasma substitute with two
         reservations concerning its varying molecular weight
         and the lack of knowledge regarding its metabolic ef-
         fect.  11 references.

 183.  Bull, J. P., RIcketts, C, Squire, J. R., Maycock, W. d'A.,
         Spooner, S. J. L., Mollison, P. L., and Paterson, J.
         C. S.  Dextran as a plasma substitute.  Lancet, Lond.,
         1949, 1: 134-143.  Requirements of a plasma substi-
         tute. - Chemistry of dextran as prepared for infusion.-
         Experimental observations. - Clinical trials  (29 cases
         of major surgery, 2 cases of burns).   23  references. 
-28-
DEXTRAN - THERAPY (Continued)

 184.  Dextran as a plasma substitute.  J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,  1949,
         139: 85O-85I.  Generally favorable views  are expressed
         in this editorial.  3 references.

 I85.  Le "dextran"  nouveau llquide de substitution dans le
         traitement du shock.  Bull.  Internat.  Serv.  sante,
         Liege, 1949,  22:  11.  'Resume.'

       Evans, E. I., see No.  85.

 186.  Gronwall, A.  Dextran  och dess anvandning som  plasmasub-
         stitut.  Farm.  Revy, 1947, 46:  688-689.  Abstract of  a
         paper read at the Meeting o:T~the Stockholms  laborant-
         klubb, September  1947.   5 references.

 187.  Gronwall, A.  Some  theoretical aspects on dextran as  a
         blood and plasma  substitute.  Bull. Internat. Serv.
         sante, Liege, 1949,  22:  4-7.  Remarks  enlarging on  and
         supplementing Bohmansson's paper on Clinical experiences
         with dextran  (No.  175 of this list) in regard to the
         theoretical aspects  of blood and plasma substitutes in
         general and dextran  In particular.

 188.  Gronwall, A., and Ingelman, B.  Dextran  as  a substitute
         for plasma.  Nature,  Lond.,  1945,  155:  45.  Abstr.:
         Biol. Abstr., Bait.,  1946, 4l:  No."334.   7 references.

 189.  Hiertonn, T.  Om  vatskebalans  vld kirurgiska sjukdomar;
         ^fer?Lav  aktuell bok jamte  nggra reflexioner.   Sven.
         lak. tidn., 1948,  45:  1261-1276.  The  use of dextran  In
         acute hemorrhagic  anemia and  shock is  advocated.

 190.  Hiertonn, T.  Septic appendical peritonitis and fluid
         balance.  Acta  chir.  scand.,  1947-48,  96: 224-232   'One
         ^otex^ct to obtain  tetter  results-with dextran than
         with blood  and  plasma.   In combatting  the primary cir-
         culatory disturbances we have obtained  just as good re-
         sults.   Dextran has no incidental effects and has the
         advantages  besides of keeping forever and of alwavs b<=>i™
         ready to hand. »  17 references.               axways being

 191. Hoorweg,  P.  G.  Macrodex  (gehydrolyseerd dextran)  pPn
         vervanglngsmiddel  van bloed en plasma blj  de behind^-1™
         T^S^n^0e?panden-   *ed-.tsch^ Senees£.,ei950? ?V  ^
         1693-1700.  (German,  French and English abstract4^—"
        Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1951,  45:  3501.   *£ from tne
         literature and clinical observations of the author t^
         to prove  that Macrodex is useful in increasing tbf £?nd<

        re°f^nce1.in maintain1^ "  at  t^t^*1^ ^ 
-29-
DEXTRAN - THERAPY (Continued)

 192. *Ingelman, B.  Dextran and its use as a plasmasubstltute.
         Acta Cham. Scand., 1947, 1: 731-738.  Abstr.: Bull.
         Anal. CNRS, 1948, g: pt. 2, 2%9.

 193.  Kock, W.  Experiences In the Kronprlnsessan Lovisa's Chil-
         dren's Hospital in Stockholm with intravenous adminis-
         tration of dextran in 25 cases during the period Jan.
         1st - June 15th, 1947.  Tr. 23rd Meet. North. Surg. Ass.,
         Stockholm, 1947, p. 131-132.  'It seems that dextran,
         from which no toxic side-effects were observed in any
         of the above cases, may be administered to children in
         the same proportions and on the same indications as
         plasma.'

 194.  Kjzfeter, K. H.  Dextran.  Bull, internat. Serv.  sante,
         ^hge',19^c££: 7-H.  Abstr.:  Excerpta med.,  Sect. 9,
         i949, 2: 13oo\  Clinical experience; desirability of a
         solution of dextran with higher colloidal osmotic activ-
         ity than the normal 6 percent solution.

 195.  Kjzfeter, K. H.  Qm shock og behandling med blod, plasma og
         plasmasubstituter.  Med. forum.  1949,  2:  257-279.  Re-
         view article.  Includes: The role of plasma and plasma
         substitutes in shock treatment.  - Blood substitutes. -
         Their general qualities. - Physiological  salt solution.
         - Survey of plasma substitutes:  1) Animal blood and de-
         rivatives.   2) Human ascitic fluid.  3) Hemoglobin.  4)
         Globin.   5) Animal gelatine.   6)  Isinglass.  7)  Gum aca-
         cia.  8) Pectin.  9) Methylcellulose.   10) Colloldln.
         11) Periston.  12) Dextran (which is treated in consid-
         erable detail).

 196.  Lundy, J.  S., Gray,  H.  K., and Craig,  W. M.  Dextran in
         supportive  therapy with comments  on periston and gela-
         tin.  Arch. Surg.,  1950, 6l:  55-61.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org.
         ges. Chir., 1951,  118:  3057  In  some cases of developing
         profound  shock,  dextran has been  lifesaving.   'In  such
         cases materials such as dextran,  periston and gelatin
         are definitely indicated for  supporting circulating vol-
         ume In the  cardiovascular system.'   Paper presented at
         the 57th Annual  Meeting of the Western Surgical Asso-
         ciation, Santa Barbara,  California,  November 1949.  7
        references.

197.  Lundy, J. S., Tuohy, E. B., Adams, R.  C, Mousel, L. H.,
        Seldon, T. H., and Pender, J. W.  Annual report for 1946
        of  the Section on Anesthesiology; including data and re-
        marks concerning blood  transfusion and the use of blood
        substitutes.   Proc Mayo Clin., 1947, 22: 357-368; 397-
        400.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1^48, 2: loSl.  Re-
        port on the use of a 6 percent solution of dextran (mac-
        rose) in about 300 cases; in some cases, lgm of procaine
        was aQQOQ.. 
                               -30-

DEXTRAN - THERAPY (Continued)

 198.  Pelkonen, A., Vehnia'inen, E..  and Vehnifiinen,  K.   Koke-
         muksia dekstraanin kaytBstS.  Duodeclm,  Helsin., 1950,
         06: 13-36.   Abstr.: Nord.  med., 1950,  44:  1339-1341.
         1The writers report a series of 47 patients  treated in
         the Maria Hospital, Helsinki; the plasma substitute dex-
         tran manufactured by Pharmacia, Sweden,  was  used in
         these cases to prevent surgical shock  and  in treatment
         of manifest shock or comparable conditions... The ex-
         perience with dextran was  very positive  in this  material.
         In an emergency when plasma  or blood is  not  available,
         dextran is  at least at present invaluable.'   6 refer-
         ences.

 199*  Rasmussen, K. B.  Efextran i  shocktherapi og  -profylaxe.
         Nord. med., 1948, 40: 2381-2384.   In 60  patients, 125
         intravenous injections of  6  percent solution of  dextran
         for shock prevention and therapy were  as effective as
         blood transfusions in a control series of  62 patients.
         Abstract in English.   7 references.

 200.  Ravdin, I. S.  The quest for a "blood" substitute.  Sur-
         gery, 1949, 26: 705-706.   Comparative  discussion of
         gelatin and aextran.

 201.  Ravdin, I. S.,  and Fitts, W. T.,  Jr.  The  so-called "blood
         substitutes."  Am.  J. Surg.,  1950,  80: 744-749.   Geletin
         and dextran are discussed  in this review article.   Discus-
         sion (R. A. Griswold, C. G.  Johnston, W. T.  Fitts:  n. 749-
         752).  30 references.

 202.  Rehn, J.  KLinische Erfahrungen mit Dextran  in der Chi-
         rurgie.  Neue med. Welt, 1950,  1:  1330-1333.  Dextran
         was well tolerated and effective  in prevention and
         treatment of shock.   18 references.

 203.  Rosenqvist, H.   Dextran vid brSnnskadeshock.   Nord. med.,
         1946, 22j 344.   Report of 13  cases.  Abstract of a  paper
         presented at  the Meeting of  the Svensk KLrurglsk Foren-
         ing,  November 1945.

       Rosenqvist, H.,  see No.  92.

 204.   Rosenqvist, H.,  and Thorsen, G.  Macrodex in the treat-
        ment  of extensive bums.  Arch. Surg.,  1941   62-  524-
         531.   'Eleven patients with burns of second'ana"'third
         degree involving between 20 and 60 percent of thebSL
        SE2S!*7ST  trea*ed  f0?, shoc* "inly vith the Swedish
        preparation macrodex.  Every  case responded  favorably
        as  far as shock was concerned.' 
-31-
DEXTRAN - THERAPY (Continued)

 205.  Thorsen, G.  Chock; inledningsanrdrande.  Sven. lak. tidn.,
         1951, 48: 1221-1229.  The importance of macrodex in
         shock Is" explained by way of the mechanism of the changes
         taking place in the colloid-osmotic blood pressure.

 206.  Thorsen, G.  Dextran.  In: National Research Council. Sym-
         posium on burns, 2-4 November 1950.  p. 65-7O.  Clini-
         cal report.  Dextran 'should not be looked upon as a
         substitute for blood, but as a new remedy In the main-
         tenance of a satisfactory circulating blood volume, and
         colloid osmotic pressure, which has many advantages, es-
         pecially in smaller hospitals and in the case of war or
         major catastrophies.'

 207.  ThorsSn, G.  Dextran as a plasma substitute.  Lancet,
         Lond., 1949, 1: 132-134.  'Dextran Ph is a polydlspersoid
         polymer of glycose with a molecular weight conforming to
         that of albumin.  It Is totally eliminated from the body
         and is non-toxic  It is very useful as a substitute for
         blood and plasma in cases where an increase in blood
         volume or In colloid osmotic pressure is desired.'  8
         references.

 208.  Thorsen, G.  Dextran as substitute for plasma.  Tr. 23rd
         Meet. North. Surg. Ass., Stockholm. 1947.  p. 126-128.
         Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1949, 3: 848.  Dextran
         Ph., a '6 percent colloidal solution of a polydlspersoid
         glucose polymer to which has been added 0.9 percent of
         NaCl  ... is highly active colloidally and as a chock
         therapeutic agent'; It is nontoxic and harmless to tissue.

 209.  Thorsen, G.  Kliniska erfarenheter med dextran.  Nord.
         med., 1946, 29: 343.  Clinical experiences with Dextran
         in shock prevention.  Caution is advised for the time
         being.  Abstract of a paper presented at the Meeting of
         the Svensk Kirurgisk Fbrening, November 1945.

 210.  Thorsen, G.  Resuscitative effect of dextran Ph after
         large hemorrhages; an experimental study.  Acta chir.
         scand., 1950, 100: 221-227.  'Dextran Ph has an equally
         great restorative effect after large losses of blood as
         serum or heparinized plasma.'   28 references.

 211.  Tovey, G. H.  Blood transfusion and blood substitutes.
         Practitioner, Lond., 1950, 164: 171-178.  The observa-
         tions on "Blood substitutes"  (p. 177-178) culminate
         in the statement that 'dextran is the latest and most
         promising plasma substitute... A clinical trial recently
         undertaken in this country suggests dextran to be as
         beneficial as plasma in cases of burns, and injthe treat-
         ment of surgical shock and haemorrhage...'  3 references. 
-32-
DEXTRAN - THERAPY (Continued)

 212. *Vara, P.  Observations on the use of 10 percent  salt-free
         Macrodex (Dextran) in toxaemia of late pregnancy.  Acta
         obst. gyn.  scand., 1950, 30: Suppl. 6.

 213. *Wallenius, G.  The relief of nephrotic edema by  dextran
         infusions.   Scand. J.  Clin. Lab. Invest.,  I95O,  2:  228.

 214.  Wllander, 0., Thorsen, G., Rosenqvist, H., and Bohmansson,
         G.  KLiniska erfarenheter med dextran. Nord.  med., 1946,
         29: 343-344.  The anti-shock properties of Dextran are
         good; no definitive opinion on side effects and toxicity
         can be given at this time.  Abstract of a  paper presented
         at the Meeting of the  Svensk Kirurgisk Forening,  Novem-
         ber 1945.

 215. *Wilkinson, A. W.  A clinical trial of dextran in surgical
         patients.  J. internat. chir., Brux., 1951, 11: 186.

 216.  Wilson, J. S., Estes,  E. H., Doyle, J. T., and Bloom,
         W. L.  The  use of dextran In the treatment of  shock.  J.
         Clin. Invest., 1951, JO: 682-683.  'Dextran appears to
         be a useful substitute for plasma in the treatment of
         shock.'  Abstract of a paper presented at  the  43rd Annual
         Meeting of  the American Society for Clinical Investi-
         gation, April 1951.

DEXTRAN - TOXICITY

       Bohmansson, G., Rosenqvist, H., Thorsen, G., and Wllander,
         0., see No. 179.

 217.  Engstrand, L., and Aberg, B.  Excretion of intravenously
         administered dextran.   Lancet, Lond., 1950, 1: 1071-
         IO73.  Some of the dextran that is not excreted through
         the kidneys or deposited in the reticulo-endothelial
         system leaves the body thru the alimentary tract.  With
         ileus, fluid might then accumulate in the  intestinal
         lumen and,  therefore,  dextran should be administered
         very cautiously in acute intestinal obstruction.   8 ref-
         erences.

 218.  Richards, D.  W., Jr.  Advances in plasma expanders.  3 p.
         No. 14 in:  U. S. Army Medical Service Graduate School
         Symposium on shock. 7-9 May 1951-  (Processed.)  Gelatin
         and polygelatin are discussed.  Anaphylactic reactions
         after Swedish and British as opposed to American dextran
         are reported.  As to PVP, we must still learn  '(l)  how
         adequately  PVP sustains the plasma volume, (2) how rap-
         id^ and completely it is excreted, (3) whether it is
         metabolized, and  (4) to what extent, and for how long,
         it is stored in the body.* 
-33-
DEXTRAN - TOXICITY (Continued)

       Thorsen, G., see No. 166.

       Turner, F. P., Butler, B. C, Smith, M. E., and Scudder, J.,
         see No. 168.

DEXTRAN - VEHICLE FUNCTION

 219.  May, E.  KLinlsche Mltteilung uber die peridurale Anwen-
         dung von Veritol zur Behandlung des extremen peripheren
         Kreislaufkollapses mit der Macrodex-Veritol-Plombe.
         Med. Welt, 1951, 20: 361.  Case report.  8cm3 Macrodex
         plus 2cm3 Veritol were used successfully.

 220.  Ohlsson, W. T. L.  Blodskoljningsbehandling vid svar akut
         barbiturrdrgiftning.  Nord. med., 1949, 42: 1471-1473.
         Summary in English.

 221.  Thulin, K. E. N. G.  Penicillin solutions.  Swedish Pat.
         No. 121,752, May 25, 1948.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1949,
         4£: 3154, q.v.

GELATIN

 222.  Blutersatzmlttel.  In: Merck Jahrber., 1943-1946, 57-6O:
         114-116.

 223.  Brunschwig, A., and Bigelow, R.  Intravenous gelatin for
         nutritional purposes: clinical and experimental studies.
         Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1946, 82: 25-28.   'Experimental stud-
         ies in dogs indicate tha^a certain type of gelatin ad-
         ministered intravenously is at least partially utilized
         for regeneration of plasma proteins.  Clinical experi-
         ence indicates that Intravenous gelatin constitutes one
         method by which nitrogenous substances for nutritional
         purposes may be administered.'  1 reference.

 224.  Campbell, D. H., Koepfli, J. B., Pauling, L., Abrahamsen,
         N., Dandliker, W., Feigen, G. A., Lanni, F., and
         LeRosen, A.  The preparation and properties of a modi-
         fied gelatin  (oxypolygelatin) as an oncotic substitute
         for serum albumin.  Texas Rep. Biol. M., 1951, 9: 235-
         280.  Preparation and chemical properties. - Physio-
         logical studies (Methods used in retention tests). -
         Results of retention tests. - Other data. - Clinical
         studies: 14 cases.  16 references.

 225.  McDonald, E.  Progress of the biochemical research foun-
         dation of the Franklin Institute —1943-1944.  J. rAF:..A,:-
         lin Inst., 1945, 239: 87-IOO.  Contains description >-(•
         Dr. Ely's 3RF blood plasma substitute based on -rel^t'r
         (p. 92-94). 
-34-
GSIATIN (Continued)

 226. *Monks, E. T.  Gelatine and other parenteral  fluids.   East
         Afr. M. J., 1948, 2£: 283-285.

 227. *Morea, R., and Rao, L.  Algunas consideraciones sobre
         nuevos plasticos, hemostaticos y tubos de  avenamiento;
         gel foam, aspiraci6n-cauterizacion,  combinadas,  fibrin-
         film, lamina y tubo de poliethlleon.  Sem. med., B. Air.,
         1948, 55: 1318-1320.

 P28.  Ravdin, I. S.  Gelatin.  In: National  Research Council.
         Symposium on burns.  2-4 November 1950. p. 80-82.
         Studies with Knox P-20 gelatin; its  use for Chinese
         troops on the Assam-Burma border.  It may  be given to
         man when indicated  'without any greater dangers than
         exist in the administration of blood transfusions in the
         modern hospital.'

3EIATIN - CHEMISTRY  (incl. physiological chemistry  and biochemis-
try j

 ??Q.  Campbell, D. H., and Cherkin, A.  The destruction of pyro-
         gens by hydrogen peroxide.  Science, 1945, 102: 535-536.
          'The necessity for the complete absence of pyrogens from
         solutions  intended for parenteral administration is well
         recognized... In the course of an investigation of plas-
         ma  substitutes, one of us  (D.H.C.) observed that pyro-
         genic  solutions of gelatin were rendered nonpyrogenic
         by  heating with potassium permanganate or hydrogen per-
         oxide.  This  effect was studied further...'  9 refer-
         ences.

       Dervichion,  P., and Magnant, C, see No. 3«

  230.  Engelfried,  J.  J., and Zundell, J. L.  The effect of
         oxypolygelatin on  cross-matching procedures.  To be
         published.   'No  interference  in typing or cross-matching
         was observed  when  oxypolygelatin was added to the  re-
          cipient's blood.'

  231.  Fisk, R.  T.,  and McGee, C. A.   The use of gelatin in Rh
          testing and antibody determinations; a rapid test  tube
         method.   Am.  J.  Clin. Path.,  1947,  17: 737-740.   '...A
          special solution of gelatin was  found"  to  intensify ag-
          glutination by Rh  blocking antibodies.  Gelatin solution
         was used as a plasma  substitute  for the titration of
         blocking antibodies.  The  behavior  of  gelatin was  uti-
          lized to devise  a  rapid test  tube method  of  Rh  testing.
          The majority  of  antiserums encountered in routine  anti-
          body determinations were  suitable for  the new method of
          Rho'or Rh<5 testing.'  2 references. 
-35-
GELATIN - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 232.  Janota, M.  A rapid and simple technique for the determi-
         nation of gelatin.  J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1943, 28:
         1281-1285.   'This report deals with a technique Tor the
         determination of gelatin protein in a mixture of blood
         and gelatin or urine and gelatin in vivo as well as in
         vitro...'  6 references.

 233.  Janota, M., Le Vinson, S. 0., Arimoto, F., and Necheles, H.
         The evaluation of gelatin as a plasma substitute by the
         use of a standardized method of assay.  Fed. Proc,
         Bait., 1944. 3: 21-22.  'Under the rigid conditions of
         the assay, 4 and 8 percent gelatins appear to be good
         plasma substitutes.'

 234.  Koop, C, and Bullitt, L.  Gelatin as a plasma substitute.
         The effect of gelatin infusion on the subsequent typing
         and cross-matching of the blood, with a method of elimi-
         nating the phenomenon of pseudoagglutination.  Am. J. M.
         Sc, 1945, 209: 28-33.  'In spite of the appearance of
         pseudoagglutination of erythrocytes in blood from patients
         who have received a previous infusion of gelatin, no
         practical difficulty has yet been encountered by our
         technicians in typing or cross-matching such blood.'  7
         references.

 235. *Lampert, H., and Liesegang, R. E.  Blood-substitute fluid.
         Ger. Pat. No. 710,994, August 21, 1941.  Abstr.: Chem.
         Abstr., 1943, 37: 3785, Q.v.

 236.  lanni, F.,peigen, G. A., and LeRosen, A. L.  The determi-
         nation of gelatin in the presence of plasma proteins.
         Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1945, 8: 251-257.  'A method is
         described for the determination of gelatin in the
         presence of plasma proteins, based on the differential
         reaction of the Folin-Ciocalteu phenol reagent with
         these materials.'  5 references.

 237-  Levine, M. G., and Hoyt, R. E.  The use of pectin and
         gelatin in the processing of plasma in the blood bank.
         Am. J. Clin. Path., 1946, 16: 40-44.  'Gelatin or pectin
         may be added to whole bloocT~In the blood bank to acceler-
         ate the sedimentation rate of the settling red blood
         cells...'  8 references.

 238.  Oncley, J. L.  Gelatin.  In: National Research Council.
         Symposium on burns.  2-4 November 1950.  p. 77-79.  The '
         chemical, physical and chemical-physical properties of
         ossein gelatin are discussed.  5 references.

 239.  Sachs, B.  Schnellverfahren zur Blutplasmagewinnung fur
         Transfusionen.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1948, 43-44: 050. 
-36-
GELATIN - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

         Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., Bait.,  1949,  23:  2946.   A method
         for rapid preparation of transfusion plasma by addition
         of gelatin to citrated blood  Is described In  detail.
         This plasma was well tolerated.

 240.  Scat chard, G., Oncley, J. L., Williams, J.  W.,  and Brown,
         A.  Size distribution in gelatin solutions; preliminary
         report.  J. Am. Chem. Soc, 1944, 66: I98O-I981.  Abstr.:
         Chem. Abstr., 1945, 39: 660.   6 reTerences.

 241.  Wiener, A. S., Hurst, J. G., and Handman, L. Emploi de
         gelatine et d'autres produits de remplacement pour le
         titrage des anticorps Rh univalents par la reaction de
         conglutination.  Rev. hemat., Par., 1948, 3:  3-12.  13
         references.

       Youngner, J. S., and Nungester, W. J.,  see  No.  156.

GELATIN - EXPERIMENTATION

 242.  Briger, C. E., Smathers, S. E., Cotterman,  C. W., Dameron,
         J. T., and Little, J. M.  The diuretic  effect of gelatin
         solutions.  Am. J. Physiol.,  1944,  142: 246-252.  Dog
         experiments lead to the conclusion  £hat '6 percent un-
         autoclaved gelatin is a diuretic substance when given
         intravenously.'  4 references.

 243.  Bruner, H. D., Gibbon, M. H., McCarthy, M.  D.,  Boche,
         R. D., Talbot, T. R., Jr., Lockwood,  J. S., and Sanders,
         G. B.  Studies on experimental phosgene poisoning; in-
         fusions in treatment of experimental  phosgene poisoning.
         Ann. Int. M., 1948, 28: 1125-1131.   'In phosgene-poisoned
         dogs concentrated plasma and  pectin and gelatin solu-
         tions exerted only transient  effects  on the heraoconcen-
         tration, and appeared to aggravate  the  pulmonary edema."
         The use of Infusion therapy is not  indicated.   16 refer-
         ences.

 244.  Brunschwig, A., Scott, V. B., Corbin, N., and Moe, R.
         Observations on the intravenous injection of  gelatin
         for nutritional purposes. Proc  Soc. Exp.  Biol., N.  Y.,
         1943, 52: 46-48.   'A positive nitrogen  balance or nitro-
         gen equilibrium may be maintained in  protein-depleted
         aogs with a gelatin solution  injected intravenously as
         practically the sole source of nitrogen.   Elevation of
         depressed blood plasma protein levels may obtain from
         intravenously administered gelatin  as practically the
         scle source of nitrogen... At least a portion of intra-
         venously injected gelatin appears to  be metabolized
         since there is a substantial  increase in  non-protein
         nitrogen excretion following  injections.' 
-37-
GEIATIN - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

 245.  Ely, J. 0.  The BRF blood plasma substitute and its re-
         storative effect after acute hemorrhage.  J. Franklin
         Inst., 1945, 239: 150-152.  Animal experiments.

 246.  Ely, J. 0., and Angulo, A. W.  Experimental burns: The In-
         fluence of a gelatin-glucose-salts solution on the nemo-
         concentration of burns.  J. Franklin Inst., 1943, 235:
         197-204.   'Glucose-gelatine-salts solution and blood
         serum were equally effective in combatting the hemocon-
         centration while O.85 percent sodium chloride alone had
         no apparent effect.'  Experiments with rabbits.

 247.  Gordon, H., Hoge, L. J., and Lawson, H.  Gelatin as a sub-
         stitute for blood after experimental hemorrhage.  Am. J.
         M. Sc, 1942, 204: 4-11.   'Gelatin solutions appear to
         occupy an intermediate position between blood and crys-
         talloidal solutions in their ability to maintain the
         circulation after blood loss.  The restoration of the
         circulation by gelatin lasts sufficiently long to cover-
         many clinical emergencies.  Since the samples of gelatin
         which have been tested can be made up in solution and
         autoclaved to sterility without the development of de-
         monstrable toxicity for the dog, further study with a
         view to clinical trial is indicated.'  25 references.

 248.  Grodins, F. S.  Gelatin as a blood substitute in shock due
         to limb trauma.  Fed. Proc, Bait., 1943-44, 2-3: 17.
          '.. .A 5 percent gelatin-saline solution is much more
         effective than 0.9 percent sodium chloride and is about
         equal to normal blood plasma in its ability to produce
         a  sustained rise in blood pressure In animals suffering
         from shock due to limb trauma...'  Abstract of a paper
         prepared for the Annual Meeting of the American Physio-
         logical Society, scheduled for Cleveland, April 1943.

 249.  Hamilton, A. S., Parkins, W. M., and Waltzer, F.  A com-
         parison of ten infusion fluids in the treatment of
         moderate and severe hemorrhage in animals.  Am. J.
         Physiol., 1947, 15O: 641-653-  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS,
         1948, 9: pt.2,132"4TThe liquids tested include oxypoly-
         gelatin and physiological saline.  Oxypolygelatin was
          'less suitable' in severe hemorrhage than especially
         prepared plasma and 5 percent albumin.

 250.  Holt, J. P., and Knoefel, P. K.  Changes In plasma volume
         and cardiac output following the intravenous injection
         of gelatin, serum, and physiological saline solution.
         J. Clin. Invest., 1944, 23: 657-665.   'Blood serum and
         a 3-75 percent gelatin solution are about equally re-
         tained in the vascular bed, both to a greater extent than
         is 0.9 percent sodium chloride.'  23 references. 
-38-
GEIATIN - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

       Hueper, W. C, see No. 9.

 251.  Janota, M., Necheles, H., Weston, R.  E.,  Weissman, V.,
         and Levinson, S. 0.  Gelatin Infusion in hemorrhagic
         shock.  Exp. M. & S., 1943, 1: 298-303.  'Fourteen dli-
         ferent gelatins have been tested on dogs in shock  pro-
         duced by graded bleeding.  All of the untreated animals
         and most of the saline controls died.  Most animals re-
         ceiving gelatin survived for prolonged periods of  time...
         The gelatin disappeared rapidly from the blood. The
         Infusion prolonged both prothrombin and clotting times
         considerably in most animals.  Following infusion, the
         plasma NPN was increased considerably until the time  of
         complete disappearance of gelatin from the blood.' 7
         references.

 252.  Knoefel, P. K., and Lehmann, G.  Behavior in the body of
         some fractions of gelatin.  J. Pharm. Exp. Ther.,  1945,
         83: 185-194.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1946,  J:  pt.2,
         I458.  Dog experiments with solutions of a bone gelatin
         isodsmotic with dog blood plasma.  27 references.

 253.  Lawson, H., and Rehm, W. S.  The efficacy of gelatin solu-
         tions and other cell-free fluids in reversing  the  effects
         of nearly complete exsanguination.   Am. J. Physiol.,
         1945, 144: 217-223.  6 references.
254. Lawson, H., and Rehm, W. S.  The relative value of various
        fluids in replacement of blood lost by hemorrhage,  with
        special reference to the value of gelatin solutions.
        Am. J. Physiol., 1943, 140: 431-438.  Abstr.: Biol.
        Abstr., Bait., 1944, l8TTfo. 6119.  'It is concluded
        that bleeding volume under these experimental conditions
        is a function of the amount and type of colloid in  the
        replacement fluid, and that the cellular content of the
        replacement fluid is not a limiting factor.'  10 refer-
        ences.

255.  Levinson, S. 0., Janota, M., Arimoto, F., and Necheles,  H.
        Gelatin solution in the treatment of shock from graded
        hemorrhage.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1947, 84: 925-932.  Ani-
        mal experiments.  40 references.

256.  Levinson, S. 0., Janota, M., Arimoto, F., and Necheles,  H.
        La solucion de gelatine en el tratamiento del shock por
        hemorragias sucesivas.  DIa. med., B.  Air.,  1947, 19:
        960-964.  Translation of the article originally pub^
        lished in Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1947, 84:  925-932.  (No. 255
        of this list).  40 references. 
-39-
GELATIN - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

 257.  Little, J. M., and Dameron, J. T.  Plasma retention, uri-
         nary excretion and effect upon circulating total red
         cell volume of intravenous gelatin in normal dogs.  Am.
         J. Physiol., 1943, 139: 438-445.  8 references.

 258.  Little, J. M., and Dameron, J. T.  Plasma circulating total
         red cell volume of intravenous gelatin in dogs with di-
         minished plasma volume.  Am. J. Physiol., 1943, 140: 636-
         638.  3 references.

 259.  Little, J. M., and Wells, H. S.  Capillary permeability
         to intravenously administered gelatine.  Am. J. Physiol.,
         1942-43, 138: 495-498.   'It has been shown that intesti-
         nal capillaries Injured sufficiently to permit the
         partial or complete passage of serum proteins through
         their walls allow the passage of only 35 to 60 percent
         of plasma gelatine.'  o references.

 260.  Lowell, A., Colcher, H., Kendall, F. E., Patek, A. J., Jr.,
         and Seegal, D.  A comparison of the effects of high and
         low viscosity gelatins after their intravenous injection
         in man.  J. Clin. Invest., 1946, 25: 226-236.  While
         both high and low viscosity gelatins were well tolerated,
         high  viscosity gelatin   'reached a higher initial serum
         concentration, was retained longer in the blood stream
         and was excreted more slowly...'  16 references.

 2bl.  Meyer, K., Hahnel, E., and Felner, R.  R.  Experiments on
         erythrocyte sedimentation rate.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol.,
         N. Y., 1945, 58: 36-40.  Addition of gelatin to normal
         human citratecTblood considerably increased the erythro-
         cyte sedimentation rate.  13 references.

 262.  Miller, R. E., and Little, J. M.  Studies on the in vivo
         conglutination of erythrocytes following the intra-
         venous administration of gelatin solutions.  J. Cellul.
         Physiol., 1943, 22: 127-130.  In vivo conglutination of
         erythrocytes in Zfie mouse after i.v. injection of 3 and
         6 percent gelatin-saline solutions is described; it dis-
         appeared within 12 and 24 hours respectively.  No tissue
         damage was found.  8 references.

 263.  Morehead, R. P., and Little, J. M.  A morphological study
         following the intravenous administration of gelatin
         solutions to dogs.  Am. J. Path., 1945, 21: 333-338.
         12 references.

 264.  Nicholl, R. J., Boucher, W. F., and Prince, R. W.  Hemor-
         rhagic shock; the relative effect of amino acids, amlgen,
         and gelatin in dogs.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1945, 80: l8l-
         186.  Under identical conditions, 3 percent solution of 
-40-
GELATIN - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

         autoclaved bovine bone gelatine proved 100 percent ef-
         fective in overcoming hemorrhagic shock in dogs.   While
         a 10 percent amino acid solution and a 10 percent solu-
         tion of casein hydrolysate and pork pancreas were in-
         effective and red cell suspensions added to these solu-
         tions were still less effective than bbg.  14 references.

 265.  Parkins, W. M., and Lockwood, J. S.  Studies on gelatin
         as a plasma substitute.  Efficacy of gelatin in experi-
         mental hemorrhage and burn shock.  Am. J. M. Sc, 19^3,
         205: 876.  A 6 percent autoclaved solution of gelatin
         produced by alkali hydrolysis of bovine long-bone colla-
         gen was more successful in dogs subjected to hemorrhagic
         shock than in burned animals.  Abstract of a paper pre-
         sented at the Session of the Physiological Society of
         Philadelphia, April 1943.

 266.  Robschelt-Robbins, G. S., Miller, L. L., and Whipple, G. H.
         Gelatin - its usefulness and toxicity.  Blood protein
         production impaired by continued gelatin by vein.  J.
         Exp. M., 1944, 80: 145-164.  'Gelatin given for 2 to 3
         days accompaniea~and followed by amino acid mixtures or
         casein digests by vein usually gives no evidence of in-
         toxication and definite proof of utilization of the
         amino acids to form blood proteins... (On the other
         hand) gelatin may be toxic when given by vein in moder-
         ate dosage over a 1- to 2- week period... (Therefore,)
         gelatin by vein has definite limitations in dogs  and,
         by implication, when used in human cases the amount
         given should be very carefully watched.'  6 references.

 267.  Vender Brook, M. J., Lyster, S. C, Graham, B. E.,  Pomeroy,
         N. E., and Cartland, G. F.  Intravenously administered
         gelatin - a toxicity study.  J. Laborat. Clin.  M., 1947,
         32: 1115-1120.  'Gelatin solutions prepared for intra-
         venous therapy proved innocuous to dogs when adminis-
         tered intravenously following repeated massive  hemor-
         rhages over a period of several weeks.  Vascular  pathol-
         ogy was absent.  The presence or increase of sudanophile
         droplets In the Kupffer cells was the only morphologic
         change attributable to gelatin.  Gelatin did not  inter-
         fere with the formation of hemoglobin or plasma protein
         and appeared not to be stored in the liver or kidneys
         A major portion was excreted by the kidneys. 24  refer-
         ences.

GELATIN - METABOLISM

 268.  Kozoll, D. D., and Hoffman, W. S.  The excretion  of intra-
         venously injected gelatin.  Proc Centr. Soc Clin  Rp-
         1944, 17: 47-48.  'Previous studies from this laboratory 
-41-
GELATIN - METABOLISM (Continued)

         have indicated the effectiveness of intravenously in-
         jected gelatin solutions in cases of shock in producing
         hemodllution and relief of symptoms.  The present study
         was undertaken to determine the rate of excretion of
         gelatin and the relation of plasma gelatin concentra-
         tions and other blood findings to this excretion...'

GEIATIN - THERAPY

 269.  Alsever, J. B.  The current status of blood substitutes.
         Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1943, 12: 465-467; 488.
          'I do not believe ... that the adminis'Eration of macro-
         molecular substances, such as pectin or gelatin, will
         ever prove to be more than a temporary emergency meas-
         ure in the treatment of shock.'

       Bing, J., see No. 49.

 270.  Brunschwig, A., Corbin, N., and Johnston, C. D.  Intra-
         venous gelatin.  Ann. Surg., 1943, 118: IO58-IO63.
          'Some types of gelatin, injected irif^ravenously In hu-
         man patients, are well tolerated.  Evidence is presented
         to suggest that some of the gelatin injected intrave-
         nously is catabolized, in that there is an increase in
         urea N. excretion during and/or following the injections
         in man.  Intravenous injection of gelatin appears to
         constitute a method for administration of (part of the
         required) nitrogen...'  4 references.

 271.  Carman, J. S., Buultjens, G., and Andrews, E.  Gelatin in
         shock.  J. Ind. M. Ass., 1947, 16: 415-434.  'Specially
         prepared and processed ossein gelatin solution has been
         used in the treatment or prevention of various types of
         shock in over 80 cases, 32 of which are presented in
         detail... This gelatin solution has been found to be
         very valuable in the treatment and prevention of shock.
         Much better results can be obtained in the treatment
         or prevention of shock when gelatin solution is given
         in addition to the infusions of saline or saline and
         glucose than when the latter are used without gelatin...
         Further research is needed...'  66 references.

 2?2.  Evans, E. I.  Gelatin.  In: National Research Council.
         Symposium on burns.  2-4 November 1950.  p. 83.   'We
         believe that degraded gelatin of the nature of P-20 is
         clinically  (whatever it does to the dog) an effective
         plasma substitute.  We also used it in a large number
         of cases of skeletal trauma and there, again, we felt
         that it was an effective plasma substitute.'  Dextran
         studied in 27 severely burned patients also proved to
         be successful. 
-42-
GELATIN - THERAPY (Continued)

       Evans, E.  I., see No.  85.

 273.  Evans, E.  I., and Rafal, H. S.  Studies on traumatic
         shock: V. The treatment  of clinical shock with gelatin.
         Ann. Surg., 1945, 121: 478-494.  (See No. 274 of this
         list).

 274.  Evans, E.  I., and Rafal, H. S.  Studies on traumatic
         shock; the treatment of  clinical shock with gelatin.
         Tr. South Surg. Ass., 1944, 56: 94-110. ' "Lightly and
         heavily"  degraded gelatin solutions have been employed
         as a substitute for plasma in the treatment of shock
         caused by trauma or severe burns (Trauma - 67 patients;
         burns - 28 patients). Lightly degraded gelatin solutions
         seem to be retained longer in the blood stream, and ap-
         pear to be as effective  and safe as plasma in the manage-
         ment of these types of clinical shock. '  Discussion by
         A. Blalock and H. H. Trout.  5 references.

 275.  Felgen, G. A.  The effects of gelatin in shock due to ex-
         perimental hemorrhage and trauma; a literature review.
         Stanford M. Bull., 1948, 6: 175-186.  Discussion of effi-
         cacy, toxicity, antigenicity and pyrogenicity of gelatin
         and erythrocyte sedimentation.  Oxypolygelatin (clini-
         cally untested) is also  reviewed.  51 references.

 276.  Felgen, G. A., Markus, G., Sutherland, G. B., and
         Macpherson, C. H.  Effect of circulatory overload on the
         retention of oxypolygelatin.  To be published.  A paper
         presented at the Meeting of the American Physiological
         Society at Salt Lake City, Utah, September 1951.

 277.  Felmus, L. B.  Gelatin solution as a plasma substitute in
         the treatment of shock from acute blood loss.  Am. J.
         Surg., 1949, 78: 374-378.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir.,
         1950, lib: 297^298;  Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1951, 5: 548.
         97 consecutive patients  received a 6 percent macromolecu-
         lar gelatin solution intravenously; all responded favor-
         ably.  No side effects.   20 references.

 278.  Fletcher, A.  G., Jr.,  Hardy, J. D., Rlegel, C, and Koop,
         C. E.  Gelatin as a plasma substitute; the effects of
         intravenous infusion of  gelatin on cardiac output and
         other aspects of the circulation of normal persons, of
         chronically ill patients, and of normal volunteers sub-
         jected to large hemorrhage.  J. Clin. Invest., 1945, 24:
         405-415.   'Observations  on pulse rate, blood pressure~
         venous pressure, cardiac output, plasma protein, and
         hematocrit have been made during and after intravenous
         infusions of 6 percent ossein gelatin in normal subjects, 
-43-
 GEIATIN - THERAPY (Continued)

          chronically in patients,  and volunteers  subjected to
          acute hemorrhage of 16 to  20 percent  of their  blood
          volume...  Gelatin infusion produced marked and sustained
          nemodilution in all of these cases... Results  ...  indi-
          cate that  gelatin administered intravenously Is an ef-
>          lective  agent In restoring and maintaining the blood
          volume and in abolishing the symptoms which follow such
          acute hemorrhage. ' 27 references.

  279.   Hopps  H.  C.   The use of gelatin as a blood substitute.
          £i^*?c& J,'A 19H'  Si  215-218.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr.,
          Bait., 1945,  19: No.  21267.   'Certain selected gelatins
          may De stated to show considerable promise as  substi-
          tutes for  blood in the treatment of shock and  hemor-
          rhage ...»   7 references.

  280.   Infusion gelatin as  a blood  substitute.  Am. Profes.
          Pharmacist   1945,  11:  229-232.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr.,
          *   t'J-Z^'  i2: ^°- 2002-  A  special type of gelatin
          ^^Ved,Jrom  a refined collagen prepared from beef bone
          holds wide  promises as a substitute material for intra-
          venous administration  in shock, hemorrhage and related
          conditions, to replace critical human blood,  plasma and
          Its fraction  serum albumin.

 281.  Intravenous gelatin.  J. Am.  M. Ass.,  1Q44,  124-  236
         ^SSrJ^i' An&}' SNRS'  1946' l:pt.2,  1456T  A short
         £^P ^r°V£!,wo^ °£ Brunschwig and Associates (see
         No. 270 of this list).  'Current Comment.'

 282.  Jacobson, S.  D.  and Smyth, C.J.  A comparative  study of
         onn Hie^3 ?f human Plasma> Physiologic saline, pectin,
         and gelatin (4 percent and  5 percent)  on the plasma vol-
         ume in man.  Proc  Centr. Soc. Clin. Res., 1944, 17-  4s-
         mo«+ In„this investigation we studied twenty-six  pa- 5
         tients: five received pectin, four physiologic  salSe
         three 4 percent gelatin, twelve 5 percent gllatin,  and
         iELS^y?; n?n *IKCases the plasma volume was deter-
         mined initially, 4 hours after the end of the infusion
         and again 24 hours  later...'                     uslon'


       JaseeaNoM'233!VinSOn,  3'  °"  Arlm0t0> P"  QXid Necheles, H.,

 283.   Koop,  C. E.   The use  of specially prepared gelatin solution
         ol ai§nnS^?Ubstl3ute'  S.  Clin. North America; ?944
         ie  kln?1^ind'If *?? ^tations of gelatine'solution
         anb«,t??nti  ,  ^? "• i  Vil1  proYe an effective plasma
         substitute.'   Discusses preparation,  administration
         physiological  properties, safety, clinical use? Imi-
         tations and  precautions.  12  references. 
-44-
GEIATIN - THERAPY (Continued)

 284.  Koop, C. E.,  Fletcher, A.  G.,  Jr.,  and Riegel,  C.   Some
         clinical experience with gelatin  as a plasma 'substitute.
         Am. J. M. Sc, 1944, 207: 415.  Report on '190 intra-
         venous infusions of an especially prepared ossein gela-
         tin totaling 132 liters.' Abstract of a paper presented
         at the Session of the Physiological Society of Phila-
         delphia, January 1944.

 285.  Koop, C. E.,  Fletcher, A.  G.,  Jr.,  Riegel, C,  and Lockwood,
         J. S.  Gelatin as a plasma substitute; a preliminary
         report of clinical experience.  Surgery, 1944, 15: 839-
         858.  20 references.

 286.  Koop, C. E.,  Riegel, C, Grigger, R.  P., and Barnes, M.  T.
         A study of protein hydrolysates,  ossein gelatin  and
         glucose in parenteral nutrition.   Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,
         1947, 84: IO65-IO7O.  Abstr.: Excerpta med.,  Sect. 9,
         1948, 57 1550.  Gelatin  as sole protein source in 3
         patients did not induce  positive  nitrogen balance.  6
         references.

 287.  Koop, C. E.,  Rlegel, C, Vars, H. M., Ratcliffe, H. L.,
         Parkins, W. M., and Lockwood, J.  S.  Studies  on  gelatin
         as a plasma substitute.   Observations on toxicity and
         elimination of gelatin.   Am. J. M.  Sc, 1943,  205: 876-
         877.  Abstract of a paper presented at the Session of  the
         Physiological Society of Philadelphia, April  1943.

 288.  Kozoll, D. D., Popper, H., Steigmann, F., and Volk, B. W.
         Use of gelatin solutions in  the treatment of  human
         shock.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1944, 208: 141-147.  'Studies on
         52 patients show that the administration of lOOOcc. of
         a 5 percent gelatin solution in normal saline was ef-
         fective in the treatment of  shock.   It produced  regu-
         larly a statistically significant hemodilution.   No un-
         toward effects were noted except  an Increase  in  the sedi-
         mentation rate, which, however, did not influence the
         clinical picture.'  34 references.

 289.  Liesegang, R. E., and Lampert, H.   Kunstblut.   Munch, med.
         Wschr., 1942, 17: 369-371.  Abstr.: Zbl.  Chir.,  1943,
         70: 1352; KUnTVschr.,  1942, 21: 957; Zentr.  Org. ges.
         CELr., 1942, 107: 511; Chem. Abstr.,  1944, 38: 2713.  A
         hemin-gelatin~solution which stimulates coagulation
         may be kept at any temperature and  is generally  well
         tolerated,  is suggested  as  'equivalent' to fresh blood
         in transfusions.  7 references.

 290.  Lockwood, J.  S.  Gelatin as a  plasma  substitute.  Surg,
         Gyn. Obst., 1947, 85: 114-116.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., 
-45-
GEIATIN - THERAPY (Continued)

         Sect. 9, 1948, 2: 1538-1539.  'Neither plasma nor gela-
         tin is more than a temporary and partial substitute for
         whole-blood replacement In shock due to blood loss.'

 291.  Lockwood, J. S.  La gelatina como sustituto del plasma.
         DIa. med., B. Air., 1947, 19: I765-I766.  Translation of
         the article originally published in Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
         1947, 85: 114-116.     (No. 290 of this list).

 292.  National Research Council.  Evaluation of studies on gela-
         tin preparations for intravenous use; special report
         from the National Research Council.  J. Am. M. Ass.,
         1944, 125: 284.
293.  Necheles, H., Levinson, S. 0., Janota, M., and Arimoto, F.
        Preinfusion - a study in the prevention of hemorrhagic
        shock.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1947, 84: 499-503.  'Prein-
        fusions of saline solution 0.9 percent, or of gelatin
        solution 8 percent, given immediately before the first
        of a series of graded hemorrhages and re infusions in the
        dog, increased significantly the mean  "critical"  plas-
        ma carbon dioxide values, 30 minutes after the first
        hemorrhage.  Survival times were prolonged significantly
        by the gelatin solution but not by the saline solution.
        In the case of preinfusions given 2 hours before the
        first hemorrhage, only the gelatin solutions were found
        beneficial in raising plasma carbon dioxide values and
        prolonging survival time... The application of the data
        to the surgical patient is discussed.'  22 references.

294.  Parkins, W. M., Koop, C. E., Riegel, C, Vars, H. M., and
        Lockwood, J. S.  Gelatin as a plasma substitute: with
        particular reference to experimental hemorrhage and burn
        shock.  Ann. Surg., 1943, 118: 193-213.  Review article.
        35 references.

295.  Parkins, W. M., Saxe, L. H., and Vars, H. M.  Tests of
        pyrogenicity, antigenicity, and the efficacy of ossein
        gelatin preparations in repeated massive hemorrhage and
        infusion.  Am. J. M. Sc., 1944, 207: 4l4-4l5.  Report on
        190 infusions given to 100 patients.  Abstract of a paper
        presented at the Session of the Physiological Society of
        Philadelphia, January 1944.

      Ravdin, I. S., see No. 200.

      Ravdin, I. S., and Fitts, W. T., Jr., see No. 201.

296.  Riegel, C, Koop, C. E., Schwegman, C. W., Barnes, M. T.,
        and Grigger, R. P.  An evaluation of mixtures of ossein 
-46-
GELA.TIN - THERAPY (Continued)

         gelatin, hydrolyzed protein,  and glucose  In the paren-
         teral nutrition of postoperative patients.   Surgery,
         1949, 25: 672-675.  '...The substitution  of gelatin (an
         incomplete protein) as the source of one-half the nl^o-
         gen resulted in better rather than poorer nitrogen bal-
         ance .. .'  12 references.

 297-  Seldon, T. H., Lundy, J. S., Adams, R. C,  and Cook, E.  N.
         Parenteral administration of gelatin.  Proc Mayo Clin.,
         1945, 20: 468-469.  A 5 percent solution  of gelatin in
         physiologic solution of sodium chloride was used in more
         than 400 cases 'to increase blood volume  In those cases
         in which supportive treatment (was) considered neces-
         sary. '

 298.  Smyth, C. J., and Jacobson, S.  D.  Observations on gelatin;
         its intravenous use.  Proc Am. Fed. Clin.  Res., 1944,
         1: 17-18.  Observations on healthy subjects, and on
         patients in surgical shock after administration of 5
         percent solution of purified gelatin in Ringer's or
         physiologic salt solution.  'Gelatin can  be given safely
         ... it effectively increases the plasma volume, and ...
         warrants further clinical trial as a plasma substitute.1

 299. S^ndergaard, T.  Blodsubstitutter.  Nord.  med., 1947, 36:
         2311.  Comments on J. Bing's paper  (see No. 49  of "EEIs
         list) quoting Lockwood:  'Neither plasma nor gelatin is
         more than a temporary and partial substitute for whole-
         blood replacement in shock due to blood loss. '

 300.  Swingle, W. W., and KLeinberg, W.  Plasma,  gelatin and
         saline therapy in experimental wound shock.  Am. J.
         Physiol., 1944, 141: 713-721.  Abstr.:  Bull. Anal. CNRS,
         1947, 8: 5, (pt.~57 857-    'Administering  small inter-
         mittent plasma, gelatin and saline infusions over a   n
         period of hours apparently is a more effective, method of
         preventing shock than giving a single massive infusion
         immediately following injury.'  Gelatin was somewhat
         more effective than saline.  12 references.

 301.  Tocantins, L. M.  Practical considerations  in the conser-
         vation and replacement of blood in severe hemorrhage.
         Med. Clin. N. America, 1949, 33: 1555-1563.  Albumin
         and gelatin are mentioned as bTood substitutes in this
         general article which is mainly concerned with methods.
         7 references.

 302.  Water, E. T.  A comparison of isinglass and gelatin as
         blood substitutes.  Canad. M, Ass. J.,  1941, 45: 395-
         398.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1942, 36: 1094.  DTi the basis 
-47-
GEIATIN - THERAPY  (Continued)

         of animal experiments,  'it would seem that the use of
         solutions of a suitable animal gelatin rather than of
         isinglass offers greater assurance of effective mainte-
         nance of blood pressure because of the much longer time
         It remains in the blood stream of the transfused ani-
         mal.'  Calf skin gelatin is recommended.  1 reference.

 303.  Wenner, W. P.  Purified gelatin solution as a blood plasma
         substitute.  Ann. Otol. Rhinol., 1944, 53: 635-643. Re-
         view plus report on original work done at the Upjohn Re-
         search Laboratories.  Experiments with animals and hu-
         mans .  16 references.

GELATIN - TOXICITY

 304.  Brunschwig, A., and Nichols, S.  The retention of Intra-
         venously infused gelatin; observations in man.  Surgery,
         1944, 16: 923-926.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1946, J:
         pt. 2,~502.   'Evidence is presented to indicate that 40
         to 43 percent of gelatin injected intravenously in man
         as an 8 percent solution in physiologic saline is re-
         tained in that only 60 to 57 percent is recovered in the
         urine...'  2 references.

 305.  Hoffman, W. S., and Kozoll, D. D.  The fate of Intrave-
         nously injected gelatin in human subjects.  J. Clin.
         Invest., 1946, 2£: 575-585-  'The fate of intravenously
         injected gelatin was studied in 42 hospital control sub-
         jects to whom were administered 1000ml. of 5 percent
         gelatin... Results indicate a theoretical clinical su-
         periority of the heavy gelatin over the lighter types.
         Nevertheless light gelatin has been found to be clini-
         cally effective and innocuous in the treatment of shock.1
         15 references.

 306.  Koop, C. E., Ratcllffe, H. L., and Michle, A. J.  Intra-
         venous administration of gelatin and histologic changes
         in the kidney.  (Editorial).  Arch. Surg., 1949, 59:
         I85-I88.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir., 1950, 115:
         176.  'The absence of cellular degeneration as inoTcated
         by lack of necrosis in the proximal tubules or of degen-
         eration of the brush border would indicate that marked
         tubular damage did not occur... Neither did qualitative
         tests show statistically significant alterations... A
         program to test the qualitative renal function following
         Infusion of gelatin is now under way.' 20 references.

 307.  Patek, A. J., Jr., Kendall, F. E., Victor, J., Lowell, A.,
         Colcher, H., and Seegal, D.  Venous thrombosis after
         infusion with gelatin solutions containing mercurial
         preservatives.  Am. J. M. Sc, 1946, 212: 561.   'Local 
-48-
GEIATIN - TOXICITY (Continued)

         venous thrombosis occurred frequently in patients in-
         jected with gelatin solutions containing phenyl mercuric
         borate or merthiolate.  Venous thrombosis did not occur
         in patients injected with gelatin solutions free of
         these mercurial preservatives.'  11 references.

 308.  Popper, H., Volk, B. W., Meyer, K. A., and Kozoll, D. D.
         Evaluation of gelatine and pectin solutions as substi-
         tutes for plasma in the treatment of shock; histologic
         changes produced in human beings.  Arch. Surg., 1945,
         50: 34-45.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., Bait., 1945. 19:
         No. 18151; Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1946, 7: pt. 2, 84.  Ex-
         periences with administration of geTatin and pectin
         solutions to a series of 317 patients favor gelatin as
         producing less change in the tissues.  Includes bibli-
         ography .

 309.  Popper, H., Volk, B. W., Meyer, K. A., Kozoll, D. D., and
         Steigmann, F. W.  Evaluation of pectin and gelatin solu-
         tions used in the treatment of shock; histologic changes
         produced in the human being.  J. Laborat. Clin. M., 1945,
         30: 352-354.   '...Findings indicate that pectin is a
         reticuloendothelial irritant while gelatin does not
         produce tissue reaction.'

 310.  Skinsnes, 0. K.  Gelatin nephrosis; renal tissue changes
         in man resulting from the intravenous administration of
         gelatin.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1947, 85: 563-571.   'Caution
         is advised in use of gelatin as a "treatment for shock
         in patients who have previously suffered renal impair-
         ment.'  26 references.

 311.  Skinsnes, 0. K.   "Hydropic" swelling of renal tubules
         following intravenous administration of gelatin.  Proc.
         Inst. M. Chicago, 1946-47, 16: 254.   'Twenty-three nec-
         ropsy cases of patients receiving intravenous gelatin
         therapy, 17 of which showed renal tubular  '' hydropic''
         changes and 6 of which displayed no such changes, were
         reported and compared with control cases and with cases
         receiving intravenous sucrose  therapy.'

 GELATIN  - VEHICLE FUNCTION

 312.  Abramson, H. A., and Arsenal, E.  A U. S. P.  gelatin vehi-
         cle in liquid form for retardation of absorption with
         special reference to epinephrine.  J. Allergy,  1942-43,
         14: 414-419.   'A simple and effective way  of preparing
         a gelatin vehicle for subcutaneous injection where a  slow
         acting pharmacologic effect is desired  is  described.  The
         method consists in adding  sufficient urea  to the gelatin
         solution to maintain the gel in the sol state at room 
-49-
GELATIN - VEHICLE FUNCTION  (Continued)

         temperature... This preparation is suitable for the ad-
         ministration of epinephrine as well as other drugs and
         biologically active substances where retardation of the
         pharmacologic effect is desired.'  2 references.

 313.  Anselmino, K. J.  Die Periduralanasthesie in der Gynako-
         logie.  Zentr. Gynak., 1944, 68: 292-299-  Discusses the
         use of gelatin and periston whTch extend the period of
         anesthesia  from 3  to 5 and 8 hours respectively and, at
         the same time, make it possible to limit anesthesia to
         4-8 segments.  7 references.

 314.  Denecke, and  Schneider.  Periduralanasthesie.  Munch, med.
         Wschr., 1950, 92:  649.  In peridural anesthesia, Denecke
         prefers pantocaTn  plus gelatine to pantocain plus per-'
         iston.  Abstract of a paper presented at the 67th Meeting
         of the Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Chlrurgie, Frankfurt
         a.M., May-June 1950.

 315.  Goepel, H.  Die Periduralanasthesie in der Chlrurgie.
         Chirurg, 1943, 15: 134-145.  Injection of 5 per mill
         pantocain in  5 percent gelatin solution is suggested for
         induction of  peridural anesthesia.  16 references.

 316.  Janot, M. M.  Les penicillines a action prolonged; peni-
         cillines-retard.   Ann. pharm. fr., 1950, 8: 46-61.  Re-
         view article; includes discussion of colloidal solutions
         of gelatin  and pectin.  25 percent aqueous pvp solutions
          (Specilline-Subtosan, Specia-Rhone-Poulenc) and 20 per-
         cent pvp solution  with 2,000,000 units of procaine peni-
         cillin and  100,000 units of penicillin sodium  (Scuro-
         cilline, Sp£cia-Rhone-Poulenc) are also mentioned.  'The
         ideal solution is  still to be found.'  80 references.

 317.  Kabat, H., and  Freedman, A. M.  Effect of slowly absorbed
         epinephrine  in experimental shock.  Proc. Soc. Exp.
         Biol., N. Y., 1941, 46: 385-387.   'Suprarenalin-gelatin'
         injected into experimentally shocked cats  'will maintain
         the blood pressure during and following intestinal ma-
         nipulation  and will increase survival 300 percent.'  6
         references.

 318.  Kronke, E.  Die Anwendungsm'dglichkeit der Periduralanaes-
         thesie in der Praxis des Allgemeinkrankenhauses.  Deut.
         Gesundhwes.,  1949, 4: II3O-H36; 1166-1170.  The use of
         a 5 percent gelatin -, 5 per mill pantocain - solution
         and, particularly, of a 6 percent periston -, 5 per mill
         pantocain solution is critically discussed. - English,
         French and  Russian summaries.  13 references.
fl.RMtDfORCL v l"CAi LIBRAM
    WASHINGTON. 0. C. 
-50-
GELATIN - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

 319.  Lockey, S. D.  1:500 epinephrine in gelatin;  a discussion
         ?niin hn^i0^^^^63'  and disadvantages.  J.  Allergy,
         1940-41, 12: 592-598.  Use  of gelatin as  a  retardant;
         case reports.  6 references.

 320.  Loewe, L., Eiber,  H.  B.,  Alture-Werber,  E., Shore, M.  K.
         A water-soluble  preparation for prolonging  effective
         ^hi01^1^1^!1? ^ bod^ fluids*   J-  Laborat.  Clin. M.,
         1947, 32: 832-836.   A formula containing  300,000 0.  U.
         ofpenicillin, vasoconstrictors,  eucupine dihydrochloride,
         and 800.0 to l,200.0mg  of gelatin-dextrose  mixture in
         2ml of water Is  used to prolong effective penicillin
         levels in body fluids.   'It is water-soluble, nontoxic,
         free of local reactions,  and  easy to administer.   It
         maintains measurable levels in the blood for periods up
         to twenty-four hours or longer and has retained its  sta-
         bility at room temperature  for more than a  year. •  17
         references.                                          f

 321.   Parkins,  w.  M., Wiley, M.,  Chandy, J., and Zintel, H.  A.
         Maintenance  of the blood  level  of  penicillin after in-
         tramuscular  injection.  Science, 1945, 101:  203-205
         'Blood concentrations of  penicillin were~maintained'at
         measurable levels for as  long as seven or eight hours
         iollowing  single intramuscular  injections of penicillin
         <™ *   8 *?* in Pleats by means of vehicles contain-
         ing o percent, to 20 percent, ossein gelatin and a long-
         a?™^/aS°?°n?^ictor druS.  Intramuscular administra-
         tion of penicillin can thus be carried on with three
         ^d°  e^ht injections per day with less variation
         in  the  extremes of penicillin blood levels.'    XXttl"Lon

322.  Spain, W. c, Fuchs, A. M.,  and Strauss,  M.  B   A sloviv


         tin as a retardant In 95 patients.  11 references.

523.  Spain, V. C., Fuchs, A. M.,  and Strauss,  M. B.  The tr^i-




        pounds pressure  for one  and  one-fourth  hours    tm,?
        proved gelatin-pollen extract  shows the slw'absorb™"
        rate characteristic  of the previously reported S?E?«on
        pollen extract.   The  gelatin-pollen ex^f?» f elatJn-
        useful for the treatment of  jaU^ts so sensit'i™1*'51^
        erenLV001,17 th* USUal  ^^ P°llen  tne^T6 |S^_ 
-51-
HEMORRHAGE, see also SHOCK

 324.  Binet, L. R.  Hemorragie, chock, asphyxle.  127 p.  Paris,
         Masson, 1941.

 325. *Chiche, P.  Les problemes de 1'hemorragie aigue.  60 p.
         Paris, 1945.  These-Univ., Faculte de Medeclne.

 326.  Lawson, H.  The measurement of bleeding volume in the dog
         for studies on blood substitutes.  Am. J. Physiol., 1943,
         140: 420-430.   'Procedures are described which permit
         bleeding volume, i.e., the volume withdrawal at con-
         trolled rates required to produce death, to be measured
         with usable accuracy without actually killing the ani-
         mal ...'  5 references.

 327.  Riese, J.  Blutung, Blutstillung, Blutersatz.  In: Zimmer,
         A., (ed.), Kriegschirurgie.  Wien, Deuticke, 1944.  v. 1.
         p. 132-167.  Over 100 references.

 328.  Rungs, H. M.  Le choc hemorragique; Studes cllnlque, ther-
         apeutique, pathogSnique; campagnes de Tunisie, d'ltalie
         et de France.  121 p.  Paris, Feu Follet, 1947.  Bibli-
         ography  (chronologically arranged): p. 117-121.

 329.  Wallace, J., and Sharpey-Schafer, E. P.  Blood changes
         following controlled haemorrhage in man.  Lancet, Lond.,
         1941, 2: 393-395-  8 references.

 330.  Weston, R. E., Janota, M., Levinson, S. 0., and Necheles,
         H.  Studies on hemoconcentration and shock following
         severe hemorrhage.  Am. J. Physiol., 1942-43, 138: 450-
         457.  18 references.

INFUSION THERAPY  (selected background material)

 331.  Alexander, E., Jr., Small, W., and Campbell, J. B.  A de-
         pendable method for constant intravenous therapy in in-
         fants using polyethylene tubing.  An. cirug., B. Air.,
         1948, 127: 1212-1216.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9,
         1949, JTJ12.

 332.  Allen, P. M.  Theory and therapy of shock; excessive fluid
         administration.  Am. J. Surg., 1943, 61: 79-92. 'Saline
         infusions succeeded in severe shock where the plasma
         failed... Shock is reversible at all stages... This re-
         sult does not imply saving of life in all cases, though
         a later paper will give examples of the reversal with
         quantities of fluid which are compatible with permanent
         recovery...'

 333.  Altschule, M. D., Gilligan, D. R., and Zamcheck, N.  The
         effects on the cardiovascular system of fluids administered 
-52-
INFUSION THERAPY (Continued)

         intravenously in man; the lung volume and pulmonary dy-
         namics.  J. Clin. Invest., 1942,  21:  365-368.

 334.  Arbeiter, H. I., and Greengard,  J.   Tibial bone  marrow in-
         fusions in infancy.  J. Pedlat.,  S.  Louis, 1944,  2£: 1-
         12.  'A technique of tibial bone  marrow infusion Is pre-
         sented.  In forty-three attempts  in thirty-four young
         children there were six failures  and two partial fail-
         ures... This technique merits further investigation...'
         6 references.

 335.  Bailey, H.  Bone marrow as a site for the reception of in-
         fusions, transfusion, and anaesthetic agents;  a review
         of the present position.  Brit. M. J., 1944, 1: 181-182.
         Advantages. - Disadvantages and dangers. - Technique.
         2 references.

 3^6.  Bailey, H.  Replenishing the circulating body fluids  (con-
         tinued); alternative methods.   In his: Emergency surgery.
         5th ed.  Bristol, 1944.  p. 26-31.  Continuous rectal
         saline. - Continuous intramuscular infusion. - Bone-
         marrow as an avenue for infusion and transfusion. - The
         corpus cavernosum as a receptor of blood or plasma.  5
         references.

 337.  Bang, 0.  Intraossjzfe infusion.  Nord.  med., 1944, 21: 530.
         Technic and indications of sternal and tibial  transfusion
         are described; advantages in children and restless pa-
         tients are stressed.  Any fluid may be so injected.  In
         the discussion, T. Strunge points out the importance of
         sternal infusion in war surgery.

 338. *Cevese, P. G., and Mondini, P.  La  trasfuslone endoarteiio sa
         (Richerche sperimentali - Nota preventiva). Acta anes-
         thesiol., 1950, 1: 49-55.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect.
         9, 1951, 5: 548."

 339.  Costantini, A., Dei Poli, G., and Caldarola, L.   La tras-
         fuslone endocarotidea in senso craniale quale  mezzo
         eroico di rianlmazlone; studio sperimentale nello shock
         emorragico.  Minerva chir., 1951, 6: 53-62.  On the basis
         of experiments with 21 dogs, intracarotld injection di-
         rected toward the brain is proposed as drastic means for
         resuscitation in hemorrhagic shock.   27 references.

 340.  Costantini, A., Dei Poli, G., Ciocato, E., and Caldarola  L.
         Presentazione di un caso eccezionale di r»iviviscenza
         ottenuto con trasfuslone endocarotidea di sangue in senso
         craniale.  Minerva med., 1951, 42: 184-186.  4 references 
-53-
INFUSION THERAPY (Continued)

 341.  Doud, E. A., and Tysell, J. E.  Massive intramedullary in-
         fusions.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: 1212-1213.  Case
         report.   '...This method should be~more widely applied.
         It is particularly applicable and may prove of inesti-
         mable value in the treatment of shock in the field.'

 342.  French, W. E.  Arterial transfusion; its clinical appli-
         cation.  Memphis M. J., 1951, 26: 5-6.  Report of 2
         cases.  3 references.

 343.  French, W. E.  Intra-arterial transfusion.  Mississippi
         Doctor, 1950, 28: 196-198.   'One should not hesitate to
         use this life saving procedure after a venous transfu-
         sion fails.'  3 references.

 344.  Glasser, 0., and Page, I. H.  Experimental hemorrhagic
         shock; a study of its production and treatment.  Am.  J.
         Physiol., 1948, 154: 297-315.  'The value of intra-
         arterial transfusion in emergency is emphasized. ' 25
         references.

 345.  Heinild, S., S^ndergaard, T., and Tudvad, F.  Intraossds
         infusion i barnealderen.  Ugeskr. laeger, 1947, lOg:
         I89-I95.  Report of 1000 cases without any incidents ex-
         cept 5 cases of osteomyelitis after permanent intra-
         osseous infusion.  42 references.

 346.  Heinrich, A.  Technik und Wert der intrasternalen Injek-
         tionsmethode.  Chirurg, 1942, 14: 334-337.  2 references.

 347.  Henning, N.  Die intrasternale Injektion und Transfusion
         als Ersatz flir die intravenbsen Methoden.  Deut. med.
         Wschr., 1940, 66: 737-739.  2 references.

 348.  Hiertonn, T.  Komplikationer vid intraossds terapi. Nord.
         med., 1949, 4l: 309-312.  2 case reports drawing atten-
         tion to the hazards involved.  The literature is re-
         viewed. 50 references.

 349.  Jones, P. G., Davis, J. H., Jr., Hubay, C. A., and Holden,
         W. D.  Physiologic mechanisms of intra-arterial trans-
         fusion.  Surgery, 1950, 27: I89-I97.  'An apparatus  for
         intra-arterial transfusion is described.  The physiologic
         principles of the method are discussed.  The mechanism
         of recovery from hemorrhagic shock with intra-arterial
         transfusion has been explored by arteriography and by
         experiments designed to determine the fate of the In-
         fused fluids.  The possibility of using an intra-arterial
         saline infusion in an emergency is discussed.  The ad-
         vantages of intra-arterial transfusion are outlined.'
         10 references. 
-54-
INFUSION THERAPY (Continued)

 350.  Jones, R. M.  A new needle for the treatment  of  shock by
         sternal infusion.  Surg. Gyn.  Obst.,  1943,  76:  587-580.
         5 references.

 351.  Kay, B. B.,  and Hacker,  V. D.   The treatment  of  shock by
         aortio transfusion during thoracic operations.   J.  Am.
         M. Ass., 1947, 134:  604-505.  Arterial  transfusion  is
         Indicated in some cases of cardiac and  vascular surgery.
         2 references.

 352.  King, R. A.   Methods of fluid administration  in  the treat-
         ment of surgical shock; an experimental comparison. Brit.
         M. J., 1940, 2: 485-487.  Pathology of  surgical shock. -
         Spontaneous recovery from shock. - Effect of intravenous
         infusions. - Effect of fluid absorption by  the tissues.
         - Hypotonic saline.  - The osmotic gradient. 26 refer-
         ences.

 353.  Kohlstaedt,  K. G., and Page, I.  H.  Hemorrhagic  hypotension
         and its treatment by intra-arterial and intravenous in-
         fusion of blood.  Arch. Surg., 1943,  47: I78-I9I.  Ex-
         perimental study of intra-arterial infusion In hemor-
         rhagic shock.  5 references.

 354.  Kugelmeier,  L. M.  Intraarterielle Infusion und  Transfusion.
         Munch, med. Wschr., 1944, 91:  261-262.   Intraarterial
         infusion is indicated only~when the intravenous route
         cannot be used.  Report of 11 cases of  Infusion of  Tuto-
         fusin and Periston into the femoral artery. Detailed
         description of technique.

 355«  Licha, J. S.  Experiences with Intra-arterial transfusion.
          (Clinical evaluation in 10 cases).  Bol. As. med. Puerto
         Rico, 1941, 43: 263-275.  9 references.

 356. *Modern infusionsterapi ved kururgiske sygdommo.   Ugeskr.
         laeger, 1949, 111: 935-
357.  Murphy, F.  D.,  Correll,  H., and Grill, J. C.  The effects
        of intravenous solutions on patients.  J. Am. M. Ass
        1941, 116:  104-108.   'The indiscriminate use of intra-
        venous fluids, especially for persons with any cardio-
        vascular  defect,  should be discouraged...'  33 references.

358.  O'Neill, J. F., Tocantins, L. M., and Price, A. H.  Fur-
        ther experiences  with  the technique of administering
        blood and other fluids via the bone marrow.  North Caro-
        lina M. J., 1942, 3: 495-500.  Brief review.  Report  of
        116 administrations  in 90 patients. 
-55-
INFUSION THERAPY (Continued)

 359-  Page, I. H.  Arterial transfusion.  Practitioner, Lond.,
         1948, 161: 479-482.  Technique and clinical uses.  9
         references.

 360.  Page, I. H.  Arterial transfusion in the treatment of
         shock.  6 p.  No. 24 in: U. S. Army Medical Service
         Graduate School.  Symposium on shock.  7-9 May 1951.
         Processed.  Indications, method and mechanism are dis-
         cussed.  13 references.

 361.  Page, I. H.  On certain aspects of the nature and treat-
         ment of oligemic shock.  Am. Heart J., 1949, 38: l6l-
         192.  A review of shock problems; indications and limi-
         tations of arterial transfusion.  6l references.

 362.  Page, I. H.  Treatment of shock by intra-arterial infusion.
         Bull. U. S. Army M. Dep., 1947, 7: 366-370.  '...The
         method has limited application, still its simplicity
         seems to recommend it where control of blood pressure
         and volume Is important... '

 363.  Papper, E. M.  The bone marrow route for injecting fluids
         and drugs into the general circulation.  Anesthesiology, .
         1942, 3: 307-313.

 364.  Papper, E. M., and Rovenstine, E. A.  Utility of marrow
         cavity of sternum for parenteral fluid therapy.  War Med.,
         Chic, 1942, 2: 277-283.   'The Tocantins method for ad-
         ministering fluids via bone marrow is reviewed.  The
         sternum is recommended for infusions in adults.  The
         needle used and the technic for placing it are described.
         Clinical experience with the procedure is discussed...
         Its Increased use is advocated...'  3 references.

 365.  Porter, M. R., Sanders, E. K., and Lockwood, J. S.  The
         factor of rate of transfusion with particular reference
         to the intra-arterial route.  Ann. Surg., 1948, 128:
         865-880.   'A review of pertinent literature indicates
         certain advantages of the arterial over the venous route
         of blood transfusion in the treatment of shock.  How-
         ever, it is possible that some of the benefits attri-
         buted to arterial transfusion are actually due to the
         rapid rate at which the blood had been administered. An
         apparatuses described which makes possible prolonged,
         controlled, rapid administration of fluids through vein
         or artery.'  7 references.

 366.  Reisman, H. A., and Tainsky, I. A.  The bone marrow as an
         alternate route for transfusion in pediatrics.  Am. J.
         Dis. Child., 1944, 68: 253-256.  10 references. 
-56-
INFUSION THERAPY (Continued)

 367.  *Reynaud,  H.   Reanimation par  transfusion intracardiaque.
         Mem. Acad.  Chir.,  Par., 1950,  76:  776-778.  Abstr.: Ex-
         cerpta  med.,  Sect. 9,  1951,  5:~"907.

 368.   Robertson, R. L.,  Trincher, I. H., and Dennis, E. W.  Intra-
         arterial transfusion;  experimental and clinical consid-
         erations.   Surg. Gyn.  Obst., 1948, 87: 685-704.   'A re-
         port on the rapid  administration ofTlood intra-arte rially
         is presented  with  experimental observations and report
         of its  clinical  application in 12  patients.  This pro-
         cedure  can  be life saving in cases  of extreme emergency
         where the outcome may  otherwise be fatal because of hem-
         orrhage and shock.'  10 references.

 369.   Sarrouy,  and  Prost.  La  vole  osseuse transtrochanterienne,
         vole de choix de la  transfusion de liquides biologiques
         chez le nourrison.   Pediatrie,  1948, 3: 168-170.  Abstr.:
         Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1949,  3: 448.  Technique and
         method  as used in more than 10U cases without any inci-
         dent.

 370.   Seeley, S. F.  Intra-arterial  blood  transfusion.  Am. J.
         Surg.,  1949,  78: 733-735-  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir.,
         1951, llo:  1517  11  references.

 371.   Shaffer,  J. 0.   A  method of rapid transfusion into the
         femoral vessels  in patients  without adequate peripheral
         superficial veins.   Surgery, 1947, 21: 659-661.

 372.   Sharpey-Schafer, E.  P.,  Wallace,  J., Latham, A., and
         Pincock, A. C.   Circulatory  overloading following rapid
         intravenous injections. Brit. M.  J., 1942, 2: 304-308.
         Experiments with subjects free  from cardiovascular dis-
         ease.   17 references.

 373.   Stevenson, C. W.   Arterial transfusion, clinical applica-
         tion of the Page procedure.  Memphis M. J., 1949, 24:
         31-36.   'I  would like  to stress again that this - T3Ie
         Page Procedure - is  not without danger and perhaps has
         only a  limited use in  selected  cases, but, personally
         I  believe that the method of intra-arterial transfusion
         in treatment  of  shock  is a most valuable procedure
         Possibly the  most  important advantage of the method *iies
         in the  emphasis  it places on the need for speed in the
         treatment of  severe  shock...'  10  references.

 374.  Stewart, J. D.,  Hale, H.  W., and  Schaer, S. M.  Management
         of protein  deficiency  in surgical  patients.  Intrave-
         nous and intra jejunal  injections.  J. Am. M. Ass   1Q48
         136: 1017-1021.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9 '£949  ' 
-57-
INFUSION THERAPY (Continued)

       Tocantins, L. M., see No. 301.

 375.  Tocantins, L. M.  Rapid absorption of substances Injected
         into the bone marrow.  Proc. Soc. Exp.  Biol.,  N.  Y.,
         1940, 45: 292-296.  'Substances injected into  the mar-
         row cavity of the tibia of the rabbit and of the  sternum
         of man are almost immediately absorbed into the general
         circulation.  Blood and glucose solutions respectively,
         by intramedullary injection, corrected rapidly experi-
         mental anemia and hypoglycemia induced in rabbits.»   2
         references.

 376. Tocantins, L. M., and O'Neill, J. F.  Infusion of blood
         and other fluids into the circulation via the  bone mar-
         row.  Proc Soc Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1940, 45:  782-783.
          'The intramedullary route for parenteral therapy  has
         proved practicable in 16 out of 17 trials in l4 patients.
         Citrated blood, plasma, glucose and salt solutions have
         been infused without any immediate or delayed  local  or
         constitutional reactions.'

 377.  Tocantins, L. M., and O'Neill, J. F.  Infusions  of  blood
         and other fluids into the general circulation  via the
         bone marrow.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 194l, 73: 281-287. • 10
         references.

 378.  Tocantins, L. M., O'Neil], J. P., and Jones, H.  W.   In-
         fusions of blood and other fluids via the bone marrow.
         J. Am. M. Ass., 1941, 117: 1229-1234.  In 9 infants
         where intravenous infusions were impossible, infusions
         into the marrow of tibia or femur were administered  with-
         out any untoward reactions.

 379.  Tocantins, L. M., O'Neill, J. P., and Price, A.  H.   In-
         fusions of blood and other fluids via the bone marrow
         in traumatic shock and other forms of peripheral  circu-
         latory failure.  Ann. Surg., 1941, 114: IO85-IO92.  'The
         intramedullary route is indicated whenever veins  are not
         available and a rapid introduction of fluids into the
         central circulation is urgently needed.'  3 references.

 380.  Tocantins, L. M., Price, A. H., and O'Neill, J.  F.   In-
         fusions via the bone marrow in children.  Pennsylvania
         M. J., 1942-43, 46: 1267-1273.  Report on 79 infusions
         in 52 infants.  Presented before the Section on Pedi-
         atrics of the Medical Society of the State of  Pennsyl-
         vania, Pittsburgh, October 1942.  7 references.

 381.  Wiener, A. S.  Intra-arterial transfusion.  J. Am.  M.  Ass.,
         1951, 146: 57.  Letter to the editor.  'There  is  need
         for addTFional, carefully controlled animal experiments
         on intra-arterial transfusion.' 
-58-
ISTNGLASS

ISINGLASS - CHEMISTRY (incl.  physiological chemistry and biochemis-
try)

 382.  Bett, H. D.  The preparation of isinglass solutions suita-
         ble for transfusion purposes.  Canad.  J.  Res.,  Sect.  E,
         1949, 27: 31-36.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., Bait.,  1949,  £2:
         209b. ""TThe possibilities of producing isinglass solu-
         tion in sufficiently large quantity to permit adequate
         clinical trial on a uniform batch have been investigated.
         A satisfactory process has been developed using fresh
         frozen hake sounds.   Technical details of this prepara-
         tion are presented in this paper, together with comments
         on the occurrence and prevention of pyrogens in trans-
         fusion fluids.'  11 references.

 383.  Beveridge, J. M. R., and Lucas, C. C. Amino acids of isin-
         glass.  J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 155: 547-556.  'Values
         for twenty amino acids in isinglass have been determined.
         The totals of these values account for 96.6 percent of
         the protein, or 83.2 percent of the total nitrogen.'
         36 references.

ISINGIASS - THERAPY

 384.  Pugsley, H. E., and Farquharson, R. F.  Clinical use of
         isinglass.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1943, 4£: 262-264.  Ex-
         periences with Taylor's preparation.

 385.  Taylor, N. B., and Moorhouse, M. S.  The use of isinglass
         as a blood substitute in haemorrhage and shock.  Canad.
         M. Ass. J., 1943, 4g: 251-264.   'The main requirements
         of an artificial transfusion material are briefly dis-
         cussed.  The results of a series of experiments demon-
         strating the value of a solution of isinglass in the
         treatment of acute haemorrhage are described.  Trans-
         fusion either with whole blood or a solution of isin-
         glass has proved relatively ineffective in the treatment
         of shock caused by muscle damage.'  10 references.

 386.  Taylor, N. B., and Waters, E. T.  Isinglass as a trans-
         fusion fluid in hemorrhage.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1941,
         44: 547-554.   'The properties of a 7 percent solution of
         TTsh gelatin or isinglass in 0.9 percent saline are de-
         scribed... Experiments are reported in which a 7 percent
         solution of isinglass in saline is capable of restoring
         the blood pressure after it had been lowered by haemor-
         rhage and of saving the lives of animals which, had no
         treatment been instituted, undoubtedly would have died...'
         15 references.
Waters, E. T., see No. 302. 
-59-
MACRODEX, see DEXTRAN

MACROSE

       The  'tradename  "Macrose"  (Schenley Laboratories, Inc.)
         appeared in a very few publications several years ago
         in connection with a solution of Dextran... Now, how-
         ever, this  ... name  (PVP-Macrose) is used only to desig-
         nate  (the Schenley) brand of polyvinyl pyrrolidone solu-
         tion, which is used as a blood extender.'*

METHYL CELLULOSE

 387.  Hueper, W. C, Martin, C. J., and Thompson,  M. R.  Methyl
         cellulose solution as a plasma substitute.  Am. J. Surg.,
         1942, 56: 629-653.  On the basis of dog experiments, a
         0.5-1 percent solution of methyl cellulose fortified by
         detoxicating chemicals is recommended.  While its use is
         'subject to the same limitations as those applying to
         other macromolecular colloid agents,' it possesses sev-
         eral physlQCochemical properties making it preferable to
         these.  11 references.

MUSCLE PROTEINS

 388.  Bucher, R.  Blutplasmaersatz aus Muskulatur.  Schweiz.
         med. Wschr., 1942, 72: 925.  Animal experiments and self
         experimentation have shown cadaver muscle proteins to be
         'a plasma substitute of high value.'

OXYPOLYGEIATIN, see GEIATIN

PECTIN

 389.  Hartman, P. W., Schelling, V., Brush, B., and Warren, K. W.
         The relative value of pectin solution in shock.  J. Am.
         M. Ass., 1943, 121: 1337-1342.  Source of pectin; prepa-
         ration, includes viscosity and molecular weight; animal
         experiments; summary of 100 clinical cases.  Discussion
         (V. H. Moon and H. J. Corper).  10 references.

 390.  Olsen, A. G.  Pectin therapy and pectin types.  Am. J.
         Digest. Dis., 1940, 7: 515-519.  'Commercial pectins
         are commonly adjusted" as to "Grade"  by dilution with
         cerelose, glycerine, etc.  The physician should know
         whether his preparation is all pectin, the grade of the
         pectin, and what diluents are present.  In addition he
         needs to know ash content and the chief ash constituents,
♦Grateful acknowledgment is made to Dr. C. E. Dutchess,
  Medical Director, Schenley Laboratories, Inc. for this
  information. 
-60-
PECTIN (Continued)

         as well as the combining weight.  With this  knowledge
         pectin therapy will become more of  an exact  science. '
         22 references.

PECTIN - CHEMISTRY (incl.  physiological chemistry and biochemis-
try)

 391.  Diacono, H., and Massa,  V.  Sur une nouvelle source de
         pectine: Opuntia  vulgaris Mill.  Proprietes  hemostatiques
         de ce pectine. Ann. pharm. fr.,  1948, 6: 457-^1-  5
         references.

 392. *Hlrst, E. L., and Jones, J. K. N.  The chemistry of pectic
         materials.  In: Adv. Carbohydr. Chem., 1946, 2: 235-251-

 393.  Kopaczewskl, W.  La pectine et les agents gelifiants.  C.
         rend. Acad, sc,  1949, 229: 517-519.  11 references.

       Levine, M. G., and  Hoyt, R. E., see No. 237.

PECTIN - EXPERIMENTATION

 394.  Baler, W. E., Bryant, E. F., Joseph,  G. H., and Palmer,
         G. H.  Uronic acid in  animal bodies.  Science, 1945,
         101: 67O-67I.  Observations made 'In connection with
         studies on the transfusion treatment of shock with pectin
         solutions (autoclaved  and clarified for control of mole-
         cular size and sterility).'  5 references.

       Bruner, H. D., Gibbon, M. H., McCarthy, M. D., Boche,
         R. D., Talbot, T. R.,  Jr., Lockwood, J. S.,  and Sanders,
         G. B., see No. 243.

 395.  Bryant, E. F., Palmer, G. H., and Joseph, G. H.  Non-
         accumulation of pectin Intravenously injected into rab-
         bits.  Proc Soc. Exp. Biol., N.  Y., 1942, 4Q: 279-282.
         'Massive amounts  of pectin in the form of autoclaved
         isotonic solutions may be injected  into the  blood stream
         of rabbits over a period of some weeks without causing
         any noticeable effect  upon the internal organs of the
         animals.  Chemical analysis showed  no deposition of  pec-
         tin in the liver  and kidneys.  No pectin could be found
         in the blood 7 days after injection.1  7 references.

 396.  Diacono, H., and Massa,  V.  Pectine de 1'Opuntia vulgaris
         Mill et  'penicilline-retard'.  Ann. pharm. fr., 1948,  6:
         461-463.  Animal  experiments.  4 references.          —"

 397.  Dworkin, R. M.  Effects  of pectin and saline solutions on
         survival time of  dogs  in hemorrhagic hypotension.  Proc
         Soc. Exp. Biol.,  N. Y., 1944, 55-56: 20-22.   Abstr.: 
-61-
- EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

  Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1947, 8: pt. 2, 855*  'Results on 50
  dogs submitted to variable periods of 50*cm Hg. post-
  hemorrhagic hypotension confirm the conclusions of
  Middleton and WIggers that infusions of pectin solutions
  do not materially Increase the chance of recovery unless
  they are given during an interval which does not exceed
  30 minutes of such hypotension.  They extend these ob-
  servations in showing that these beneficial effects are
  certainly no better than those achieved by administration
  of simple saline solutions...'

Hueper, W. C.  Experimental studies in cardiovascular pa-
  thology.  VI. Pectin atheromatosis and thesaurosis in
  rabbits and in dogs.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1942, 34: 883-
  901.   'Pectin solutions either freshly prepared and neu-
  tralized with phosphate buffer solution or autoclaved
  and neutralized were injected into dogs and rabbits.
  The Immediate effects produced on the blood by either
  of the two solutions are shown in colloidoclastic leuke-
  penla, acceleration of erythrocytic sedimentation and
  moderate shortening of clotting time... In dogs and rab-
  bits given injections of the freshly prepared pectin
  solution, marked foam-cellular storage phenomena develop
  in the spleen, liver, kidney and marrow in addition to
  foam-cellular atheromatosis of the various arteries...
  Dogs and rabbits given injections of the autoclaved
  pectin solution showed' ... only minor storage phenomena
  in the bone marrow and foci of hyaline degeneration and
  thickening of the arteries...'  19 references.

Hueper, W. C.  Pectin intravenously.  Science, 1945, 102:
  233.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1946, J: pt. 2, l45oT~
  Objections are raised to the findings of Baler, Bryant,
  Joseph and Palmer  (Science, 1945, 101: 670) (No. 394
  of this list).   'Intravenously InjecTed pectin is ...
  not as harmless and fundamentally superior to other
  macro-molecular collidal plasma substitutes as this may
  appear from (their) statement.'  3 references.

Middleton, S., and WIggers, C.J.  Some effects of pectin
  solutions during posthemorrhagic hypotension.  Am. J.
  Physiol., 1943, 140: 326-333-  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr.,
  Bait., 1944, 18:~7tfT-  'While no evidence was obtained
  experimentally or at necropsy that the rapid sedimenta-
  tion and agglutination produced by such solns. is harm-
  ful, the occurrence of a precipitate failure of the
  circulation in too many expts. and the inability to over-
  come this by subsequent large Infusions of blood suggest
  that pectin infusions may exert some deleterious influ-
  ence when used after severe hemorrhage.  Consequently, 
-62-
PECTIN - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

         caution should be exercised in the employment of pectin
         solns. in such conditions.'  (Biol. Abstr.).

 401.  RIchter, G. W.  Parenchymatous lesions of liver and kidney
         of mice due to pectin.  Am. J. Path., 1950,  26:  379-387.
         'Pectin, administered intravenously to mice,  produces
         focal necrosis of the hepatic parenchyma.  This  appears
         to be related to its being taken into the  affected cells
         In excessive amoiints.  Focal degenerative  changes of
         various degrees were seen in the renal tubules.   Granu-
         loma formation has been observed in areas  of focal ne-
         crosis in both liver and kidney.'   10 references.

 402.  Roemer, H.  Zur hamostyptlschen Wirkung der  Pektins.  KLin.
         Wschr., 1941. 20: 686-690.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org.  ges. Chir.,
         1942, 105: l42.  Animal experiments with a watery col-
         loidal~solution of apple pectin (pH 3*5) end other pec-
         tins showed their hemostatic effectiveness which is de-
         pendent on the size of the molecules.

 403.  Small, C. S., Bryant, E. F., and Palmer, G.  H.   Studies of
         rabbit organs after intravenous injections of pectin
         solutions.  Arch. Surg., 1950, 60: 575-582.   Massive i.v.
         injections of 1.5 percent autoclaved buffered and un-
         buffered pectin sols, caused transitory splenomegaly and
         temporary renal lesions.  6 references.

PECTIN - METABOLISM

 404.  Jacobson, S. D., and Smyth, C. J.  Plasma volume changes
         following the intravenous injection of pectin and physi-
         ologic saline in man.  Proc Soc.  Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1942,
         50: 218-220.  '...Pectin when injected intravenously is
         effective in producing marked and sustained  rises in the
         plasma volume of normal individuals, and ...  deserves
         intensive study to determine its value as  a  blood substi-
         tute ...'  3 references.

 405.  Kozoll, D, D., Joseph, G. H., Volk,  B. W., Stelgmann, F.,
         and Popper, H.  Pectin excretion studies in  the  human.
         Proc Centr. Soc. Clin. Res., 1944, 17: 47.   'Using a'
         chemical assay method for pectin recently  described by
         one of us (G. H. J.), blood pectin levels  and urinary
         pectin excretion were determined In 26 patients  following
         the intravenous administration of 1,000 and  2,C00cc of
         1.5 percent pectin solution.  These quantities are the
         amounts advocated  by us in the treatment  of shock.'

 406.  Kozoll, D. D., Volk, B. W., Stelgmann, F., and Popper, H.
         Pectin excretion studies in the human being.   J   Laborat
         Clin. M., 1946, 31: 30-39-  '...Less than  one-half of the 
-63-
PECTIN - METABOLISM  (Continued)

         Injected pectin is accounted for in the urine,  indicating
         that more than one-half of the pectin injected  is quickly
         removed from the reach of the kidney, some of which is
         probably deposited in certain organs...*  12 references.

PECTIN - THERAPY

       Alsever, J. B., see No. 269.

 407.  FIgueroa, L., and Lavleri, F. J.  The use of pectin and
         other agents to prevent shock.  Surg. Gyn. Obst., 1944,
         78: 600-605.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1946, 7:  pt. 2,
         722.  Intravenous use in animals and man;  plasma  volume
         studies.  16 references.

 408.  Hartman, F. W., Schelling, V., Harkins, H. N., and  Brush,
         B.  Pectin solution as a blood substitute.  Ann.  Surg.,
         1941, 114: 212-225.  Abstr.: Ber. ges. Physiol.,  1942,
         128: 4327 Zentr. Org. ges. Chir., 1942, 104: 641 •  The
         Intravenous use of pectin is proposed because 1)  'One-
         half percent of pure pectin solution has about  the same
         viscosity and pressure as whole blood 2) Pectin has a
         high molecular weight,Is nonantigenic and nontoxic,' 3)
         is easily prepared and preserved.  Animal experiments
         and clinical application in 8 cases.  16 references.

 409. Hartman, F. W., Schelling, V., Harkins, H. N., Brush, B.,
         and Warren, K.  The use of pectin solution as a blood
         substitute, with special emphasis on plasmapheresis
         studies.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 118: Il6l-ll62.  Clini-
         cal use in 50 cases:  'The responses to pectin compared
         favorably In some instances with those to blood.'

 410. ♦ Joseph, G. H.  Parenteral use of pectin sols.  Ontario,
         Calif., Res. Dept., Calif. Fruit Growers Exch., 1950.

 411.  Kozoll, D. D., Stelgmann, F., and Popper, H.  Studies of
         pectin administration to patients not in shock.  Proc.
         Soc. Exp. Biol., N. Y., 1943, 53: 66-67.  Abstr.: Bull.
         Anal. CNRS, 1947, 8: pt. 2, 5577  'Pectin solution is
         an effective hemodTluting agent In patients not in shock.
         It lowers total plasma protein, hematocrit, hemoglobin,
         and plasma nonprotein-nitrogen.  It raises the  venous
         and arterial pressure slightly and the sedimentation
         rate of the erythrocytes markedly.'  5 references.

 412.  McClure, R. D., Warren, K. W., and Fallis, L. S.  Intra-
         venous pectin solution in the prophylaxis and treatment
         of shock.  Canad. M. Ass. J., 1944, 51: 206-210.   'Pec-
         tin, though inferior to blood or plasma appears to be
         of more value than glucose or saline in the prophylaxis 
-64-
PECTIN - THERAPY  (Continued)

         of shock in extensive surgical procedures.  Pectin is
         non-toxic and non-antigenic in the quantity 1,000 to
         l,500cc usually required to maintain blood pressure
         In the presence of shock producing conditions.  Untoward
         results appear only after the intravenous injection of
         amounts in excess of 4,000cc '  6 references.

 413.  Meyer, K. A., Kozoll, D. D., Popper, H., and Stelgmann, F.
         Pectin solutions in the treatment of shock.  Surg. Gyn.
         Obst., 1944, 73: 327-332.  'Pectin solutions produced
         marked hemodilution in patients with shock and are ef-
         fective in its treatment, as shown in 60 patients.  No
         undesirable side effects were noted, save the increase
         in sedimentation rate; the significance of this increase
         in the nonexsanguinated patient is doubtful.'  19 refer-
         ences.

PECTIN - TOXICITY

       Kozoll, D. D., Volk, B. W., Stelgmann, F., and Popper, H.,
         see No. 406.

       Popper, H., Volk, B. W., Meyer, K. A., and Kozoll, D. D.,
         see No. 308.

       Popper, H., Volk, B. W., Meyer, K. A., Kozoll, D. D., and
         Stelgmann, F. W., see No. 309.

PECTIN - VEHICLE FUNCTION, see also PECTIN - EXPERIMENTATION

 414.  Ambroslo, G., and Magglora, A.  Contributo alio studio della
         pectina come mezzo per aumentare la permanenza nel sangue
         della penicilllna.  Boll. chim.  farm., 1949, 88: 73-83.
         Pectin gel was used successfully as a retardahT In the
         administration of penicillin; 21 cases.  4l references.

 415.  Gradnik, B.  Impiego della pectina como veicolo-ritardo
         per la penicilllna.  Boll. chim. farm., 1949,  88: l4l-
         144.  Pectin gel may be used as retardant, butTts prop-
         erties vary according to its preparation, raw material
         method of sterilization, etc  l4 references.          '

       Janot, M. M., see No. 316.

PERISTON, see POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE

PIASMA

PLASMA - VEHICLE FUNCTION

 4l6.  Bennhold, H.  1st das Blutplasma eln strbmendes Elweiss-
         depot oder ein Transport organ?  Deut.  med. Wschr., I947 
-65-
PIASMA - VEHICLE FUNCTION

         72: 401-404.  Excellent review article on the vehicle
         function of the plasma proteins which makes for the pos-
         sibility of 'Purposeful transports.'   56 references.

 417.  Bennhold, H., Ott, H., and Wiech, M.  Uber den Bindungs-
         unterschied lebergangiger und nierengangiger Substanzen
         an die Serumeiweisskdrper.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1950, 75:
         11-15.  Discusses the vehicle-function of the serum alT
         bumins. - Collidon which is excreted through the kidneys
         brings about a  'redirection' (•Umdirigieren') of dyes
         capable of being excreted through the liver because it
         terminates their existing combination with the serum
         albumin and enters into combination with them.  28 refer-
         ences.

PLASMA PROTEINS (selected background material)

 4l8.  Bull, H. B.  Protein structure.  In: Nord, F. F., and
         Werkman, C. H.,  (eds.), Advances in enzymology and re-
         lated subjects.  New York, Intersclence, 1941, 1: 1-42.

 419.  Cohn, E. J.  The properties and functions of the plasma
         proteins, with a consideration of the methods for their
         separation and purification.  Chem. Rev., Bait., 194l,
         28: 395-417.  The possibility of using albumin solutions
         prepared from animal serum as plasma substitutes is men-
         tioned .

 420.  Coquelet, 0., and Van der Ghinst, M.  Les aspects chirur-
         gicaux de la protidemie.  Acta chir.  belg.. 1947, 46:
         11-16.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect.  9, 1949, 3: 32U.

 421.  Cornell University Medical College and New York Hospital,
         Department of Pharmacology and Medicine.  Conference on
         Therapy.  The use of protein hydrolysates.  Am. J. Med.,
         1947, ]>: 472-485.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1948,
         2: 1244".

 422.  Ebert, R. V., Stead, E. A., Jr., Warren, J. V., and Watts,
         W. E.  Plasma protein replacement after hemorrhage in
         dogs with and without shock.  Am. J.  Physiol.. 1942, 136:
         299-305.  Mechanism of protein replacement.  8 references.

 423.  Elman, R.  Protein needs in surgery.  J. Mount Sinai Hosp.
         N. York, 1949, 15: 107-122.  19 references.  Abstr.:
         Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1949, 3: 1127.  Also - with minor
         changes - in:  Cincinnati J. M.7 1948, 29: 68O-6Q3.  22
         references.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., SecT. 9,  1949, 3: 
-66-
PLASMA PROTEINS (Continued)

 424.  Elman, R.,  Lischer, C. E., and Davey,  H.  W.   Plasma pro-
         teins (albumin and globulin) and red cell  volume follow-
         ing a single severe non-fatal hemorrhage.   Am.  J. Physiol.,
         1942-43,  138: 569-576.  15 references.

 425.  Fuller, J., Humphreys, E. M., Steffee, C. H., Wissler,
         R. W., and Benditt, E. P.  Fates of parenterally admin-
         istered homologous serum protein and casein hydrolysate.
         Fed. Proc, Bait., 1949, 8: 356".  '...Although the ani-
         mals receiving intravenous hydrolysate (Amigen) gained
         far less plasma protein than those receiving serum,
         their plasma volume increases were nearly as great...'
         Abstract of a paper presented at the 34th Annual Meeting
         of the American Society for Experimental Pathology, April
         1949.

 426.  Kekwick, R. A., and Martin, N.  Human plasma protein frac-   *
         tions.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1948, 4l: 217-220.
         After discussing the protein construction of human plas-
         ma and the ether and alcohol fractionation systems, the
         author sets forth the clinical application of plasma
         fractionation products.  10 references.

 427.  Stewart, J. D.  Use of blood and blood substitutes.  Surg.
         Gyn. Obst., 1947, 84: 601-604.  Abstr.: Excerpta med.,
         Sect. 9, 2: 796.  5-10 percent solutions of protein hy-
         drolysate intravenously are suggested for use in post-
         traumatic protein deficiency.  20 references.

 428.  Stewart, J. D.  Uso de la sangre y substitutes sanguineos.
         Dla. med., B. Air., 1947, 19: 838-840.  Translation of
         the article originally published in Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
         1947, 84: 601-604  (No. 427 of this list).  20 references.

       Stewart, J. D., Hale, H. W., and Schaer, S. M., see No. 374.

 429.  Whipple, G. H.  Blood plasma proteins.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.,
         1941, 73: 886-887.

 430.  Wiley, H. M.  Postoperative protein deficiency; with spe-
         cial reference  to the  cancer patient.  Surgery,  1947,
         21: 889-9OO.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect, 9, 1948, 2:
         T390-1391.

 431.  Wretlind, K. A. J.  Aminosyraterapi.  Nord. med.,  1945,
         27: 1827-1833.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1946, 40:  664l!
         Review article.   Intravenous amino acids are suggested
         for maintenance of proper nitrogen and protein balance
         and for increase  of  serum protein in hypoproteInemia.
         Report of 2  cases.   4l  references. 
-67-
PIASMA PROTEINS (Continued)

 432.  Wunderly, C.  Uber Modellversuche mit Plasmaproteinen als
         Elutionsmlttel.  Aerztl. Forsch., 1950,  4:  29-35-   'Com-
         parison is made of the elution of 5 azo-ayes (Evans-
         blue, trypanblue, benzoblue, trypanred and  Victoriablue)
         by human albumin.'  Interesting parallels to the in-vivo
         experiments of Bennhold and Schubert with Peris tons were
         found.  31 references.

PIASMA SUBSTITUTES, see also HEMORRHAGE and SHOCK

 433.  American Medical Association.  Council on  Pharmacy and
         Chemistry.  The status of blood substitutes: report of
         the Council.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1951, 147: 658-66O.   'The
         available preparations of artificial"collolds cannot be
         regarded as suitable or desirable for use in the treat-
         ment of shock except in emergencies... Animal blood de-
         rivatives cannot supply the cellular elements lost by
         hemorrhage or blood destruction... Since the supply of
         human blood and its derivatives is limited, further in-
         vestigation of blood  "substitutes" ... is warranted.'

 434.  Armstrong, S. H., Jr.  Management of blood preservation
         and blood substitutes.  Bull. N. York Acad. M., 1946,
         22: 451-464.   'Blood substitutes': p. 458-460.  52 ref-
         erences.

 435. Battaglla, A.  Los substitutos de la transfusi6n de sangre.
         Dia. med., B. Air., 1942, 14: 26-28.  Short survey.

 436.  Beauquesne, L.  Les substances polyuroniques   (gommes,
         mucilages, pectines, pseudocellulose).  Ann. pharm. fr.,
         1946, 4: 271-301.  Review article.  l8l  references.

 437.  Beecher, H. K.  Early care of the seriously wounded man.
         J. Am. M. Ass., 1951, 145: 183-200.  Makes  mention of
         blood substitutes.  7 references.

 438.  Bertrand, A.  Sang et substituts du sang dans la trans-
         fusion.  Union med. Canada, 1942, 71: II51-H63.  Dis-
         cussion includes heterologic plasma, solution of gum
         acacia, gelatin, isinglass and pectin.  4l  references.

 439.  Blalock, A., and Mason, M. F.  Blood and blood substi-
         tutes in the treatment and prevention of shock; with
         particular reference to their uses in warfare.  Ann.
         Surg., 1941, 113: 657-676.  Abstr.: Zbl. Chir., 1943,
         70: 156.  Discussion includes isotonic solutions of salt
         or glucose, hypertonic solutions of crystalloids, gum
         acacia, gelatin-saline and animal plasma.   47 references.

 440.  Blood substitutes.  Internat. M. Digest, 1943, 42: 118-
         123-  Short review.  16 references. 
-68-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

       Blood substitutes..., see No.  174.

 441.  Bollman, J. D., Khutson,  R.  C,  and Lundy,  J.  S.  Volemic
         substances for replacement of  blood.   To  be  published.
         •Several macromolecular substances, when  injected intra-
         venously immediately after bleeding,  are  effective in
         replacing the volume of blood  after measured amounts of
         hemorrhage.  The extent and  duration  of the  increase in
         blood volume is directly related  to the amount  of the
         substances administered, provided that the molecular
         size Is sufficient to prevent  rapid elimination... The
         presence of macromolecular substances in  the extracellu-
         lar fluids appears to aid  in the  maintenance of volume
         of blood after hemorrhage. *  Paper presented at the Meet-
         ing of the American Medical  Association at Atlantic City,
         N. J., June 1951.  12 references.

 442.  Boyes, G. R.  Human blood in therapeutics with notes
         on some blood substitutes.   Chemist & Druggist  Export
         Rev., Lond., 1949, 10:  43-48.   French translation: ibid,
         p. 73-77.  Spanish ^anslation, ibid, p.  8O-85.  'Sub-
         stitutes for plasma,' p. 48.  10  references.

 443. *BUrkle de la Camp.  Bericht  Uber die TStigkeit der  Blut-
         transfusionskommission  (99.  Tag.  d. Vereinig. Nieder-
         heinischwestfSlischen Chirurgen,  Werne a. d. Lippe).
         Chirurg, 1949, 20: 2S0. Indexed  in:  Zentr.  Org.  ges.
         Chir., 1951, 1177 154.

 444.  Burdeshaw, H. B.  Blood and  blood substitute in hemor-
         rhage and shock.  J. M. Ass. Alabama, 1942,  12: 79-81.
         Short discussion.

       Buttle, G. A. H., Kekwick, A., and  Schweitzer, A.,  see
         No. 5.

 445. *Chatterjee, S. N.  An ideal  whole-blood substitute  for
         transfusion therapy; pharmacology of  transfusion  therapy
         in haemorrhage and conditions  of  shock.   Ind. M.  Rec,
         1948, 68: 322-325.

 446.  Cleghorn, R. A.  Studies  of  shock produced by muscle
         trauma.  III. The effect of  serum, Isinglass, glucose,
         certain salts and adrenal  cortical hormones  on  survival.
         Canad. J. Res., 1947, 2£:  E86-99.  Dog experiments.   21*
         references.

 447.  Cohen, H. R.  The effect  of  dry  grinding on the properties
         of proteins.  1. Native, denatured and coagulated oval-
         bumin.  Arch. Biochem., N. Y.,  1943,  2: 1-8. 
-69-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

 448.  Cohen, H. R.  The effect of dry grinding on the properties
         of proteins.  2. Studies on casein.   Arch. Biochem.,
         N. Y., 1943, g: 345-351.

 449.  Cohen, H. R.  The effect of dry grinding on the properties
         of proteins.  3. Gelatin.  Arch. Biochem., N. Y.,  1943,
         2: 353-355.

 450.  Cohen, H. R.  The effect of dry grinding on the properties
         of proteins.  4. Human, beef, and hog coagulated hemo-
         globins.  Arch. Biochem., N. Y., 1943, 2: 357-361.

 451.  Cohn, E. J.  Blood, blood derivatives and blood substi-
         tutes.  Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1944-45, 88:  159-173-
         While this paper is mainly concerned with~nematogenous
         blood substitutes, gelatin and isinglass are  mentioned;
         their diameters are measured and compared with those  of
         plasma proteins.  49 references.

 452.  Cohn,  E. J., and associates.  History of plasma fraction-
         ation.  1940-1946.  5 v.  Boston, 1948.  v. 1. History
         of plasma fractionation. - v. 2. Preparation  of normal
         human serum albumin. - v. 3- Memoranda and reports on
         human fibrinogen and thrombin and derived products. -
         v. 4. Physical chemical studies of gelatin and other
         blood substitutes. - v. 5. Preparation of normal human
         serum albumin and other plasma products.  Includes re-
         ports of conferences held by the Dept. of Physical
         Chemistry, Harvard University Medical School  in con-
         junction with other Institutions, papers written and
         results of research work done at the school,  and bibli-
         ographies.

 453.  Dameshek, W.  Transfusions of blood, transfusion reactions,
         and blood substitutes.  Bull. N. England M. Center, 1944,
         6: 62-72; 124-136; 184-191.  Discussion includes (p.185-
         188) bovine albunln, acacia, gelatin,  isinglass and  syn-
         thetic colloids.  84 references.

 454.  Davis, H. A.  The inactivation of group-specific isoag-
         glutlnins in relation to the transfusion of incompati-
         ble plasma, serum, and ascitic fluid.  Surgery, 1941,
         10: 592-603.  'An investigation of the factors involved
         In the inactivation of isoagglutinins has been carried
         out by means of studies in vitro and in vivo... The
         transfusion of incompatible ascitic fluid into human
         beings is reported.  The significance of these studies
         in relation to the general problem of transfusion of
         group-incompatible fluids into human beings is dis-
         cussed .' 
-70-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

 455.  DeGowin, E. L.  Modern treatment of traumatic shock.  J-
         Iowa M. Soc, 1944, 24: I-7.  Page 6 contains a short
         discussion of blood substitutes.  5 references.

 456.  Dost, F. H.  Regulatlonsmechanlsmen des Wasserhaushaltes
         und ihre klinlsche Bedeutung im SauglingSalter.  Mschr.
         Kinderh., 1944, 34: 164-177.  Includes discussion of use
         of gum acacia, gelatin injections and, particularly.
         Periston for treatment of exsiccation in Infants.  45
         references.

 457.  Dubois-FerriSre, H.  Conceptions nouvelles sur le traite-
         ment du shock traumatique.  Praxis, Bern, 1947, 36: 263-
         266.  The author approvingly quotes the concept oT Allen
         (No. 783 of this list) according to which isotonic sa-
         line is preferable to plasma or colloidal solutions in
         shock treatment.  33 references.

 458.  Duesberg, R.  Beobachtungen Uber den sogenannten Wund-
         shock, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Pathophysiologle des
         Entblutungszustandes.  Deut. Mllitararzt, 1942, 7' 69-
         76.  Theoretical considerations and observationslDased
         on a material of some l400 wounded soldiers.  The author
         touches upon  the problem of blood substitutes and men-
         tions Periston.  16 references.

 459.  Duesberg, R., and Schroeder, W.  Zur Pathophysiologle und
         Therapie des Entblutungszustandes.  Klin. Wschr., 1942,
         21: 98I-988.  Blood substitutes must be colloidal and
         non-toxic.  All artificial colloid solutions are  'non-
         biological ' because they contain foreign substance which
         later must be eliminated instead of the specific blood
         proteins.  Therefore, as long as human plasma protein
         cannot be synthesized, human serum has to be used.  38
         references.

 460.  Elman, R., and Lischer, C. E.  Amino-acids, serum and
         plasma in the replacement therapy of fatal shock due to
         repeated hemorrhage.  Ann. Surg., 1943, 118: 225-237.
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1943, 27: 6740.  'TE~may be in-
         ferred that in shock due to repeated hemorrhage a solu-
         tion containing the amino-acids and peptides of hydro-
         lyzed protein... (amigen or beef serum) has a beneficial
         influence as compared with glucose...'  25 references.

 461.  Engelhardt, A.  Erwiderung,  Chirurg, 1943, 15: 648.  A
         rebuttal of the article by Lang and Schwiegtt, Chirurg,
         1943, 15: 647  (No. 495 of this list).  1 reference. 
-71-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

 462.  Engelhardt, A.  Die Sicherung des Bestandes an Blut und
         Erythrozyten und ihre Beelnflussung durch isotonische
         Blutersatzmlttel.  Arch. Kreislaufforsch., 1943,  12: 73-
         124.  See particularly p. 111-112: The intravenous ad-
         ministration of blood substitutes.  'Theoretically,
         there Is no reason to use colloidal blood substitutes
         rather than saline or dextrose solutions.'  100 refer-
         ences.

 463.  Engelhardt, A.  1st es zweckmasslg, einer Blutersatzflus-
         sigkelt ein Kollold zuzusetzen.  Chirurg, 1943, 15: 259-
         263.  For biological reasons, blood substitutes should
         not be retained in the circulation for any length of
         time - therefore, substitutes containing colloids are
         undesirable.

.464.  Erskine, L. A.  Modern advances in the treatment of shock.
         N. Zealand M. J., 1943, 42: 5-9.  See p. 7 for use of
         crystalloids, colloids aha casein digests.

 465.  Faria, R.  Modo de acSo e Indicates cllnicas de trans-
         fusSo de sangue e de sous substitutos.  Arq. biol., S.
         Paulo, 1946, 30: 31-40.  Very short mention of the vari-
         ous blood substitutes and their field of application.
         44 references.

 466. *Perguson, J. H.  0 sangue e seus substitutos no tratamento
         racional da hemorragia e do choque.  Resenha clin. cient.,
         S. Paulo, 1944, 13: 151-155.

 467.  Fischer, H. H.  Zur Frage einer Indikatlonstellung zur
         Anwendung von isotonischer Blutsalzl'dsung oder kolloida-
         ler Blutersatzmlttel.  Zbl. Chir., 1949, 74: 686-695.
         Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir., 1951, 117: 266.  Pre-
         operative examination and tests determine the choice of
         postoperative blood substitute.  Mechanic replacement of
         the lost plasma volume is insufficient.

 468.  Fo&, C.  Sangue, plasma e seus substitutos no combate &s
         varias formas de choque.  Resenha clin. cient., S. Paulo,
         1947, 16: 323-328, 373-381.  Review article including
         discussion of gum acacia, polyvinyl alcohol, methycellu-
         lose, capain, dextran, pectin and gelatin.  100 refer-
         ences.

 469.  Fonio, A.  Blutersatz im Felde.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
         1943, 47: 1416.  Abstract of a paper presented at the
         Meeting of the Medizinischer  Bezirksverein Bernstadt,
         February 1943.
!i.s|Ni»4 0 .VJ 
-72-
P1ASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

 470.  Fonseca, L. C.  Transfusao de sangue e substitutos  em
         tempo de guerra.  Pub.  med., S.  Paulo,  1944,  1£:  47-72.
         Review article including discussion of  gum acacia,  gela-
         tin and pectin.  36 references.

       Gatti, C. F. J., see No.  159.

 471.  Gerald, H. F.   Substitutes for human blood and  plasma in
         treatment of shock.  Nebraska M. J., 1944, 2£:  77-8O.
         Gum acacia,  pectin, gelatin and  bovine  plasma are dis-
         cussed in this short review.  7  references.

 472.  Gibson, S.'T.   Blood and  its derivatives.  N. England J.
         M., 1948, 23g: 544-556; 579-589.  This  excellent  review
         article contains a chapter 'Blood substitutes': p.  582-
         583.  38l references.

 473.  Gordon, W. H.   Blood substitutes and blood transfusion.
         J. Indiana M. Ass.. 1947, 40: 65O-653.   Abstr.: Excerpta
         med., Sect.  9, 1948, 2: 1081. Review.

       Grbnwall, A.,  see No. 187.

 474., Habelmann, G.   Kunstliche Flussigkeitszufuhr.  Zbl. Chir.,
         1947, 72: 288-297.  A provocative article strongly con-
         demning the  use of so-called 'physiologic' salt solutions
         as well as blood transfusion and serum  infusion;  a new
         'H-solution' i.e. a sugar solution containing the non-
         organic blood substances like potassium, calcium  etc.
         (none combined with Cl) is suggested.   Clinical experi-
         ment.

 475.  Hamilton, J. I., Hoar, W. S., and  Haist,  R. E.  Comparison
         of efficacy of different infusion media in shock.  Canad.
         J. Res., Sect. E, 1946, 24: 31-35-  'While 97 percent  of
         the (shocked) animals died" without treatment, only 8 per-
         cent died after receiving a transfusion of plasma.   Sa-
         line gave about one third as many survivals as  plasma,
         and the solutions of isinglass and polyvinyl  alcohol
         were intermediate in their effectiveness.' 7 references.

 476.  Harkins, H. N., and McClure, R. D.  The present status of
         intravenous  fluid treatment of traumatic and  surgical
         shock.  Ann. Surg., 1941, 114: 891-906.  Discussion in-
         cludes use of gum acacia solution, amino-acid solution,
         casein digestate, and ascitic fluid.  97 references.

 477.  Henderson, J.   Present status of certain  blood  substitutes;
         collective review.  Internat. Abstr. Surg., 1943, 76*
         1-10.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., 1943, J3L:  l8o43.  Gelatin, 
                               -75-

PIA2MA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

         pectin and bovine plasma are included in this review
         article.  78 references.

 478.  Heusser, H.  Die Bekampfung des traumatischen und operativen
         Schocks in der Priedens-Chlrurgie.   Pestschr. C. Henschen-
         Basel, I947.  p. 46-54.  Periston and pectin were  not a-
         vailable to the author and he preferred not to use gela-
         tin or gum arable

 479. *H*drler, Th.  [Blood substitutes, old and new.]  Schweiz.
         Apoth. Ztg., 1947, 85: 1018-1019-

 480.  Hueper, W. C.  Macromolecular substances as pathogenic
         agents.  Arch. Path., Chic, 1942,  33: 267-29O.  'The
         presence of retained  ... macromolecular compounds  in the
         blood and tissue gives rise to functional disturbances,
         physicochemical reactions and morphologic organic  le-
         sions... (that) affect especially the various phagocytic
         cells of the liver, spleen and lymph nodes and the en-
         dothelial cells of the large and small blood vessels..."
         Over 100 references.

 481.  Ivy, A. C, Greengard, H., Stein, I.  P., Grodins, P., and
         Dutton, D. F,  Effect of various blood substitutes in
         resuscitation after otherwise fatal hemorrhage. Surg.
         Gyn. Obst., 1943, 76: 85-90.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr.,
         Bait., 1943, 17: Nc 18047.  Gelatin (including two
         'special' gelatins, 'U-175781 and 'plasma gel'), acacia
         and pectin solutions were tested.  15 references.

 482.  Janeway, C. A.  War medicine; with special emphasis  on the
         use of blood substitutes.  N. England J. M., 1941, 225:
         371-381.  Useful general review, but with little maT^erial
         on non-hematogenous 'blood' substitutes.  118 references.

 483.  Janeway, C. A., Berenberg, W., and Hut chins, G.  Indica-
         tions and uses of blood, blood derivatives and blood
         substitutes.  Med. Clin. N. America, 1945, 29: IO69-IO92.
         'Blood substitutes': p. IO9I-IO92.   'The following para-
         graphs are merely intended as a brief survey ... The re-
         sults of the search for a satisfactory blood substitute
         do not justify a complete discussion.'  4l references.

 484.  Janeway, C. A., and Oncley, J. L.  Blood substitutes.
         Advanc Mil. Med., 1948, 1: 444-461.  See particularly
         p. 456-461: Degradation products of other natural  col-
         loids. - Synthetic products. - Summary.

 485-  Janz, G. J.  Alimentacao parent§rica e heteroplasmoterapia.
         Amatus Lusitanus, Lisb., 1946, £: 454-468.  Discussion 
-74-
PLASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

         of 'blood substitutes'  includes animal plasma,  'par-
         enamlne' and 'amigen':  p.  461-465.   Abstract of a paper
         presented at the 1st Curso Internacional de Medicine e
         Cirurgia de Urgencia, June 1946.

 486.  Kebrov, A. A., Urinson, A. P.,  Urinson,  Y. P., and
         Diiitrieva, S. P. [Clinical observations on shock patients.]
         Klin, med., Moskva, 1947,  4:  38-52.  Abstr.: Excerpta
         med., Sect. 9,  1949, 2: 160.   Report of 96 cases of shock;
         mechanism, diagnosis and therapy are discussed.  The ef-.
         fects of Petrov's solution, 'LIPK'  No. 28 and 'LIPK' No.
         43 are compared.

 487.  Kendrick, D. B.,  Jr., and Newhouser,  L.  R.  Blood substi-
         tutes in military service. Mil. Surgeon, 1942, 90: 306-
         315.   Discussion includes  bovine plasma, bovine albumin,
         isinglass and pectin.  26 references.

 488.  KLeinberg, W., Remington, J. W., Eversole, W. J., Overman,
         R. R., and Swingle, W#  W.   The effectiveness of plasma,
         gelatin and saline transfusions in preventing shock in-
         duced by leg muscle trauma and tourniquets.  Am.  J.
         Physiol., 1943, 140: 197-204.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS,
         1947, 8: pt. 2, 23T.

       K^ster, K. H., see No. 195.

 489.  Koop, C. E.  Plasma substitutes.  Am.  J. M. Sc,  1947,
         213:  233-240.  Review;  gelatine, fortified with amino
         acids or protein hydrolysates is recommended as source
         of parenteral protein.   94 references.

 490.  Koop, C. E.  The management  of  shock and hemorrhage.
         Clinics, 1945,  2: I586-I617.   See particularly p. 1595-
         1598, 1600-1603: The administration of fluids.  - Saline
         crystalloid solutions.  - Plasma substitutes. - Amino
         acid preparations. - Gelatin  solutions.  133 references.

 491. *Korth,  J.  Das Verhalten der zirkulierenden Blutmenge
         beim akuten schweren Blutverlust und bei seiner Behand-
         lung.  Arch. klin. Chir.,  194l, 202: 693.  Abstr.: Zbl
         Chir., 1943, 70: 1346-1347.  Detailed report on experi-
         mental observations of various authors.  The author him-
         self has tested gum acacia, saline,  saline plus 'Tuto-
         fusin.'

 492.  Lampert, H. Eine neue Allgemeinbehandlung schwerer In-
         fektionskrankheiten, erlautert am Fleckfleber.   Munch
         med.  Wschr., 1944, 91:  223-225.  After a review of the
         aim of therapy in any type of infectious disease, a new 
-75-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

         method is illustrated by its use in typhus.   It includes
         daily intravenous colloid solutions, e.g. periston, gela-
         tin or artificial blood ('Hamoglutin') for the preven-
         tion of circulatory collapse.  This therapy may be ap-
         plied generally to other infectious diseases.

 493.  Lang, K.  Blutersatzmlttel.  Zbl. Chir., 1942, 69: 998-
         1003.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir,, 1943, ±2*: 445-
         446.  Good short survey article; dried plasma is the
         substitute of choice.  27 references.

 494.  Lang, K., and Schwiegk, H.  Blutersatzmlttel.   Wien. klin.
         Wschr., 1943, 56: 579.  General discussion.

 495.  Lang, K., and Schwiegk, H.  1st es zweckmasslg, einer
         Blutersatzflussigkeit ein Kolloid zuzusetzen?  Chirurg,
         1943, 15: 647.  A reply to the paper of Engelhardt,
         ChirurgT 1943, 15: 259  (No. 463 of this list).  The use
         of colloid solutions is a decisive step forward in the
         problem of blood substitutes.  1 reference.

 496.  Lang, K., and Schwiegk, H.  Menschliches Serum als
         Blutersatzmlttel.  Deut. Militararzt, 1941,  6: 56I-567.
         Experiments with the use of synthetic colloid's were not
         satisfactory.  Saline and gum arabic are equally unsuc-
         cessful.  35 references.

 497.  Lang, W. R.  Blood, blood derivatives and blood substi-
         tutes in obstetric and gynecologic practice.  S. Clin.
         N. America, 1945, 2S: 1455-1473.  Colloidal and non-
         colloidal plasma substitutes are included in the discus-
         sion: p. 1471-l472.  9 references.

       Lawson, H., and Rehm, W. S., see No. 254.

 498.  Leander, G.  Klinlk och behandling av traumatisk shock.
         Tskr. mil. halsov., 1943, 68: Suppl., 101-109-  Of blood
         substitutes polyvinylaicohoT and pectin are mentioned,
         but considered inferior to blood and plasma.

 499. *Lebel, M., and Leblanc, M.  La reanimation en Scandinavie.
         Anesthesie, Par., 1950, 7: No. 3.

 500.  Leger, L., Lande, M., and Beauvlllain, A.  Prevention du
         choc par la novocalne au cours de 1'administration
         veineuse de solutions de proteines et de la transfusion
         sanguine.  Presse ra6d., 1949. 2lX 837-838.  Abstr.: Ex-
         cerpta med., Sect. 9, 1950, 4: d86.  Addition of novo-
         calne to intravenous protein solutions  (25cg per 500cm3)
         is suggested for the prevention of  'protein shock. • 
-76-
P1ASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

 501.  Lesser, M. A.   Blood plasma substitutes.   Drug.  & Cosmet.
         Indust., 1951, 68: 454-455;  536-541.  Review article
         with stress  on dextran and periston.  42 references.

 502.  Liebmann, A. J.  Blood plasma substitutes.  Chemurgic Di-
         gest, 1951,  10: No. 9, 7-8.   Short review stressing dex-
         tran, gelatin and polyvinylpyrrolidone.

 503.  Locke, W.  An experimental method for evaluating blood  sub-
         stitutes.  Science, 1944, 99: 4^.476.   Abstr.: Biol.
         Abstr., Bait., 1944, 18: No.  18842.  Percentage of sur-
         viving rats: Plasma 257 saline 40, isinglass 25, polyvinyl
         alcohol 65,  controls 8.  6 references.

 504.  Loewe, H.  Blutersatzmlttel.  KLIn.  & Prax.. Munch., 1946,
         1: 104-107-   Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS,  1949, 10: pt.  2,
         T063.  Gum arable and gelatin are discussed, but periston
         is considered the most acceptable plasma substitute.   3
         references.

 505- *L3wen, C. H.  Wirkung und Vertraglichkeit  kdrpereigener
         und korperfremder Blutersatzstoffe.  1946,  Diss.-Dussel-
         dorf.

 506.  Lundy, J. S.  Balanced supportive therapy  during anesthesia.
         Northwest Med., 1951, 50: 341-343-  Periston,  gelatin
         solutions and - mostly - dextran are discussed,  6 refer-
         ences.

 507.  Lundy, J. S.  New solutions.  Minnesota M., 1951, 2l: 21-
         23.  Discussion of dextran,  gelatin,  and periston. Paper
         presented at the Meeting of the Minnesota State Medical
         Association, Duluth, Minnesota, June 1950,

 508.  Lundy, J. S.,  Adams, R. C, Seldon,  T.  H., Pender, J, W.,
         Faulconer, A., Jr., Paulson,  J. A., and  Ridley, R. W.
         Annual report for 1948 of the Section on Anesthesiology
         including data and remarks concerning blood transfusion
         and the use of blood substitutes.   Proc. Mayo  Clin.,
         1949, 24: 389-403.  p. 398:  Dextran (formerly  drolan  and
         macroseX gelatin and polyvinylpyrrolidone in Ringer's
         solution have been used frequently and  successfully for
         the maintenance of blood volume.

 509.  Lundy, J. S.,  Adams, C, Seldon, T.  H., Pender,  J. W.,
         Faulconer, A., Jr., Paulson,  J. A., Ridley, R. w.,
         Osborn, J. E., and Courtin,  R. F.   Annual report for
         1949 of the Section on Anesthesiology including data  and
         remarks concerning blood transfusion and the use of blood
         substitutes. I.  Proc Mayo Clin., 1950, 25: 553-569. 
                                -77-

 PLASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

          See particularly p.  566-567: Dextran and similar sub-

          are discus sedC^OdeX, '  periston aaA soluti°n °f gelatin


  51°'   ^£ic™J!*\Adaj?s' R-  C-' Ssld°n, T. H., Pender, J. W.,
          Oaborn   ?' £•' Jr:» P^son, J. A., Ridley, R. W.,
          lQSO^f iiJi* 5?1 Courtm> R. P.  Annual report for
          and *£L~£f  Section on Anesthesiology including data
          blooT2X5< °oncernlnS bl0°d transfusion and the use of
          26° pRn  olpltute3A  *  «* H.  Proc.  Mayo Clin., I95I,
          Wrod~95;n^'rf291:  7lasma ^panders.- - Dextran  '
          in  so°e  ?'nm ~adex ""S "? ^n^ed product) has been used
          100 25  Ifio^-S868,   Perfston ana gelatin were used in
          Roii^  ^    Cases respectively.  - Dr.  Khutson and Dr.
          of  n^mf ln?ngaged ta a study of the relative efficacy
          2Lri£EJ*lu!,B expanders in animals  that  have under-
          gone hemorrhagic shock: p. 293.   9 references.

       Lundy, J. S., Gray, H.  K.,  and Craig, W. M.,  see  No.  196.

 511. "Lundy, J., and Pender,  j.  Supportive measures for the

         y,  1%]%:^.      dUPing  °PeratJ-^-   Kansas CityV


 512.  Lundy, J  s.,  Tuohy, E. B., Adams, R. C   Mousel  t  w
         and  Seldon,  T. H. Annual report for 1943 o? the w,'n„






 513.  McCarthy, M. D., and Parkins, W. M.  Comnarativ* -«w.












515.  ^^Alonso^    Treatment  of haemorrhage  and  shock.

        gluconate, hypertonic  saline  a^ SL?15type ?f  ^loium
        ^intravenous ^i^as^suclesX^1^1^-1^), 
-78-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

 516. *Martinez Alvarez, A.  Estudio referente al plasma san-
         guineo, suero sanguineo y sueros artificiales.   Pasteur,
         1943, 1: 55-57-

 517. *Masmonteil, F., and Boureau, J.  Indications des  trans-
         fusions et perfusions.  Leurs dangers.  Bull. Soc.  chir.
         Paris, 194Q, 29* 43-46.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9,
         19^9, 2: l]*95.

 518.  Masshoff, W.  Die pathologische Physiologle und Anatomie
         des Blutersatzes.  In: Fiat Rev., 1939-1946, Spec.  Path.,
         Wiesb. 1948.  Pt. 2, p. 1-54.  See particularly p.  43-
         48 where gelatin, gum arabic and periston are discussed.
         112 references.

 519. *Massons Esplugas, J. M.  El problema de la transfus!6n de
         sangre y sus sustitutos en la guerra que acaba  de final!-
         zar.  Farmacoter. actual. Madr., 1945, 2: 629-636.

 520.  Morrison, A. E., Jr.  An evaluation of replacement fluids
         in laboratory animals following controlled hemorrhages.
         Thesis-Unlv. of Minn., 1949. 'In this study, Dextran Ph
         (a polysaccharide of high molecular weight), Plasmoid
         (osseous bovine gelatin;, and Periston (a synthetic
         polyvinyl pyrollidone) were compared with normal saline,
         human serum albumin, and human plasma, and blood in
         various species of laboratory animals following hemor-
         rhage.'  73 references.

 521.  Mudd, S., and Thalheimer, W., eds.  Blood substitutes and
         blood transfusion.  407 P-  Springfield, 111.,  Thomas,
         1942.

 522.  Muether, R. 0.  Blood transfusions and blood substitutes.
         J. Missouri M. Ass., 1943, 40: 363-364.  'Acacia, pectin,
         gelatin and isinglass have not proved entirely  satis-
         factory. '

 523.  Murakami, S.  Kyu-sei sikketu-zi ni okeru yuketu  daisyo-
         ski ni kan-suru kenkyd.  [A study on solutions  which may
         be substituted for the blood in transfusions for treat-
         ment of acute hemorrhage.]  Kaigun Gunikai Zassi, Tokyo,
         1940, 29: 147-178.  Abstr.: Far East Sc. Bull., Wash.,
         1943, J: 25-26.   'For the substitution for blood to be
         transfused for the treatment, the following solutions
         were prepared:  (a) for intravenous injection,  1.8-2.5
         percent NaCl > 5 percent glucose 4 0.05 percent KD1 4
         1.5 percent gelatin 4 a small amount of Ca; (b) for In-
         travenous Injection the same as  (2) except that 6 per-
         cent gum arabic was substituted for gelatin; (c) for 
-79-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

         subcutaneous injection, the same as (2) with the exclu-
         sion of Ca.  Of these  (a) and (b) were both found to be
         satisfactory, and (c) was less satisfactory, but su-
         perior to the physiological saline solution...'   109
         references.

 524.  Nance, M.  Blood and blood products.  J. Pharm.,  Lond.,
         1950, 2: 273-285.  See p. 283-284: 'Plasma substitutes.'
         Short discussion of gum arabic, Periston and Dextran Ph.
         55 references.

 525.  Newhouser, L. R., and Kendrick, D. B., Jr.  Use of blood
         substitutes by armed forces.  Med. Ann. District of
         Columbia, 1942, 11: 12-15.  Among the  'newer blood sub-
         stitutes' mentioned, we find bovine plasma, casein hy-
         drolysate, isinglass and pectin.  'Until they have under-
         gone rigid clinical trial they should not be accepted
         for use by the armed forces.'  8 references.

 526.  Nicoll, G. A.  Blood transfusion substitutes; present
         status.  N. Orleans M. & S. J., 1944, 97': 211-217.  Re-
         view article, including discussion of gelatin,  isinglass,
         pectin and other  'miscellaneous' substitutes.  28 refer-
         ences.

 527.  Oliveira, E. de.  Ressuscitacao em cirurgia; conceito
         mode mo do tratamento do choque.  Hospital, Rio, 1948,
         33: 223-240.  For use of blood substitutes, see p. 232.
         1T7 references.

 528.  Ravltch, M. M., and Blalock, A.  An evaluation of blood
         and blood substitutes.  Surg. Gyn. Obst.. 1942,  74: 348-
         352.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir., 1943-44,  1IU: 211-
         212.   'Preliminary observations indicate that purified
         human albumen is a safe and effective substitute for
         plasma.  The problem of providing blood substitutes in
         large quantities will be greatly simplified if nonanti-
         genic fractions of animal plasma proteins can be pre-
         pared. '

       Richards, D. W., Jr., see No. 218.

 529.  Riedel, G., and Zipf, K.  TIerexperlmentelle Untersuch-
         ungen Uber Blutersatzmlttel.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz.,
         1944, 203: 25-33-  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., Bait., 1946,
         20: 280.  Comparative experiments on cats, rabbits and
         rats with periston, starch-Ringer solution, gum arabic-
         Ringer solution, and normosal.  After intravenous Peris-
         ton, the Kupffer star cells of the rat liver were en-
         larged.  42 references. 
-80-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

       Riese, J., see No. 327•

 530.  Rosenthal, 0., and McCarthy, M. D.  The plasma non-protein
         nitrogen distribution and its correlation with the effi-
         cacy of fluid replacement therapy following thermal In-
         jury.  J. Clin. Invest., 1947, 26: 827-836.  Abstr.:
         Chem. Abstr., 1949, 43: 7H0.  Fluids used in these rat
         experiments include saline, gelatin solution, human al-
         bumin solution and rat plasma.  11 references.

 531.  Round table discussion on therapy with blood substitutes
         in childhood.  J. Pediat., S. Louis, 1942, 20: 507-519-

 532.  Schallock, G.  Anatomlsche Untersuchungen uber das Schick-
         sal von Blutersatzmitteln im Empfanger organismus und der
         durch sie ausgeldsten Reaktionen.  Beit. path. Anat.,
         1943, 108: 4CFi-451.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1946, 40:
         6639; Z5I. Bakt., 1944, 145: 218-219.  The fate oT~"the
         blood substitutes  (colloid's) in the organism depends on
         the quantity of blood present, on the amount of the sub-
         stitute injected, and on the type of the disease.  Ex-
         cess liquid is stored in the connective or lymphatic
         tissue, or partly excreted by the kidneys.  Anatomical
         methods are not well suited to follow the fate of foreign
         colloids and of the non-colloids.  In animal experiments,
         no pathological changes were observed after gum arabic,
         gelatine, salt and dextran solutions.  109 references.

 533  *Scheidy, S. F.  New trends in chemotherapy; sulfonamides,
         blood substitutes and nutritional supplements.  Deut.
         tlerarztl. Wschr., 1949, 56: 39-45.

 534.  Scott, C. C, Worth, H. M., and Robbins, E. B.  Compara-
         tive value of some blood substitutes used for treatment
         of experimental shock.  Arch, Surg., 1944. 48: 315-318.
         Abstr.: J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 124: 797-798.  'Substitutes
         tested Include solutions of gelaTin, pectin and polyvdnyl-
         alcohol.  30 references.

 535.  Seldon, T. H.  Supportive therapy during anesthesia and
         operation.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1949, l4l: 1279-1284.  While
         discussing the restoration of bloocTvolume, the author
         gives concise opinions on solution of acacia, solution
         of gelatin, pectin, periston and dextran.

 536.  Sturgis, C. C.  Therapeutic value of blood and blood sub-
         stitutes.  Rocky Mountain M. J., 1941, 38: 274-286.
         Contains but little pertinent material :"p. 2o0.  26 ref-
         erences. 
-81-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

 537.  The supply and use of blood and blood substitutes.  Med. J.
         Australia, 1943, 1: Suppl. 6, 21-24.  'Gum acacia is now
         rarely used, because it is regarded as too toxic; but
         similar types of substitute, such as gelatin, isinglass
         and pectin, have been proposed.  It is unlikely that they
         will be extensively tried while blood, which is obviously
         better, can be freely obtained from voluntary donors.'
         4 references.

 538.  Thomas, G. F.  Sustitutos de la sangre.  Rev. As. med.
         argent.. 1943, 57: 786-791.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., Bait.,
         1944, 18: No. 21293.  One of the best review articles
         available in Spanish.  17 references.

 539.  Thompson, C. E.  Blood substitutes and parenteral fluids -
         use and abuse in internal medicine.  Nebraska M. J.,
         1947, 32: 146-147.   'Blood derivatives provide the most
         effective blood substitutes.'

 540. *Thorsen, G., and Hint, H.  Aggregation, sedimentation and
         intravasal  'sludging' of erythrocytes; interrelation
         between suspension stability and colloids in suspension
         fluid; an experimental study.  Acta chir. scand., 1950,
         Suppl. 154.

 54l.  VIncke, E., and Never, H. E.  Untersuchungen uber Bluter-
         satzflussigkeiten.  Chem. Zentr., 1941,  1: 28l7-28l8.
         Translated in Chem. Abstr., 1943, 27: 63T6.  Abstract of
         a paper published in Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1939, 106:
         1-22.  The effects of 39 blood substitutes on the Iso-
         lated intestine were determined (according to Magnus's
         method) and the influence of varying composition of the
         solutions was investigated.

 542.  Warren, K. W., and Harkins, H. N.  The use of plasmaphere-
         sis experiments as an index of the efficacy of blood
         substitutes.  Papers Michigan Acad. Sc, 1942, 28: 677-
         681.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., Bait., 1943, 17: NoT1646.
         Comparison of normal'saline and Locke's solution, 'sodium
         chloride, 0.9; calcium chloride, 0.024;  potassium chlo-
         ride, 0.042; sodium bicarbonate, 0.03; dextrose, 0.1;
         and distilled water, 100.0.'  5 references.

 543.  Weinstein, J. J.  Use of parenteral fluids in treatment
        #bf shock.  Med. Ann. District of Columbia, 1947, 16:
         478-484.  Specific statements are made about animal
         gelatin ('probably the best'), pectin, amino acid or
         protein hydrolysate solutions, including an  'enzymatic
         digest of a fraction of mammalian blood ... prepared by
         the Baxter Laboratories.'  6 references. 
-82-
PIA3MA SUBSTITUTES (Continued)

 5-4.  White, C. S.  Uses and abuses of intravenous therapy and
         blood substitutes.   Med.  Ann.  District of Columbia, 1949,
         18: 294-297; 333-334.  Discussion includes gelatin, pec-
         TTTn, acacia, bovine plasma and serum,  ascitic fluid  and
         dextran.  13 references.

 545.  Widstrom, G., Wllander, 0., and Swedberg, B.  Reaktions-
         framkallande faktorer och riskmoment vid infusioner och
         transfusioner.  Nord. med., 1945, 26:  800-808.  Polyvinyl-
         alcohol and periston are  satisfactory plasma substitutes
         and preferable to gum acacia and isinglass.  Dextran is
         mentioned.  63 references.

 546.  Wilhelmj, CM.  Blood substitutes and parenteral fluids -
         derivation and their relative values.   Nebraska M. J.,
         1947, 22: 136-137.   Gum acacia, isinglass, gelatin and
         pectin are discussed briefly.

 547.  Willenegger, H.  Der heutige Stand der Blutersatzfrage.
         Schweiz. med. Wschr., 1947, 77: 614-617.  Abstr.: Askeri
         vet. mecmuasi, 1948, 26:  127.   Bovine serum, gelatin,
         isinglass, gum arabic, pectine, methyl cellulose, poly-
         vinylalcohol, periston and dextran are discussed in this
         brief, but thorough review article.  Over 50 references.

 548.  Zweifach, B. W.  Peripheral circulatory changes as criteria
         for hemorrhagic shock therapy.  Circulation, N. Y., 1950,
         1: 433-444.   'C.  Restoration of Blood Volume with Sev-
         eral Blood Substitutes: Nine dogs were transfused during
         the hyporeactive stage: 3 with 5 percent bovine albumin,
         3 with an isotonic mixture of albumin and concentrated
         globulins, and 3 with a solution of 2 percent sodium
         succinate.  None of the dogs showed a sustained recovery
         either of the blood pressure or of the vascular reactivi-
         ty...'  15 references.

FIASMOSM, see POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE

POLYSACCHARIDES, see DEXTR/VN

P0LYVINYIALC0H0L

 549.  Boudreaux, J.  Plasma sanguin conserve et plasmas a%ti-
         ficiels synthetiques dans le traitement du shock trau-
         matique et des hemorragies.  Paris med., 1945, 35: 23-28.
         Short, but thorough discussion of polyvinyl alcohol and
         the  'far superior'  polyvinylpyrrolidone  (Solution 143RP
         or Subtosan;.  14 references. 
                               -83-

POLYVTNYIALCOHOL (Continued)

 550.  Hueper, W. C, Lahdsberg, J. W., and Eskridge, L. C.  The
         effects of intravenous and intraperitoneal introduction
         of polyvinyl alcohol solutions upon the blood.  J. P^rm.
         Exp. Ther., 1940-41, 70-71: 201-210.  The Immediate effect
         is reduction in number or erythrocytes and amount of hemo-
         globin plus accelerated sedimentation rate.  Repeated ad-
         ministration may lead to complete suppression of clotting.
         Polyvinyl alcohol is retained in blood and numerous or-
         gans for a prolonged period.  20 references.

 551.  Roome, N. W., Ruttle, L., Williams, L., and Smith, W.  The
         polyvinyl alcohols as blood substitutes.  Canad. M. Ass.
         J., 1944, 51: 293-299.  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr., Bait.,
         1945, 12: No. 6236.  Results of animal experimentation.
         Also acministration to 4 human subjects.  11 references.

POI^TV-INYLPYRROLIDONE

       Blutersatzmlttel, see No. 222.

 552.  Cheymol, J.  Coloide sint§tico de aplicaciones farmacol6gi-
         cas multiples.  Mexico farm., 19*18 > l^s 22-23.  Transla-
         tion, without references, of the paper following paper
         (No.  553 of this list).

 553•  Cheymol, J.  Un collolde synthStique a applications phar-
         macologiques multiples.  Ann. pharm. fr., 1946, 4: 266-
         269.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1947, 4l: 7059.   *A review
         and discussion of the use and merHTs of " Kollidon... "
         a vlnylpyrrolidone obtained by copolymerization of pyr-
         rolidone and C2H2, as artificial plasma.'   (Chem. Abstr.)
         15 references.

 554.  General Aniline and Film Corporation.  P. V. P., polyvinyl-
         pyrrolidone; preparation, properties and applications in
         the blood field, and in other branches of medicine. 174 p.
         New York, 1951.

 555.  Hecht, G., and Weese, H.  Periston, ein neuer BlutflUssig-
         keitsersatz.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1943, 90: 11-19.  Abstr.:
         Bull. War M., Lond., 1943,3: 511; Zbl. CEIr., 1943, 70:
         1793; Chem. Abstr., 1944, 38: 1607; Zentr. Org. ges.
         Chir., 1943, 109: 580.  Discussion of preparation and
         experimental use of Periston and *Periston  (the latter
         having higher viscosity).  34 references.

 556.  Murat, M.  Etude de certaines propri6t£s chimiques et
         pharmacodynamiques de la polyvinylpyrrolidone.  Produits
         pharm.. 1949, 4: 350-356; 397-^03.  Physico-chemical
         properties of pvp. - Dosage. - Humoral changes after 
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE (Continued)

         subtosan injections. - Effect of subtosan on kidneys,
         liver and lungs. - On certain pharmacodynamic properties
         of pvp. - On use of subtosan combined with hormones,
         novocain and salicylates. - Mechanism of the 'retarding'
         effect of subtosan.  38 references.

 557*  Murat, M.  Etude de certaines propriat6s chimiques, phar-
         macodynamiques et pharmacologiques de la polyvinlypyr-
         rolidone.  86 p.  lyon, 1945.  Thesls-Univ. of Lyon.
         Contents: History. - Polyvinylpyrrolidone. - Reducing
         powers. - Dosage. - Physicochemlcal properties. - Hyper-
         viscous solutions. - H^rpertonic subtosan combined with
         novocaine; with insulin; with fontamide; with salicylate.
         - Comments and conclusions.  Bibliography: p. 85-86.

 558.  Pellerat, J., Maral, R., and Murat, M.  Les applications
         du subtosan-retard.  J. m6d. Lyon, 1947, 28: 641-658.
         Physico-chemical study. - Histological study. - Metabo-
         lism of 'subtosan-retard' in man. - Humoral changes
         after subtosan injections. - Study of combinations with
         pharmaceuticals (penicillin, hormones, novocain, sali-
         cylate, sulfonamides, cyanide of mercury, prostigmin,
         antihistamines etc.). - Mechanism of action. - Medical
         applications of subtosan alone. - Good review article
         with original ideas.  31 references.

 559-  Schenley Laboratories, Inc., New York, N. Y.  PVP (Macrose);
         polyvinyl pyrrolidone 3-5 percent solution.  7 p.  New
         York, 1951.  Processed.  'This advance information on
         PVP (MACROSE) is designed for the convenience of the
         many persons who have inquired concerning this outstand-
         ing plasma substitute.  It should be noted that PVP
         (MACROSE) is now under extensive clinical investigation
         but Is not yet commercially available.  A more compre-
         hensive and detailed report will be prepared later.'

 560.  Schubert, R.  Einfluss von Kollidon auf Tetanustoxin.
         Arztl. Forschg., I9A9, 2: ^25-428.  Animal experiments;
         report of one case.  11 references.

 561..  Schubert, R.  Uber die Ausscheidung an Periston gebundener
         Stoffe (Bilirubin, Indigokarmin) und Einiges liber die
         Ausscheidung von Periston selbst.  Klin. Wschr., 1948
         26: 143-149.  Also In: Zschr.  ges. exp. Med., 1945, 114:
         634-655.   Clinical experiments on vehicle function and"
         secretion of Periston.  (Side  effects did not occur).
         Acceleration of the BSR was observed in all but one
         cases.  15 references.

 562.  Thrower, W.  R.,  and Campbell,  H.   Plasmosan;  a synthetic
         substitute for plasma.  Lancet,  Lond., 1951,  1: IO97-IO99. 
-85-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE (Continued)

          •Plasmosan has been given for various conditions in adults
         and infants for whom the use of fresh or reconstituted
         plasma would normally be indicated, and it seems to be
         interchangeable with plasma and to have no contra-indi-
         cations... Plasmosan keeps perfectly well and requires
         no special conditions for storage.'  7 references.

 563.  U. S. Chemical War Service.  Industrial Intelligence Staff.
         Developments in the German chemical Industry.  Chem. Eng.
         News, 1945, 22: 1516-1522.  A short paragraph on p. 1521
         refers to the development of 'a synthetic polymer, poly-
         vinyl pyrrolidone; this in 2.5 percent solution found use
         as a blood substitute, for the treatment of shock, etc.
         Over 300,000 units had been used... evidently without
         deleterious effects.  The product was called Periston.'

 564.  Weese, H., Hecht, G., and Reppe, W.  [Blood-plasma substi-
         tute for infusions.]  Ger. Pat. No. 738,W, August 5,
         1943.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1945, 22: 5408, q.v.

POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - BIBLIOGRAPHY

 565.  Schenley Laboratories, Inc.  Macrose-polyvinyl pyrrolidone-
         and the blood program.  The Company, 1950.  Macrose (per-
         iston) is approached in this 'interim paper' in two ways :
         A bibliography with 119 entries precedes detailed 'Se-
         lected abstracts and papers.'

POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - CHEMISTRY (incl. physiological chemistry
and biochemistry)

 566.  Bergold, G.  Inaktivlerung des Polyeder-Virus durch Kolli-
         don.  Zschr. Naturforsch., 1948, Jb: 300-301.  8 refer-
         ences.

 567.  Bovet, D., Jacob, R., Ducrot, R., and Courvoisier, S.
         Action des amides et en particulier du N-N-diethylac§ta-
         mide dans la prevention du choc traumatique du rat,  C.
         rend. Acad, sc, 1947, 224: 496-498.  o(-pyrroliaone,N-
         ethylpyrrolidone and N-acetylpyrrolidone show a certain
         effectiveness in preventing traumatic shock in rats;
         possibly, the effectiveness of pvp is partly due to the
         presence of this nucleus.

 568. *Dobry, A., and Boyer-Kawenoki, F.  [Compatibility of poly-
         vinylpyrrolidone and other polymers In aqueous solutions. 1
         Bull. Soc.  chim. beiges, 1948, 57: 280-255.  Abstr.:
         Chem. Abstr., 1949, 42: 6460.   — 
-86-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 569. *Finkentscher and Herrle.  Polyvinylpyrrolidone.  Mod. Plas-
         tics, 1945, 23: No. 3, 157-162, 212, 214, 2l6, 218.
         Abstr.: Chem7~Abstr., 1946, 40: 2033.  Chemistry of PVP.
         Listed as quoted in ChemicallTbstracts.

 570.  Formagglo, T. G.  Tecnica per I'attivazlone degli antlcorpi
         Rh  'incompleti' mediante l'uso dl derivato polivlnllico.
         Sangue, 1950, 23: 243-247.  'The author reports a method
         for detection oT "incomplete" antibodies with the use of
          "polyvinylpyrrolidone" (PVP).  Red blood cells at 2 per-
         cent in 6.5 percent PVP isotonic saline solution are easi-
         ly, strongly and specifically agglutinated by " congluti-
         nating" anti-sera, diluted with isotonic NaCl solution.
         The 6.5 percent PVP solution gives a conglomeration of red
         blood cells sensitized with 'Incomplete" anti-sera and
         washed with saline, as the anti-globulin serum does.'  15
         references,

 571.  Glelss, J.  Der Kollidonzusatz als einfaches Mittel zur
         rationellen Plasmagewinnung fUr Plasmainfusionen beim
         Kind.  Zschr. Kinderh., 1948-49, 66: 455-463.  The additioi
         of 1 g percent of Kollidon to cltrated blood accelerates
         the sedimentation rate and thereby speeds the preparation
         of plasma without presenting any disadvantages.  36 refer-
         ences.

 572.  Glelss, J.  Der Kollidonzusatz als Mittel zur rationellen
         Plasmagewinnung.  Klin. Wschr., 1949, 2J: 177.  Determi-
         nation of the kollidon concentration as an aid In securing
         optimal plasma yield of cltrated blood.  9 references.

 573.  Guillot, M., and Flehrer, A.  Influence de la solution de
         polyvinylpyrrolidone sur la vitesse de sedimentation
         sanguine.  Paris med., 1947, 134: 323-324.  Also in:
         Sang, Par., 1948, lg: 59-61. "The accelerated sedimenta-
         tion rate has to be taken into consideration in diagnosis;
         it also raises the question if pvp does not also cause
         variations in the functional properties of the erythro-
         cytes.

 574.  Heinen, W., and Kowatsky, U.  Ueber eine wesentllche Verkvir-
         zung der Blutkdrperchensenkungsreaktion fur die arztliche
         Praxis.  Med. Klin., Berl., 1949, 44: 505-506.  A time
         saving  suggestion for laboratory diagnosis is offered: an
         addition of Kollidon to cltrated blood serves to accelerate
         the blood sedimentation rate,  (see also  No.  583 of this Us

 575.  Hummel, K.  Der Nachweis bindender, aber nicht agglutinie-
         render Antikdrper  (Glutinine) in Blutgruppenseren mit
         Hilfe von Polyvlnylpyrrolidon.  Zschr. Immunforsch., IQ50.
         5: 418. 
                               -87-

POLYVTNYLPYRROLIDONE - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 576.  Ldffler, W.  Uber Modellversuche mit Plasmaproteinen als
         Elutionsmlttel.  Arztl. Forschg., 1950, 4: 29-35-  in
         vitro measurements of the 'washing time' for Evans-Biue,
         an acid tolidine dye, show, after 72 hours an elutlon oi
         24.1 percent by 0.1 percent albumin in NaCl and oi ^0.1
         percent by pvp  ('Subtosan').  31 references.

 577.  Magendie, Servantie, Duplan and Moullnler.  Solutions
         polyvinyliques et sang conserve.  Presse med., 1SW, 20-
         200.  Precautions against In vitro coagulation of hlooa-
         subtosan mixtures.  Abstract or a paper presented at tne
         Meeting of the Societe de Chlrurgie de Bordeaux et du
         Sud-Ouest, June 1947.

 578.  Periston  'Bayer.'  Pharm. Zschr., 1948, 84: 22.  Descrip-
         tion of  'Polyvinylpyrrolidone,1 a product of polymeriza-
         tion (synthetic colloid)  - briefly called  'Kollidon.'

 579.  Poullain, P., and Piette, M.  Determination de la masse
         sanguine par  la polyvinylpyrrolidone.  Bull. Soc. chim.
         biol., Par.,  1948,  30: 496-5OO.  The authors recommend
         and describe  a method* using pvp for measuring the blood
         volume.  Pvp  is nontoxic; no elimination takes place dur-
         ing the experiment.  Results are reliable and easily ob-
         tained by  colorimetry.  4 references.

  58O.  Reppe, W.  Acetylone  as  the basis of new plastics.  Mod.
         Plastics,  1946, 23: No. 6, 169-172; 218-220.  Polyvinyl-
         pyrrolidone:  p. I76.

  581.  Reppe, W., Krzikalla, H., Dornheim,  0., and Sauerbier, R.
         N-Vinyl  lactams.  U. S. Pat. No. 2,317,804, April 27,
         1943.  (French Pat. No. 865,354; Ger. Pat. No. 744,4l4).
         Abstr.:  Chem. Abstr.,  1943, 27:  6057-

  582.  Reppe, W., Schuster,  C, and Hartmann, A.  Polymeric  N-
         Vinyl lactams and process of producing  same.  U.  S. Pat.
         No. 2,265,450,  December 9, 1941.   (French Pat. No.
         865,428; Ger. Pat.  No. 737,663 and 738,753).

  583.   Sachs, B.  Zum Thema: 'Ueber eine  wesentllche Verklirzung
         der Blutko'rperchensenkungsreaktion fur  die Praxis.'
          [W. Heinen u. U.  Kowatzky: Med.  KLIn.,  Berl., 1949, 16:
          £°5. (No.  57^ of this  list)]    Med. KLIn., Berl.,  19457
          44: 1577-1578.  According to  Sachs,  the gain of  time  is
         meaningless when compared with the resulting likelihood
          of inexact findings.   The article  is  followed by a
          •Schlusswort' von Dr.  med. W.  Heinen und Dr.  med. U.
          Kowatsky.   The authors stress  that their method  leads
          to more  exact diagnostic  results.
U818H4 o 
-88-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - CHEMISTRY (Continued)

 584.  Schlldknecht, C E.,  Zoss, A.  0.,  and  Grosser,  F.   Ionic
         polymerization of some vinyl compounds.   Ind. Eng.  Chem.,
         1949, 41: 2891-2896.   Abstr.:  Chem.  Abstr., 1950,  44:
         3739. -"Polymerization mechanisms  for vinyl ethers  are
         discussed and the ionic polymerizations  of vinyl methyl
         ketone, N-vinylpyrrolidone.  and  N-vinylcarbazole are
         described.'  (Chem. Abstr.),

 585.  Schubert, R., and Wiegandt,  E.  Vorsicht bei der Beurtei-
         lung der Blutsenkungsgeschwlndigkeit nach Peristonin-
         fusionen.  Deut, med.  Wschr.,  1944,  70:  307-310.   Clini-
         cal tests.  Addition  of Periston to  cltrated  blood in
         vivo accelerated the  BSR.  After 250-500cm3,  the  acceler-
         ation is considerable (up  to 9 times) and invalidates  the
         BSR as a diagnostic means  for detection  of complications.

 586. *Schuster, C, Sauerbier, R., and Finkentscher,  H.   Poly-
         merization of N-Vinyl lactams.  U. S. Pat. No. 2,335,454,
         November 30, 1943.  (French  Pat. No. 879,293: Italian
         Pat, No. 385,519j. Abstr.:  Chem. Abstr., 1944, 38:
         2770, q.v.

 587.  Thorn, H.  Erfahrungen mit der  durch  Kollidon beschleunig-
         ten Blutsenkung.  Tuberkulosearzt, 1950,  4: 347-349.
         The acceleration of the blood sedimentation velocity by
         Kollidon yields results lacking  In precision  to such an
         extent that it cannot be used clinically. This is  proba-
         bly due to the large  variation in  the size of the  Kolli-
         don molecules.  1 reference.

 588. *Weese, H., Hecht, G., and Reppe, W,  [Preparation of solu-
         tions suitable for use as  blood  plasma substitutes.]
         Ger. Pat. of September 7,  1943.   (Danish Pat. No.  61,379;
         French Pat. No. 956,535; Norwegian Pat.  No. 66,319).

       Wunderly, C, see No. 432.

 589.  Zipf, K.  Quantitative  Kollidonbestimmung  in Harn und*Blut
         (Peristonnachweis).  Klin. Wschr., 1944,  23:  340.   Meth-
         ods are described for the  determination  of~polyvinyl-
         pyrrolidon in blood and urine.

POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - EXPERIMENTATION

 590.  Ammon, R., and Muller,  W. Der Einfluss hoher Perlstongaben
         auf den Kaninchenorganismus  unter  besonderer  Berlick-
         sichtigung der Speicherorgane.  Deut. med. Wschr.,  1949,
         74: 465-467.  Large doses  of Intravenous periston brought
         about changes in the  spleen, lymph nodes, fat tissue,
         liver etc. of rabbits. These changes are comparable to
         those in lipoid storage diseases.  10 references.

 591.  Bargmann, W.  Uber Milzveranderungen^nach  Peristonzufuhr,
         Deut. med. Wschr., 1945, 71: 184-185. Abstr.: Chem. 
-89-
POLYVTNYLPYRROLIDONE - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

         Zbl., 1947, 1: 441-442; Chem. Abstr., 19^8, 42: 8963, q.v.
         Changes in the spleens of rat after Intravenous 'Colll-
         don' justify the suspicion that the spleen as well as
         other organs of the reticuloendothelial system are stor-
         ing periston.  5 references.

 592.  Bargmann, W.  Uber Mllzveranderungen nach Zufuhr des Blut-
         flussigkeitsersatzes Periston.  Virchows Arch., 1947,
         314: 162-166.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1948, 2:
         1380; Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1948, %: pt. 2, 1061.  Swelling
         and vacuolization of reticular cells 5 days after injec-
         tion.  5 references.

 593.  Cuny, L., and Quivy, D.  Influence nulle de la polyvinyl-
         pyrrolidone sur la Vitesse d'elimination de l'heparine
         injectee chez le chien par vole veineuse.  C. rend. Soc
         biol., 1948, 142: 1399-1402.  Paper presented at the
         Meeting of the~~Sbciete de Biologie, November 1948.

 594.  Fresen.  Versuche mit Kollidon verschiedener Teilchen-
         grdsse.  Arztl. Forschg., 1949, 3: 308.  Periston infu-
         sions into rabbits and dogs in which Kollidon fractions
         of various sizes were used show that tissue changes are
         determined by dosage and length of time.  Abstract of a
         paper presented at the 32nd Meeting of the Deutsche
         Gesellschaft fur Pathologie at Kiel, June 1949.

 595. *Guldenhaupt, G., and Weller, H.  Blutzuckeruntersuchungen
         nach intravenbsen Perlstongaben bei Pferd und Hund. Deut.
         tier&rztl. Wschr., 1944, 52: 201-202.

 596.  Hellmeyer, L.  Hunger schaden.  Med. KLIn., Berl., 1946, 4l:
         241-249.  In hunger edema, Periston was used in experi-
         mentation regarding the oncotic pressure with surprising
         results.

       Korth, J., see No. 12.

 597*  Lavedan, J. P.  Action de 1'association subtosan-hormone
         oestrogSne sur la duree de 1'oestrus chez la Souris
         castree.  C. rend. Soc. biol., 1948, 142: 1481-1482.  Ex-
         periments on the specificity of the vehicle function of
         PVP.  Paper presented at the Meeting of the Societe de
         Biologie, December 1948.

 598.  Loubatidres, A.  L'Injection de polyvinylpyrrolidone
         declenche chez le chien un choc grave et prolonge".  C.
         rend. Soc. biol., 1948, 142: 1340-1342.  Abstr.: Bull.
         Anal. CNRS, 1949, 10: pt7~2, 1729.  4 references. 
-90-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

 599.  Loubatieres, A.  Polyvinylpyrrolidone,  substance-retard
         pour l'insuline et l'lnsuline-protamine-zinc;  demonstra-
         tion experimentale chez le chien depancreate.   Ann.
         endocr., Par., 1946,  7: 173-178.  Experiments  with pan-
         create eternized dogs cause the author  to believe that
         protaminezinc-insulin plus pvp is the most effective
         retarded insulin.  10 references.

 600.  Maksic, D.  Therapeutische Versuche mit Periston und Peri-
         ston-X 'Bayer' bei akuter Hufrehe des  Pferdes.   Tierarztl.
         Umschau, I9A7, 2: I86-I87.  Periston  (3-5-4 percent Kolli-
         don) and Periston-K "Bayer' (7 percent Kollidon) were
         used successfully in 10 out of 11 cases of inflammatory
         hoof edema.

 601.  Muller, W.  Spelcherungs versuche mit Kollidon.  Zbl. allg.
         Path., 1948, 84: 292-293.  Abstr.: Klin. Wschr., 1948,
         26": 223.  Experimental studies on rabbits  performed to-
         gether with Ammon; changes were observed in liver,
         spleen, lymph nodes and other organs.  Abstract of a
         paper presented at the Pathologentreffen in Diisseldorf,
         July 1947.

 602.  Muller, W.  Zur pathologischen Anatomie der  allmentaren
         Intoxikation.  Deut.  med. Wschr., 1946, Jl: 32.  In
         connection with therapeutic considerations, experimental
         storage experiments with Periston (together with Ammon)
         were reported.  Spleen and lymphnodes recalled the pic-
         ture of genuine storage diseases while liver and bone
         marrow showed no important changes.  Abstract  of a paper
         presented at the Meeting of the Medizinische Gesellschaft
         Gdttingen, August 1945.

 603-  Murat, M.  Recherche et dosage de l'albumlne urinaire en
         presence de P.V.P. (polyvinylpyrrolidone).  Prodults
         pharm., 1950, 5: 290-291.  Methods of determining pres-
         ence and quantity of albumen in urine are  described.
         2 references.

       Nelson, A. A., and Lusky, L. M., see No. ]64.

 604.  Pellerat, J., Maral, R., and Murat, M.   Etude histologlque
         des visceres de cobayes apres Injections massives de
         polyvinylpyrrolidone (Subtosan).  Ther. Umschau, 1948,
         4: 153-155.  After 'Subtosan,' histological changes were
         observed in kidneys,  liver, and lungs of the guinea pig.
         The chondriome, however, was not affected.

 605.  Pendl, E.  Behandlung der Vergiftung durch nitrose Gase.
         Klin. Wschr., 1944, 22: 264-269.  Experiments with cats 
                               -91-

POIYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

         demonstrate that colloidal blood s^^^^^^^^fin
         indicated in poisoning by nitrous gases, P^icularly in
         the stage of increasing toxic puhnonary edema.

 606.  Quevauvlller, A.  L»elimination de la quinine inJectee au^
         lapin est ralentie par un  'vehicule-retard,  le subtosan.
         Rev. palud., Par., 1946, 4: 225-228.  Abstr.: Chem.
         Abstr.: 1947, 4l: 1763.  5 references.

 607.  Quevauvlller, A.  Le subtosan hypertonlque prolonge, chez
         la souris, la duree de 1'anesthesie Intraveineuse ft
         1-evipan.  Anesthesie, Par., 1946-49, 6: 296-299- Abstr. .
         Pressemed., 1947. 55: 219.  In the mouse, hypertonic
         sublosaS aimost douites the duration of intravenous anes-
         thesia; toxicity also increases, but to a lesser degree.
         Paper presented at the Societe Francaise d 'Anesthesie et
         d'Analgesie, January 1947- * references.

  608.  Quevauvlller, A.  Le subtosan ralentit, chez le lapin,
         1'elimination urinaire de la quinine, injectee par vole
         veineuse.  Ann. pharm. fr., 1947,  5: 93-98.   5 refer-
         ences.

        Riedel, G.,  and Zipf, K.,  see No.  529-

  609.  *Sclmidt,  G.   Uber den Einfluss von Periston  auf einige
          serologische Phaenomene  In vitro.   Zschr.  Immunforsch.,
          1950,  10£: 341.

  610.   Schubert, R.  Aenderung des Tropismus durch  Fremdvehikel
          (Kollidon) als  Wirkungsprinzip bei der  Serum- und
          GewebswSsche.   Schweiz.  med. Wschr., 1950, 80:  140-142.
          Animal experiments on the vehicle functions of  the poly-
          vinylpyrrolidone constituent of periston.   20 references.

  611.  Schubert, R.  Beelnflusst Kollidon allergische Reaktionen
          (Seromkrankheit)?  Med. Klin., Berl., 1950, 45: 76-77-
          Animal experiments with Kollidon show that this prepa-
          ration does not influence intracellular allergic re-
          actions such as are present in serum disease.  16 refer-
          ences.

  612.  Schubert, R.  Sanierung des Serums von nierenunfahigen
          Stoffen durch Kollidon verschiedener Teilchengrdsse;
          Relhenversuche an Meerschweinchen mit Trypanrot.  Deut.
          Zschr. Verdauungskr., 1950, 10: 79-86.  Detoxication by
          enabling  substances incapable of being excreted by the
          kidneys to pass through the kidneys by means of  'Kolli-
          don. •  14 references. 
-92-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - EXPERIMENTATION (Continued)

 613.  Schubert, R.  Serumsanierung mit kunstlichen Kolloiden;
         nicht nierenfahige Stoffe permeieren mit Kollidon die
         Niere.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1949, 74: 1489-1491.  It was
         possible to induce excretion of trypan red in the urine
         (as late as 10 days after intravenous administration)
         by infusing kollidon (3-5 percent ;  7 percent) in various
         doses.  15 references.

 6l4.  Schubert, R., and Werner, H.  Serum-  und Gewebssanierung
         durch Kollidon; Versuche am Kaninchen mit Diamlnreinblau
         FF.  Zschr. inn. Med.,  1950, 5: 298-308.  Animal experi-
         ments present insight into the action of Kollidon in
         vivo; its detoxicating effect is the main topic of dis-
         cussion.  15 references.

 615.  Schubert, R., and WIegandt, E.  Wechselbeziehungen zwischen
         Serum, Periston und Kongorot.  KLIn. Wschr., 1946-47,
         17-18: 273-276.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal, CNRS, 1948, 9: pt.2,
         1626.  Congo red combined with periston is governed by
         the same  'dependency mechanism' (•Abhangigkeitsmechanls-
         mus') in vivo as congo red combined with serum protein.
         10 references.

 6l6.  Scftviegk, H.  Methode zur fortlaufenden Reglstrlerung der
         Odembildung am isolierten durchstromten Kaninchenohr.
         KLIn. Wschr., 1944, 22: 337-339- Periston, saline,
         human and rabbit serum are used in  these experiments,
         4 references.

 617.  Vdlker, R.  Die Dehydration des HufSdems durch Periston.
         Deut. tierarztl. Wschr., 1943, 51:  89-91.  Experiments
         with the surviving horse foot show that Periston is suita-
         ble for the prevention and therapy  of edema.  Periston
         'K' has an even stronger effect. No toxicity was noted
         in administration to horses.

 618.  Vdlker, R., and Barke, A.  Periston als Blutflussigkeitser-
         satz fUr den Hund.  Deut. tierarzt. Wschr., 1943, 51:
         261-263.  Periston is not suitable  as an emergency olood
         substitute, but may be administered where pre-treatment
         is possible, e.g. in exsiccosis. 6 references.

POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - THERAPY

 619.  Abirached, I. A.  Subtosan, urn preparado que preenche
         uma necessidade.  Rev.  brasil. clrurg., 194§, 18: 607-
         608.  Report of 9 cases in which Subtosan (3.5~percent
         aqueous solution of pvp) was used successfully In pre-
         vention of surgical shock. 
-93-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - THERAPY (Continued)

 620. *Balabanoff, Joppich, Opitz, and Doxiades.  [Periston.]
         KInderarztl. Prax., 1943, 14: 226.  Abstracts of papers
         presented at a Meeting of lEe Fachgruppe fur Arztliche
         KLnderheilkunde der Wiener Medizinischen Gesellschaft,
         February I9A3.

 621.  Barfuss, F., and Elchler, 0.  Periston bei wiederholter
         Darreichung.  Arch. exp. Path., Lpz., 1949, 206: 346-
         356.  Abstr.: Med. Mschr., 1949, 2: 634.  Animal experi-
         ments show that even large doses of Periston do not
         cause any permanent damage; therefore, the usual thera-
         peutic doses may be safely administered to man.  16 ref-
         erences.

 622.  Battezzati, M. II pollvlnllplrrolldone (Subtosan) quale
         succedaneo del plasma sanguigno nella terapia preventiva
         e curativa dello shock e dell'edema cerebrale.  Boll.
         Soc. piemont. chir., 1948, 18: 99-109.  Strong endorse-
         ment of pvp with particular stress on its use in neuro-
         surgery. - Discussion (p. 104-109) includes comment by
         S. Brena on the use of pectin.

 623.  BattlstonI, L.  Implego del pollvlnllplrrolldone (pvp) in
         clinlca; azione del pvp sulla velocita di sedlmentazione
         delle emazle.  Riv. pat. clin., 1948, 2: No. 11, 1-7-
         While 'pvp'  (Periston, Subtosan) always accelerated the
         BSR In vitro, results obtained in vivo vary according
         to the physico-chemical conditions of the blood.  2 ref-
         erences.

 624.  BattlstonI, L.  Iinpiego del pollvlnllplrrolldone in clin-
         lca: 11 pvp nella cura della emofilia.  Riv. pat. clin.,
         1948, 3: No. 11, 8-14.   'The treatment of hemophilia
         with a""3.5 percent solution of pvp (Periston or Subtosan)
         offers the most efficient therapy.'  7 references.

 625.  BattlstonI, L.  Implego del polivinilpirrolldone In clin-
         lca; il pollvlnllplrrolldone nelle anemie.  Riv. pat.
         clin., 1949, 4: 9I-IO5.  Positive results in 4 cases of
         pernicious anemia and 1 case of anemia secondary to
         hemorrhage of duodenal ulcer.  11 references.

       Boudreaux, J., see No. 549•

 626.  Boudreaux, J., Delouche, G., and Fourmestraux, J. P. de.
         Note sur 1'emploi, dans le traitement du shock, des
         plasmas artificiels synthetiques.  J. med. chir., Par,,
         1945, 116; 123-133.  Clinical use of polyvinylpyrrolidone
         solution ('subtosan,' 'solution 143 R.P.') in traumatic
         and hemorrhagic shock.  3 references. 
-94-
POLYVTNYLFYRROLIDONE - THERAPY (Continued)

 627-  Bovet, D., Courvolsler, S., and Ducrot,  R.   Activite de la
         polyvinylpyrrolidone dans le choc traumatique experimen-
         tal et sur les accidents provoques par certaines toxines
         microbiennes.  C. rend.  Acad, sc, I9A7,  224: 7O-72.
         Beneficial preventive and curative properties of pvp in
         traumatic shock are described; pvp also offered limited
         protection against the toxins of CI.  oedematiens and CI.
         sordelli.  6 references.

 628.  Brehme, T.  Mass deaths of infants; role of cross-infection.
         Lancet, Lond., 1948, 2:  604-607.  In the treatment of
         epidemic diarrhoea, tEe  author gave blood Infusions as
         an adjuvant,  'eventually changing to "Periston,"  and
         saline plus the glucose  either as a supplement or al-
         ternatively.»  20 references.

 629.  Brunner, C, and Ikie, A.   Erfahrungen mit der Peridural-
         anasthesie in der Geburtshilfe.  Schweiz. med. Wschr.,
         1950, 2£: 651.  Successful use of Anselmino's 'peridural
         plug' "(containing Periston).  7 references.

 630.  Btlrkle de la Camp.  Blutersatzfragen. Zbl. Chir., 1949,
         74: 58-61.  Periston is  recommended as the best non-
         hematogenous blood substitute; isotonic crystalloid salt
         solutions are too 'fugitive' in their  effect.  Abstract
         of a paper presented at  the 98th Meeting of  the Vereinl-
         gung Niederrheinlsch-Westfalischer Chirurger, April 19*6.

 631.  Camelin, Gregoire and Garnung.  Les nouveaux traitements
         de la nephrose lipoidlque.  Bull. Soc  med.  mil. fr.,
         1947, 41: 191-195.  '...The third method consists in
         the injection ... of a 20 to 25 percent solution of
         polyvinylpyrrolidone (subtosan 25). It has  been used
         successfully by Ravault, Pellerat, Pont and  Vlgnon in 2
         cases.'  Paper presented at the Meeting of the Societe
         de Medecine Militalre Francaise, October 1947.

 632.  Cardona Mateo, L.  Recientes avances en  el  tratamiento de
         las toxicosis del lactante. - Tratamiento con el periston.
         Acta pediat., Madr., 1944, 2: 127-133.   Mainly a dis-
         cussion of the work done byDieckhoff  and Klinstler (Nos. 640,
         641 of this list).  19 references.

 633.  Clerc, J. L.  La polyvinylpyrrolidone ou Subtosan, dans
         le traitement des hemorragies.  Ther.  Umschau, 1947-48,
         4: 149-153.  General article including report of 22
         cases of obstetrical and gynecological hemorrhage treated
         with subtosan.  3 references.

 634.  Cosar, C.  Augmentation de 1'action therapeutlque de la
         penicilline dans diverses infections experlmentales de 
-95-
POLY^INYLPYRROLIDONE - THERAPY (Continued)

         la souris.  C. rend. Soc biol., 1945, 139: 388-391;
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1946, 40: 4797-  Penicillin dis-
         solved in 'hypertonic subtosan' (solvent SH) has a
         greater therapeutic effect in staphylococcic and pneumo-
         cocclc infection.

       Derot, M., see No. 23.

 635.  Derot, M., Tanret, P., Grivaux, M., and Lande, M.  1^
         traitement de la nephrose llpoldique et de certains
         oedemes renaux par les injections de polyvinylpyrroli-
         done.  Etude cllnlque et physiopathologique.  Bull. Soc.
         med. h8p. Paris, 1947, 63: 1008-1011.  Report of two
         cases treated successfully with concentrated solution
         of pvp  (25 percent).  1 reference.

 636.  D6rot, P. T., and Hervy, C.  Nephrite chronlque hydropi-
         gdne.  Retrecissement du colon.  Action de la polyvinyl-
         pyrrolidone sur les oedemes.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,
         1946, 62: 547-549.  Report of one case in which, after
         a poorly tolerated attempt at raising the oncotic pres-
         sure by Intravenous injection of preserved plasma, in-
         jections of 20 percent solution of pvp (Subtosan) rang-
         ing from 10-30cm3 daily eliminated the edemata perma-
         nently .

 637.  Detlefsen, M.  Chlrurglsche Kompllkatlonen bei Fleckfieber
         und Typhus.  Deut. Gesundhwes., 1946, 1: 111-115.  Col-
         lapse after hemorrhages in typhus and typhoid fever is
         successfully treated by infusions of Periston and Homo-
         seran.  15 references.

 638.  Dieckhoff, J.  Zur Behandlung toxischer Krankheitszustande
         (Diphtherie-Scharlach-Ruhrj mit Periston.  Arch. Kinderh.,
         1950, 139: 52-62.  In 87 children with toxic diphtheria,
         in 9 children with dysentery and in 7 children with
         scarlet fever, periston proved effective in prevention
         and therapy of vascular collapse. - Metabolism studies
         with rabbits.  12 references.

 639.  Dieckhoff, J.  Zur Pathogenese und Therapie toxischer
         Krankheitszustfinde.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1950, o>8: 63-66.
         Frequent infusions of large doses of Periston are recom-
         mended in cases of metabolic collapse due to toxic diph-
         theria, toxic dysentery and scarlet fever.  Report of
         results; mechanism of action.

 640.  Dieckhoff, J., and Kunstler, S.  Zur Behandlung der ali-
         mentSren Saugllngsintoxikation mit Periston.  Deut. med.
         Wschr., 1943, 6§: 589-591-  Abstr.: Bull. Hyg., Lond., 
-96-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - THERAPY (Continued)

         1944, 19: 176-177.  In 23 cases, Periston caused quick
         disappearance of the toxic state, weight gain, and in-
         creased pulse volume; 'hemodynamic' and 'protoplasmatic1
         collapse were completely overcome.  12 references.
      r
 641. *Dieckhoff, J., and Kunstler, S.  Zur Behandlung der ali-
         mentaren Saugllngsintoxikation mit Plasma und Periston.
         Mschr. Kinderh., 1944, 93: 48-68.

 642.  Dieckhoff, J., and Ludwig, H. J.  Zur Behandlung des proto-
         plasmatischen Kollapses mit Periston bei experlmenteller
         Diphtherie-Intoxikation.  Arch. Kinderh., 1949, 137; 160-
         167.  Experiments with rabbits .showed the value ofPer-
         iston In arresting protoplasmatic collapse and, thereby,
         creating better chances for preservation of life.  8 ref-
         erences.

       Dost, F. H., see No. 456.

 643.  Diittmann, G.  KLinlsche Untersuchungen und Erfahrungen mit
         Periston.  Deut. Militararzt.. 1944, 9: 320-323-   'Per-
         iston' is. far superior to saline solutions due to its
         prolonged retention and physiological colloidosmotic
         pressure.  In 230 cases, no toxic symptoms were observed.
         Combination of intravenous 'periston' and subcutaneous
         NaCl yielded particularly good results.  1 reference.

 644.  Fouquet, J., Siguier, F., and Gautheron, R.  Nephrose
         lipoldique a frigore,  Effets de la methode de Veyre et
         du subtosan.  Bull. Soc med. hop. Paris, 1947, 63: 334-
         338.  Veyre's method  (Injections of solution of H&l) was
         followed up with 9 intravenous injections of hypertonic
         subtosan  (25 percent).  After the third injection, com-
         plete disappearance of residual edema.

 645.  Geissendorfer. H.  Die BlutUbertragung bei Verbrennungen,
         Chirurg, 1944, 16: 122-126.  Periston in saline-dextrose
         solution is considered the best serum substitute in
         hemoconcentration due to burns.  23 references.

 646.  Grenler, J., Bocquln, R., and Flandre, J.  La diurese
         activee au cours des icteres; action des solutions de
         polyvinylpyrrolidone.  Presse med., 1950, 58: 246.  Re-
         port of 10 cases treated exclusively with pvp.

 647. *Hecht, G., Joppich, J., and Weese, H.  Periston-Wirkung
         und -Nachweis bei exsiccatischen SSuglingen.  Mschr.
         Kinderh., 1948, 96: 145.

 648. ♦Heinen, W., Heinen, H., and Eisenreich, H.  Uber die
         Plasmatherapie.  Aerztl. Wschr., 1950, 28: 80. 
-97-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - THERAPY (Continued)

 649.  Heinen, W., and Karrasch,  K.  Uber die Plasmatherapie.
         Aerztl. Wschr., 1948, 3: 641-644.  A new method for
         preparation of plasma Is described; it is based on addi-
         tion of a Kollidon-citrate mixture during the collection
         of the blood and the acceleration of the sedimentation
         rate obtained thereby.  39 references.

 650. *Heinen, W., Loosen, H., and Dohrmann. W.  Uber die Plasma-
         therapie.  Aerztl, Wschr., 1950, 28: 509-

 651.  Heinen, W., Roeb, H., and Karrasch, K.  uber die Plasma-
         therapie.  Aerztl. Wschr., 1949, 4: 420-422.  25cm3 of
         a 12 percent solution of collidon and 3 percent of na-
         trium citrate per 100cm3 of blood yield a plasma substi-
         tute which has been used successfully in some 500 cases.
         7 references.

 652.  Joppich, G.  Zur Behandlung des Wasserverlustes bei der
         Darmstorung des Sauglings.  Mschr. Kinderh., 1943,
         02:  28-33.     Experimental use of periston in 75 cases
         (25ccm per kg of bodyweight, 1-2 times daily) was suc-
         cessful in 40 children,  while the result was doubtful in
         16;  in 18. the treatment was unsuccessful (one case not
         evaluated).  A note calls attention to Periston* as even
         more valuable.  7 references.

 653,  KLees, E.  Erfahrungen mit  'Periston,' einen Blutflussig-
         keitsersatz.  Munch, med. Wschr., 1943, 90: 29-32.
         Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir., 1943, lOgT 295.  Clinical
         experiences in 50 cases.

 654.  Konjetzny, G. G.  Die Behandlung von Verbrennungen.  Med.
         Welt, 1944, 5-6: 76-77.   Tutofusln  and periston are
         suggested to counteract the decrease of circulating
         plasma.

 655.  Lampert, H.  Eine erfolgreiche unspezifische Behandlung
         des Fleckfiebers.  Hippokrates, Stuttg., 1943, 14: 703-
         706.  Circulatory collapse was treated successfully by
         infusion of colloidal solutions particularly of 500 to
         700cm3 of Periston per dose, up to I500cm3 daily.

 656.  Liebau, G.  Beobachtungen bei Schock und Kollapszustanden,
         Munch, med. Wschr., 1942, 26: 577-582.  General dis-
         cussion; therapeutic suggestions include tutofusin  and
         periston.  12 references.

 657.  Linneweh, F.  Indikation und Wirkung von Blutersatzmltteln.
         Med. KLIn., Berl., 1948, 42: I86-I89.  Abstr.: Bull.
         Anal. CNRS, 1949, 10: pt.~2, 1445.  Comparison of blood
         plasma and peristone for pediatric use.  26 references. 
-98-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - THERAPY (Continued)

 658.  Loewe, H.  Blutersatzmlttel.  Med. Klin., Berl.,  1946,  £:
         103-106.  General review leading up to detailed discus-
         sion and recommendation of Periston.  3 references.

 659.  Lbwen, C. H.  Die schwere Verbrennung.  Med. Klin..  Berl.,
         1949, 44: 736-739.  Detailed description of the use of
         periston in burns*  20 references.

 660.  Lowen, C. H.  Schock und Kollaps; zur Pathogenese und
         Therapie des extrakardlalen Kreislaufversagens bei chi-
         rurgischen Erkrankungen.  Med. KLIn., Berl., 1948, 43:
         IO9-II3.  Initial treatment with Periston is stressed".
         24 references.

 661.  Magendie, M. J.  Acquisitions recentes en matigre de
         transfusion sanguine.  Ther. Umschau, 1947-48, 4: 56-58,
         76-81.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1948, 2: 4934.
         See particularly p. 8l, Les succedanes du plasma sanguin
         where pvp  (Subtosan) is discussed.

       Magendie, Servantie, Duplan,and Moulinler, see No. 577.

 662.  Mandow, G. A., and Stoneham, F. J. R.  Plasmosan in the
         prevention and treatment of shock.  Lancet, Lond., 1951,
         1: 1099-1100.  Report of 37 cases;  'haemodllution and
         anisocylosis were noted in a few cases from 2-4 days
         after the transfusion.  There was no interference with
         wound healing except for the presence of a haematoma in
         a few cases. '  Plasmosan is recommended for maintenance
         or restoration of blood pressure.

 663.  Mellons, 0.  Tratamento de choque pela polivinilpirroll-
         dona.  Rev. paul. med., 1950, 36: 91-100.  Clinical ex-
         perience with Subtosan.  17 references.

 664.  Merke.  Kolloidale L'dsung als Blutersatz?  Schweiz. med.
         Wschr., 1943, 73: 515.  Largely  a report on the work
         of Hecht and Weese  (No. 555 of this list).

 665.  Muller, C.  Polyvinylpyrrolidon  (Periston, Subtosen) als
         Blutersatz In der geburtshilflichen Praxis.  Ther.
         Umschau, 1949, 4: 22-25-  Subtosan was used successfully
         in 60 cases  (including 34 obstetrical ones) for prophy-
         laxis and treatment of shock and collapse.  28 refer-
         ences.

 666.  Muller, C  Schock und Kollaps In der Geburtshllfe.  Deut.
         med. Wschr., 1949, 74: 689-694; 732-733-  Detailed dis-
         cussion of fluid replacement in shock, stressing the
         advantages of pvp  (Kollidon, Periston, Subtosan) and
         Amigen  (Mead Johnson & Co.).  Infusion technique is de-
         scribed.  7 references. 
-99-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - THERAPY (Continued)

 667.  Muller, E.  Allgemelne Chlrurgie.  In: Fiat Review, 1939-
         1946.  p. II-76.  Surgery, general and special.  Wiesb.,
         1948.  Periston: p. 41-42.  Bibliography: p.52-76.

 668.  Pelzer, L.  Fruhschock und Sp&tschock.  Zbl. Chir., 1943,
         70: 1039-1047.  In 'early shock,' 10 percent  solution of
         NaCl is suggested to reestablish ion-balance  because of
         its osmotic properties, the specific chemical effect of
         the Na-ions, and the effect of the CI ions in improving
         the hyper-alkalized metabolic state.  In 'late shock,'
         periston is the fluid of choice.

 669.  Ravault, P., Pellerat, M., Pont, M., and VIgnon, G.  Essai
         d'un traitement de la nephrose lipoldique par le Subtosan.
         Presse med., 1947, 55: No. 66, 770.  Report of'2 cases
         In which rapid effect on diuresis, edema and weight was
         obtained.  Less pronounced action on the humoral syn-
         drome.  Abstract of a paper presented at the Meeting of
         the Societe Medlcale des Hopitaux de Lyon, June 1947-

 670.  Rehn, E.  Plasma-Infusion und Blutgruppen.  Med. KLIn.,
         Berl., 1950, 4S: 1324.  Use of citrate - collidon mix-
         ture with a 375 percent collidon concentration is sug-
         gested for quick plasma preparation.

 671.  Ricard, A., Francillon, J., and Pellerat, J.  Quelques
         remarques sur 1'usage de solution 143 en chlrurgie.
         lyon chir., 1945, 40: 110-113.  Solution 143 (Subtosan)
         has been employed successfully in treatment and preven-
         tion of shock.

       RIehl, G., see No. 76.

 672.  Schrank, H.  Chlrurglsche Erfahrungen bei einem Divisions-
         feldlazarett wahrend des Peldzuges gegen Sowjetrussland.
         Zbl. Chir., 1942, 69: 1596-1601.  In cases where the
         loss of blood volume is the main factor, periston has
         been found to be very successful.  See p. 1600.

 673. *Schubert, R., and Pargel, H.  Blutdruckverhaltnlsse nach
         Periston-Infusionen.  Med. Zschr., 1944, 2: 96.

 674.  Schulz, E.  Bluttransfusion und Blutersatzflussigkeit im
         Kriege.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1941, 67: 779-784.  Abstr.:
         Bull. War M., Lond., 1942, 2: 301;~Zbl. Chir., 1943, JO:
         1353.  Periston  (formerly Haemodyn) is much more effec-
         tive than physiological saline, Normosal and Tutofusin.
         8 references.
675.  seraflno, X. (M. et Mme.).   A propos du choix d'un llquide
        de perfusion dans la therapeutique de reanlmation. 
-100-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - THERAPY (Continued)

         Marseille chir., 1950, 2: 555-568.  A short discussion
         of Subtosan (pvp) on p.  563.  This paper is an abstract
         of Reynier's thesis (Marseille, 1949) which was not
         available to us.  12 references.

 676.  Steinforth.  Uber die moderne Schockbehandlung bei Ope-
         rationen.  Zbl. Chir., 1950, 75: 57^-575-  Saline and
         dextrose solutions are rejected" as blood substitutes;
         periston is recommended.  Abstract of a paper presented
         at the Meeting of the KSlner Chirurgenvereinigung, July
         1949.

 677.  Straube, A.  Zum Problem der postoperativen Verwachsungs-
         verhutung.  Zbl. Chir.,  1948, 73: 299-303-  Use of kol-
         lidon  (a polymerized pvp) in prevention of postoperative
         adhesions in neurosurgery.

 678.  Strdder, J., and Hockerts, T.  Die Peris tonbehandlung der
         toxischen Diphtherie des Kindes,  Deut, med. Wschr.,
         1949, 74: 282.  In extremely severe toxic diphtheria, a
         mortality of less than 20 percent (4 out of 21) was ob-
         tained by adding daily 10-15cm/kg of 3.5 percent periston
         intravenously to the usual therapy,  7 references,

 679.  Struppler, V.  Beobachtungen an Bauchverletzten Im Bewe-
         gungskrieg.  Deut. Militararzt, 1942, 7: 115-122.  In
         serious abdominal injury with considerable blood loss,
         the administration of periston is used as standard
         therapy.  23 references.

 680. *Tavernier, L., and Creyssel, J.  [Interlllo-abdominal
         dearticulatlon.]  I^yon chir., 1945, 40: 100.

 68l.  Tbnnis, W.  Schussverletzungen des Gehirns,  Zbl. Neuro-
         chir., 1941, 6: 113-161.  Use of periston in support of
         circulation (see particularly p. 122).  No references.

 682.  Wahl, P. A.  Erfahrungen und grundsatzllche Stellungnahme
         zur Frage des Fllissigkeitsersatzes bei akuten Blutver-
         lusten.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1948, 73: 400-402.  A dis-
         cussion of various types of blood loss leads to the
         general conclusion that  periston therapy is preferable
         to isotonic solutions (tutofusin,  sterofundin),  8 ref-
         erences.

 683.  Weese, H.  Blutersatzmlttel.  Pharmazle, 1948, 2: 337-3^0.
         Review article,  Iso-oncotic or hyper-oncotic colloidal
         solutions are the only true 'blood substitutes.'  37
         references. 
-101-
P0LYVINYLPYRR0LID0NE - THERAPY  (Continued)

 684.  Weese, H.  Blutersatzprobleme.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1947,
         72: 555.  Mainly on Periston.  Lecture presented before
         the Verein der Arzte Dlisseldorfs, October 1946, - Dis-
         cussion by Randerath.

 685. *Weese, H.  Blutersatzprobleme.  Med, Zschr., 1944, 1: 19-

 686.  Wildegans, H.  Blutersatz- und Bluttransfusionfragen. Med.
         Mschr., 1947, 1: 329-333.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS,
         1949, 10: pt. 2, 671.  Serum, plasma and periston are
         well suited to perform the hemodynamic task of a rela-
         tively permanent restoration of a normal quantity of
         circulating fluid; they are not able, however, to take
         over all functions of the blood lost.  Each one of these
         colloidal fluids has its own indication.

 687.  Willenegger, H., and Brutsch, H.  KLinischer Beitrag zur
         Wirkung des Plasmaersatzes Periston.  Helvet. chir, acta,
         1945, 12: 296-307.  Clinically, 'the action of Periston
         is very near to that of plasma and .. superior to the
         action of isotonic saline.'

 688.  Winkler, A. W., Danowski, T. S., and Elklnton, J. R.  The
         role of colloid and of saline in the treatment of shock,
         J, Clin. Invest., 1946, 25: 220-225.  'Colloid-contain-
         ing solutions can exert abeneficial effect on the cir-
         culation in salt-depletion shock clearly beyond that due
         to the sodium chloride which they contain...'  24 refer-
         ences.

POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - TOXICITY, see also POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE -
EXPERIMENTATION

       Ammon, R., see No. 36.

 689.  Ammon, R., and Braunschmldt, G.  Das Schicksal des Peri-
         stons lm Organismus.  Biochem. Zschr., 1949, 319: 370-
         377-  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1949, 43: 8539.  Dogs retain
         ca. 50 percent of infused kollidonwhile the other half
         Is quickly eliminated by the kidneys.  The retained
         kollidon Is stored in spleen and lymph nodes where it
         causes histological changes.  Some properties and re-
         actions of kollidon are discussed.  15 references.

 690. *Fresen, 0.  Versuche mit Kollidon verschiedener Teilchen-
         grdsse.  Verh. Deut. path. Ges., 1949, 22: 126.

 691.  Korth, J., and Heinlein, H.  Funktionelle und morpholo-
         gische Untersuchungen Uber die Wirkung kolloidaler Blut-
         ersatzmlttel unter besonderer Beachtung des Peristons.
         Arch. klin. Chir., 1943-44, 20£: 230-232.  Abstr.: Bull. 
-102-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - TOXICITY (Continued)

         WarM., Lond., 1944, £: 121-122.  Thorough morphologic
         studies made in 9 dogs and 3 humans did not yield any
         indication that Periston or Periston 3.5 causes untoward
         tissue reactions or injury to any organs.

 692.  Langeron, L., Paget, M., Nolf, V., and Duriez, L.   De
         1'influence de 1'injection intra-veineuse de poly-vinyl-
         pyrrolldone en solution ft 25$ sur le fonctionnement
         renal.  Ann. biol. clin., Par., 1949, 7: 221-225.  In
         8 normal women, injections of 20cm of a 25 percent pvp
         solution caused a reduction of glomerular filtration,
         possibly due to Increased osmotic pressure.  2 refer-
         ences.

 693.  Schoen, H.  Organveranderungen beim SSugling nach Zufuhr
         von Periston.  Klin. Wschr., 1949, 2£: 463-468.  The
         administration of periston to infants leads to morpho-
         logical changes in the Kupffer cells and to storage phe-
         nomena in liver, spleen, lymph nodes and lungs.  No
         damage of the parenchyma could be demonstrated.  .7 ref-
         erences.

POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION

       Anselmino, K. J., see No. 313*

 694.  Anselmino, K. J., Dahn, H., Gross, R., Jacobs, R.,
         Plaskuda, G., Sauer, H., and Stewens, R.   Eine neue
         Methode der kompletten Leitungsanasthesle des Geburts-
         sclmerzes; die gezielte, protrahlerte, peridurale
         Plombe.  Geburtsh. & Frauenh., 1950, 10: 589-596.   'The
         use of new high molecular and highly viscous kollidons
         makes It possible to narrow the segmental area down to
         3-4 segments, and at the same time to increase duration
         of the anesthesia to 6 to 8 or even 10 and more hours.'
         Lecture presented before the London University Post-
         graduate Medical School, March 1940.

 695.  Anselmino, K. J., Plaskuda, G., and Stewens, R.  Ober ein
         neues Verfahren der protrahierten Leitungsanasthesie
         des Wehenschmerzes; die segmentare peridurale Plombe.
         KLIn. Wschr., 1949, 2J: 104-105.  Report of 100 cases
         In which the authors successfully tried to improve on
         the segmentary peridural anesthesia as practiced in
         Germany  (9-10cm5 solution of 6 percent periston, 5 per
         mill pantocain) by raising the periston concentration,
         by replacing pantocain with percain, and by decreasing
         the quantity of liquid used  (3-4cm3 of concentrated
         kollidon-percaln solution of high viscosity plus ad-
         renalin).  4 references. 
-103-
P0IYVINYLPYRR0LID0NE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

 696.  Anselmino, K. J., and Stewens, R.  Uber die Ausschaltung
         des Wehenschmerzes durch Leitungsanasthesie des lumbalen
         Sympathikus.  Geburtsh. & Prauenh., 1950, 10: 198-205.
         This method - abandoned by the authors in 1547 in favor
         of peridural anesthesia - had the disadvantage of short
         duration of the anesthesia (1 to 1-1/2 hours;; prolon-
         gation by addition of kollidon (average 3 hours) entails
         a considerable factor of uncertainty as the duration of
         the birth cannot be predetermined.

 697.  Barbellion and Siboulet.  Traitement de la blennorragie
          ?ar la penicilline-retard.  J. urol. med.. Par., 1946-
          7, 52: 376-377-  Abstr.: Presse med., 1947, 55: 482.
         Pvp was used as a retardant in 46 cases of acute gonor-
         rhea which were treated with one injection of 100,000
         units of penicillin dissolved in 20cm3 of 30 percent
         solution of pvp.  4l recoveries were obtained, while 3
         cases required- two additional injections at 7 hours'
         intervals and the remaining cases responded to sulfo-
         namide therapy.  Abstract of a paper presented before
         the Societe Francaise d'Urol ogle, March 1947-

 698.  BattlstonI, L., and Zanotelll, F.  Utllizzazione delle
         soluzioni concentrate di polivinllpirrolidone come
         veicolo-ritardo dell'ellmlnazione del farmaci.  Poli-
         viniplrrolidone e lnsullna.  Riv. pat. clin., 1949, 4:
         144-162.  25 percent solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone
         prolongs the hypoglycemic effect of insulin.  40 refer-
         ences.

       Bennhold, H., Ott, H., and Wiech, M., see No. 417.

 699.  Bennhold, H., and Schubert, R.  Ober die PlasmaShnlichkeit
         des Periston.  KLin. Wschr., 1944, 23: 30-31.  Periston
         has the genuine  'embatlc effect' ofserum protein, i.e.
         it accelerates  (or even makes possible) the diffusion
         of coarsely dispersed dyes; it also possesses some of
         the properties of globulin.

 700.  Bennhold, H., and Schubert, R.  Untersuchungen uber die
         Moglichkelt einer Vehikelfunktion des Plasmaersatz-
         stoffes Periston.  Zschr. ges. exp. Med., 1943-44, 113:
         722-736.  In vitro experiments show that Periston is
         capable to combine with many substances found in blood,
         including lactoflavin.  While this is a necessary con-
         dition for the  'vehicle function' it is not, by itself,
         sufficient and further experimentation is necessary.
         13 references.

 701.  Camelln, A., and Magerand, F.  Applications cliniques de
         la solution de polyvinylpyrrolidone ft 25$  (d'apres un
981N04 O—52----8 
-104-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

         emploi hospitaller de deux annees et demie).  Sem. hop.
         Paris, 1949, 2£: 1246-1247.  Prolonged effect of peni-
         cillin in 19 cases of bacterial endocarditis and of
         salicylates in 60 cases of Bouilland's disease was
         achieved by association with PVP.  25 references.

 702.  Char Her, R.  Renforcement et prolongation de 1'action
         pneumodilatatrice de l'aleudrine et de 1'adrenaline en
         aerosols, chez l'homme sain, par la polyvinylpyrroli-
         done.  Arch, internat. pharm. dyn., Par., 1948, 77: 337-
         340.  12.5 percent pvp has a reinforcing and prolonging
         effect on the pneumodilating action of aleudrine and
         adrenaline aerosols in normal subjects.  It may, there-
         fore, be considered for use In preparing an aerosol with
         retarded action.  3 references.

 703.  Charlier, R., and Philippot, E.  Modifications pharmaco-
         loglques du volume pulmonaire chez l'homme sain.  Arch.
         internat. pharm. dyn., Par., 1949, 78: 559-581.  See
         particularly chapter 9: Renforcement""et prolongation de
         1'action pneumodilatatrlce de quatre amines par la poly-
         vinylpyrrolidone.  Pvp used as retardant in a 12.5 per-
         cent aqueous solution strengthens and prolongs the
         pneumodllator action of aleudrine, adrenaline, adrianol
         and dlbenzylmethylamine.  These results obtained in
         healthy subjects justify its application as retardant
         in asthmatics together with dibenzylmathylamlne as pneu-
         modllator.  Clinical experiments have confirmed these
         conclusions.  27 references.

 704.  Chavannaz, J., and Chabbert, Y.  Les bases biologiques de
         la 'penlcilline-retard.'  Mem. Acad, chir,, Par., 1947,
         73: 583-584.  On the use of 'Subtosan 25' as retardant.

 705.  Chavannaz, J., and Leger, H.  La penlcilline-retard.
         Mem. Acad, chir., Par., 1947, £5: 573-575.

 706.  Choay, 'A., and Choay, H.  Prolongation des effets de
         l'insuline par association ft la polyvinylpyrrolidone.
         Ann. pharm. fr., 1947, 5: 420-429.  9 references.

 707.  Choffel, C, and Amourdruz, J. P.  Le traltement de la
         maladie de Raynaud.  Medecin fr., 1947, J: 227-229,
         Another application of 'novocaine retardT (i.e. with
         Subtosan).

 708.  Clalsse, R., and Choay, H.  Traltement du diabete inslpide
         par un extrait post-hypophysaire ft action prolongee
         [hypophyse-subtosan.]  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1947,
         63: 309-313.  Report of one case In which one or two 
-105-
P0LYVINYLPYRR0LID0NE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

         weekly Injections of extract of the posterior lobe of
         the pituitary combined with 30 percent solution of
         subtosan were sufficient for maintenance.

       Denecke, and Schneider, see No. 314.

 709.  Diittmann, G.  Die peridurale, segmentare Anasthesie.  Zbl.
         Chir,, 1941, 68: 530-535.  Periston-pantocain anesthesia
         was used successfully by the author.

 710.  Durel, P.  Les solutions concentrees de polyvinyl pyrroli-
         done; leur utilisation comme vehicule-retard,  Rev, gen.
         clin, ther,, 1948, 62: 273-278; 288-290; 295-296.  A
         concentrated (25 percent) solution of pvp was used as
         solvent of various hydrosoluble substances with the idea
         of retaining them longer in the organism.  Laboratory
         and clinical experiments proved a remarkable increase in
         the duration of the effect of insulin, various hormones,
         penicillin, anesthetics and sedatives, sulfur salicylate,
         antihistamins and numerous other substances.  This re-
         sult is obtained even when the substance is administered
         orally, while the pvp is given intravenously.  Bibli-
         ography: p. 295-290.

 711.  Durel, P., and Dubost, P.  Insulin preparations.  U. S.
         Pat. No. 2,474,729, June 28, 1949.  Quoted in: General
         Aniline & Film Corporation, New York, N, Y., PVP ... an
         annotated bibliography.  New York, 1951-  p. 161.

 712.  Durel, P., and Dubost, P,  Sur une nouvelle lnsuline-re-
         tard.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1945, 61: I93-I96.
         Abstract of a paper presented at the Meeting of the
         Societe Medlcale des H8pitaux de Paris, May 1945.

 713.  Durel, P., and Laroux, P,  Sur un nouveau vehicule-re-
         tard pour les medicaments.  Gaz. med. France, 1946, 53:
         151-154.  Pvp may be used as a retardant in the adminis-
         tration of insulin, novocaine and penicillin; less fre-
         quent injections, smaller dosage and prolonged effect
         can be obtained.  9 references.

 714.  Durel, P., Ratner, V., and SIboulet, A.  La penlcllllne
         retardee par la polyvinylpyrrolidone.  Ann. derm, syph,,
         Par., 1947, 7: 22-24.  Metabolism studies.  Results in
         gonorrhea anS syphilis.  Abstract of a paper presented
         at the Meeting of the Societe de Dermatologle et de
         Syphlligraphle, January 1947-  6 references.

 715.  Durel, P., Ratner, V., and SIboulet, A.  Lfemploi de la
         penlcllllne retard dans la blennorragle.  Ann. derm. 
-106-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

         syphil., 1946, 8. ser., 6: 78O-782.  Successful use of
         subtosan as a retardant.  5 references.

 716.  Fabre, L. A., and Mayacos, D.  Note sur le passage trans-
         placentaire de la penicilline; applications therapeu-
         tiques.  Bull. Acad, med., Par.,  1949, 122: 240-243.
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1949, 43: 5500.  ETrect of ad-
         ministration of various types of penicillin in 23 women;
         penicillin-subtosan was used in three cases.  Abstract
         of a paper presented at a Meeting of the Academie Na-
         tionale de Medeclne, May 1949.

 717.  Gallmard, J. E.  Salicylate et polyvinylpyrrolidone.  Ann.
         pharm. fr., 1947, 5: 429-435.  Injection of 6g of 25
         percent pvp solution daily brings about only a slight
         increase in salicylemla, amounting to not more than 20
         percent - insufficient to omit even one injection of
         salicylate.  3 references.

 718. *Gate, J., and Pellerat, J.  La penlcllllne dans le tralte-
         ment de la syphilis et de la blennoragie.  J. med. Lyon,
         1946, 27: 585.

 719.  Gate, J., and Pellerat, J.  L'association penicilline-
         subtosan (P.S.) dans le traltement de la blennorragle
         masculine.  Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1946, 6: 706-707.
         Better results with 100,000 units of Penicillin per
         10cm3 of Subtosan.  Abstract of a paper presented at the
         Meeting of the Societe de Dermatologie et de Syphill-
         graphie, Lyon, November 1946.

 720.  Gate, J., and Pellerat, J.  L'association penicilline-
         subtosan dans le traltement de la syphilis recente.
         Ann. derm, syph., Par., 1946, 6:  707.  Abstract of a
         paper presented at the Meeting of the Societe de Derma-
         tologie et de Syphiligraphie, lyon, November 1946.

 721.  Goepel, H.  Die Periduralanasthesie mit Blutplombe.  Zbl.
         Chir., 1950, £5: 308-314.  Abstr.: Munch, med. Wschr.,
         1950, 92: 151; Chem. Zbl., 1950,  2: 669;  Excerpta med.,
         Sect. 57 1950, 4: 1284.  'Peridural anesthesia can be
         limited to some~8 segments around the site of injection
         when using the pantocaine-periston plug (Hoechst j, while
         an aqueous solution gives an extention over double this
         range.  A substitute for periston is found by using a
         few ml. of the patient's blood in a solution containing
         0.7 percent pantocaine, adrenaline and distilled water.'
         (Excerpta med.). 
                              -107-

P0LYVINYLPYRR0LID0NE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

 722.  Goepel, H.  Erfahrungsberlcht Uber die Periduralanasthesie.
         Die Pantocain-Periston-Plombe zur segmentaren Anasthesie.
         Zbl. Chir., 1947, 72: 467-473.  A standard procedure for
         pantocain-periston anesthesia Is described for use in
         segmentary anesthesia of the upper and lower abdomen.
         1800 cases.

 723- *Greeff, K. B.  Bericht Uber mehr als 1000 Perlduralanas-
         theslen bei gynakologlschen Operationen.  Zbl. Gyn.,
         1950, 72: 354-36I.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges. Chir.,
         1951, ITg: 103.  Report of IO38 cases In which the peri-
         ston plug with 5 per mill pantocain was used.

 724.  Grossiord, A., and Lestradet, H.  Myasthenic d'Erb-Gold-
         flamm.  Inter©t therapeutique d'une  'prostigmine-retard.'
         Rev. neur., Par., 1946, 78: 599-601.  Report of one case
         In which lcm3 of 40 percent hypertonic solution of pvp
         prolonged the action of prostigmine  (lcm3) considerably.
         5 references.

 725.  Harvier, P., Di Matteo, J., Deuil, R., and Choay, H.
         Essais cliniques compares de l'insullne ordinaire, de
         l'insuline-zinc-protamine et d'une insuline associee au
         subtosan.  Paris med., 1947, 124: 57-62.  Insulin-sub-
         tosan is claimed to be superior to I. Z. P.  5 refer-
         ences.

 726.  Harvier, P., and Perrault, M.  La therapeutique en 1947-
         Paris med., 1947, 124: 597-607.  See particularly
         p. 606-607: Le Subtosan hypertonique, ft 25 percent;
         vehicule retard efficace.  66 references.

 727.  Hueber, W.  Erfahrungen Uber die PeriduralanSsthesie.
         Zbl. Chir., 1942, 69: 5-8.  Objections are raised to
         Duttmanns recommendation of using periston in peridural
         anesthesia  (No. 709 of this list).

 728. * Improvement In and relating to penicillin.   Rhone-Poulenc.
         British Pat. Application 7691/46, March 12, 1946.
         Quoted In: General Aniline & Film Corporation, New York,
         N. Y., PVP  ... an annotated bibliography.  New York,
         1951.  p. 162.

       Janot, M. M., see No. 316.

       Kronke, E., see No. 318.

 729.  Lacomme, Pabre, A., and Mayacos, D.  Note sur le passage
         transplacentaire de la penlcllllne.  Applications  thera-
         peutiques.  Bull. Acad. m6d., Par.,  19^9, 122: 240-243. 
-x\jv-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

         The addition of subtosan delays the passage of peni-
         cillin into the placenta as well as Its disappearance;
         it makes it possible to obtain a fetal penicillemia as
         high as 4/5 of the penicellemia obtained in the mother.

 730.  Lamb ling, A., and Soullard, J.  L'anesthesie-retard du
         sphincter dans le traltement des fissures anales,  Arch,
         mal. app. digest., Par., 1946, 25: 258-260.  Abstr.:
         Presse med,, 1946, ^4: 670,  in"50 cases, where Injec-
         tions of O.lg of scurocaine and 5cm3 of 20 percent Sub-
         tosan solution (solution 143R.P.) were administered, re-
         tarding action equal to that of oil was obtained while
         the side effects of oil injections were avoided,  Paper
         presented at the Meeting of the Societe de Gastro-
         Enterologie de Paris, July 1946,

 731-  Landes, G.  Stellatum-Anasthesie in der Sprechstunde,
         Munch, med, Wschr., 1950, o£: 312.  Discusses the use
         of 10-20cm3 of 1 percent novocain solution in Periston
          (without adrenalin) for anesthesia by injection into the
         stellate ganglion.

 732.  Lauber, H. J., and Schmidt-Alexewitz, R,  Untersuchungen
         uber die Wirkung der brtlichen Betaubung mit Periston-
         zusatz.  KLIn. Wschr,, 1950, 28: 98-99,  Anesthesia In-
         duced by a 2 percent novocain^. 5 percent periston solu-
         tion takes effect later and lasts longer.  Postoperative
         pain is reduced,  9 references,

 733-  Laugler, P,  La penlcllllne retard dans le traltement de
         la blennorragle.  France med,, 1947, 10: 8-9,  On the
         basis of 39 cases treated with penicillin in oil and 11
         cases treated with 25 percent subtosan-penicillin, the
         author prefers oil because its application is simpler
         and because no preparation and no special preservation
         methods are needed.  11 references.

 734.  Lecoq, R.  Essai de traltement des abcds tuberculeux
         thoraciques par l'association penicilline-acide para-
         aminobenzolque -polyvinylpyrrolidone.  Therapie, Par.,
         1948, 2: 62-64.   'Activation' of small penicillin doses
         by association with p-aminobenzoic acid and polyvinyl-
         pyrrolidone; report on 4 cases of sternal abscess of
         tubercular origin.  5 references.

 735-  Lederer, J.  Association du polyvinyl-pyrrolidone ft la
         pituitrine, dans le traltement du diabete inslpide.
         Acta endocr., Kharkov, 1949, 2: 307-316.  In three cases
          'the addition of polyvinyl-pyrrolidone to posterior
         lobe extracts (pituitrln)' proved to be  'a valuable
         Improvement in the treatment of diabetes insipidus.'
         2 references. 
-109-
P0LYVINYLPYRR0LID0NE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

 736.  l>ger, L.  L'utlllsation de solution retard pour la rachi-
         anesthesie.  Presse med., 1947, 55: 58.  A mixture of
         1/1,500 percaine with subtosan in the proportion of two
         to one was used to reinforce the effect of procaine and
         prolong Its action.  The mixture seems to help in pre-
         venting postanesthetic headache.

 737*  le Loutre.  penlcillotheraple et subtosan dans le tralte-
         ment de la blennorragle.  Maroc med., 1948, 27: 3-5-
         20 percent Subtosan retards the elimination oT penicil-
         lin; for treatment of gonorrhea 200,000 O.U. with Sub-
         tosan given in 4 Injections every 8 hours are generally
         sufficient.

 738. *I£onard, M.  Penicilline-sang.  Traltement retard de la
         blennorragle.  J. med. Bordeaux, 1948, 125: 222-223.
         Use of blood or Subtosan as retardants.

 739-  I^strade, de.  Essai de traltement de blennorragies
         aigues par penlcilline-retard,  Bull. Soc. med. mil. fr...
         1947, 4l: 169-172.  Two series of 25 cases each success-
         fully treated with penicillin in hypertonic subtosan
         (20 percent pvptyrode solution).  Discussion (Camelln)
         p. 171-172.

 740.  Levrat, M., Pellerat, J., Garde, A., Favre-GIlly, J., and
         Cotte, J.  Essai d'une nouvelle insuline-retard; l'in-
         sullne-subtosan.  J. med. Lyon, 1947, 28: 449-460.  The
         effects of ordinary insulin are not noticeably modified
         by combination with subtosan.  In moderately serious
         and serious cases of diabetes, one daily injection may
         take the place of two.  Insulin-Subtosan has, therefore,
         the same advantages as protamine-zinc insulin and is
         more easily prepared.  Further experimentation is neces-
         sary before a definitive statement can be made.  6 ref-
         erences.

 74l.  Levrat, M., Pellerat, J., Molndrot, R., and Murat, M.
         Applications therapeutique s de 1'insuline-subtosan chez
         le diabetique.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris, 1945, 6l:
         196-198.  Report of 2 cases stressing the fact that"
         Subtosan, besides its retarding properties, exhibits a
         protective physiochemical effect and a biochemical
         action of neutralizing proteolytic ferments capable of
         destroying Insulin.  Paper presented at the Meeting of
         the Societe Medicale des Hopitaux de Paris, May 1945.

 742.  Levrat, M., Pellerat, J., Molndrot, R., and Murat, M.
         Une nouvelle insuline-retard; 1'insuline-subtosan (etude
         chez l'homme normal et chez le diabetique).  Bull. Soc. 
-110-
POIYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

         med. hop. Paris, 1945, 6l: 198-200.   Paper  presented at
         the Meeting of the Societe Medicale  des H&pitaux de
         Paris, May 1945.

 743.  Lian, C, and Bergamo, G.  Le tetraethylbromure d'ammonlum
         dans le traltement de l'angine de poitrlne, des arterites
         obllterantes et de la maladle de Raynaud.  Bull. Soc
         med. hop. Paris, 1948, 64: 244-251.   Due to shortage of
         Subtosan, TEA-Subtosan was used only in one case of an-
         gina pectoris where three previous TEA. treatments had
         been unsuccessful; the favorable results of the treat-
         ment still persisted 20 days later.   7 references.

 744.  lian, C, and Bergamo, G.  Le tetraethylbromure d'ammonlum
         dans le traltement de 1'hypertension arterielle perma-
         nente.  Bull. Soc. med. hop. Paris,  1948, 64: 239-244.
         TEA (10 percent)-Subtosan - (25 percent) administered
         intramuscularly yields better clinical results than TEA
         alone; in 80 percent of the cases, lower tension was
         obtained which persisted for one or  more months in 40
         percent.

 745.  Llan, C, Siguier, F., Piette, Poulain and Sarrazin.  La
         thrombine-retard comme traltement de fond de 1 'hemo-
         phllie.  Bull. Acad, med., Par., 1947, 3. ser., 131:
         512-513.  Case report.

 746. *Manstein, B., and Kan, G.  Bedeutet die Periduralana-
         sthesie einen Fortschritt fur die operative  Gynakologie?
         Eine krltische Untersuchung.  Zbl. Gyn., 1950, J2: 36I-
         371.  Abstr.: Zentr. Org. ges Chir., 1951,  llg: 103.
         Report of 1500 cases; the use of 2 ampoules is suggested
         of which the first one contains 10cm3 of 3  percent 'Kol-
         lidon' solution while the second one contains 10cm3 of
         10 per mill pantocain solution plus  6gtt. of suprarenin.

 747.  Maral, R.  Contribution a 1'etude du dosage de la penlcll-
         llne dans le sang et des substances  retard en penicil-
         llno-therapie.  Iyon, 1947.  Thesis^Lyon.  See particu-
         larly chapter 3, The various retarding methods suggested
         (p. 27-34) and chapter 4, Results obtained with pvp  (20
         and 25 percent) and Romansky-Rittman's mixture  (p. 43-
         54).  Bibliography: p. 63-66.  58 references.

 748.  Marmont, A., and Palmleri, A., Jr.  Prolungamento dellfezione
         eparinica mediante associazione con pollvinilpirrolidone
         ipertonlco.  Boll. Soc. biol. sper., I9A9,  2£: 1341-1343.
         In 10 normal subjects, a hypertonic  25 percent solution
         of pvp (Subtosan) prolonged and increased the anticoagu-
         lant action of heparin as well as its effect on the
         bleeding time.  17 references. 
                              -111-

POLYVINYLPYRROLJDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

 749.  Mascre, M.  Actions retard de la polyvinylpyrrolidone
          (P.V.P.) sur quelques organes vegetaux.  Ann. Pharm. ir.,
          1950, 8: 388-391.  Pvp effects a combination with. dis-
          solved"~substances, thus retarding or preventing their
          penetration into the cell; it also combines with water
          making it unavailable for the plant at certain concen-
          trations.  1 reference.

 750.  Meldlnger, F.  Etude des relations entre la duree d'actlon
          des anesthesiques locaux et la viscosite du solvant
          (scurocalne et  subtosan  (vehicule-retard)).  C. rena.
          Soc  biol., 1943, 129: 907-908.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr.,
          1946, 40:  6654. Wnile prolonged anesthesia may be ob-
          tainedTh the guinea pig by addition of a 20 percent
          subtosan solution, a very considerable Pr?lonSatl°n
          follows the administration of  scurocalne in 40 percent
          subtosan solution.   2 references.

  751.   Meldlnger, P.   La polyvinylpyrrolidone  (P.V.P.) °°^°*^e
          protecteur de synthase  in vitro et  in  vivo  (phenomene
          de colloldophylaxie).   Bull. Soc chim.  biol.. Par.,
          1947  29- 411-416.   Pvp (Subtosan)  offers  protection
          1) in vitro (silver index),  almost  equal to  gelatin.
          Polyvinyl alcohol does not  offer  any protection.   2) in
          vivo: Complete protection of mice against congo  red
          poisoning; polyvinyl alcohol offers no such protection.
          Sis protective action both in vitro  and in vivo,  un-
          doubtedly plays an important part in its physiological
          function as plasma substitute.  3 references.

  752.  Mennenga.  Erfahrungen mit der Periduralanasthesie.   Deut.
   ™      GesuSdnwes., 1949, *: 362.   91 cases of abdominal  sur-
          gery in which  a perlston-pantocain solution (according
          to Goepel) was used for peridural anesthesia.  Abstract
          of Tpaper presented at the Meeting of the Medizinisch-
          Wissenlchaftliche Gesellschaft fUr Chlrurgie an der
          UniversitSt Rostock, December 194b.

   7*n   Paces  F.. and Mansour, M.  Traltement ambulatoire de la
   755#  Pa!lInnorra|i; £ar la Penlcllllne subtosan et la penlcll-
          llne G. retard.  Bull. Soc med. mil. fr., 1947, 41:
          1QR-1Q8  In 15 cases of acute gonorrhea 3 i J. injec-
          tions within 24 hours of 100,000 units of penicillin
          dissolved in 10cm3 of hypertonic subtosan (20 or 25 per-
          cent)  lid to 13 cures.  Similar results were obtained,
          n^weverfwUh  I suspension of P?^^t?^^
          oil  and vax.   Paper presented at the Meeting of the
          locieW dTMedecine Militaire Fran5ai8e, October 19*7. 
-112-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

 75^-  Pellerat, J., and Murat, M.  Etude pharmacodynamique chez
         l'homme d'une solution de polyvinylpyrrolidone employee
         comme vehicule-retard; association avec le salicylate
         de sodium, les extraits cortico-surrenaux, la penlcll-
         llne.  Therapie, Par., 1947, 2: 49-60.  Discussion of
         the retarding action of pvp and its mechanism.  15 ref-
         erences.

 755.  Perrault, M.  Le Subtosan ft 25$, vehicule retard efflcace.
         Hopital, 1947, 3£: 167-168.  Short review article.  2
         references.

 756.  Perrault, M., and Rousseau, P.  Subtosan hypertonlque et
         neptal.  Progr. med., Par., 1947, 75: 323-324,  A review
         of the literature on the use of subtosan as retardant is
         followed by a report of 10 cases of successful applica-
         tion of 20 percent pvp solution associated with neptal
         (a mercurial diuretic) in 10 cases of severe systole with
         subacute pulmonary edema and dyspnea.  20 references,

 757-  Pundel, P.  Traltement anticoagulant par l'heparine 're-
         tard.'  Presse med., 1949, 57: 1120-1121.  While no
         case reports are given detailed rules for dosage, ad-
         ministration, etc. of 'Heparin-Subtosan' are presented.
         17 references.

 758.  Rous set, J.  Emploi d'un vehicule-retard pour la penicil-
         lino-therapie de la blennorragle.  Ann. derm, syph.,
         Par., 1946, 6: 709-710.  Also In: Lyon med,, 1947, 3:
         42.  Report on several cases where 10cm3 of a 20 percent
         solution of subtosan were administered together with
         every 100,000 units of penicillin.  Paper presented at
         the Meeting of the Societe de Dermatologie et de Syphi-
         ligraphie, Lyon, November 1946.

 759-  Roux, M., Jacquot, G., and Huguenard, P.  L'anesthesie-
         retard au pentothal-subtosan.  Presse med., 1947, 55:
         778-779.  Report of 100 cases confirming the harmless-
         ness and excellence of the method.

 760. *Schmldt-Alexewitz, R.  Untersuchungen Uber die Wirkung
         der drtlichen Betaubung mit Periston-Zusatz.  Marburg,
         1946.  Inaug.-Dlss.

 761.  Schubert, R.  A new means of detoxicating the body by re-
         placing the bile-liver system by the kidneys as organs
         of excretion of substances bound to artificial colloids.
         Rev. Gastroenter., N. Y., 1950, 17: 165-179-  Collidon
         (the colloidal component of Periston) being a vehicle
         different in character from blood proteins 'has the 
-113-
POLYVINYLFYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

         capacity of inducing dyes bound to albumins and nor-
         mally dispatched to the liver to go to the kidneys,
         thence to be secreted.'  Experiments with guinea pigs.
         11 references.

 762.  Schubert, R.  Erklarungsmdglichkeiten des Mechanlsmus bei
         der Serum- und Zellsanierung mit Kollidon.  Arztl.
         Forschg., 1950, 4: 42-46.   'Kollidon, a polyvinylpyr-
         rolidon, can bind a great number of substances scarcely
         or not at all ellmlnable through the kidneys and, being
         itself ellmlnable, can pass them through the kidneys
          (serum cleaning)...'  16 references.

 763.  Schubert, R.  Kbnnen nichtnierenfahlge Stoffe durch
         BIndung an kunstliche nierenfahige Kolloide uber die
         Nieren zur Ausscheidung gebracht werden?  I. Mltteilung -
         Versuche mit Trypanrot-M bei intravendser Kolloidgabe.
         Zschr. klin. Med., 1949, 145: 608-636.  A coarsely dis-
         persed dye which as such is unable to pass the gallblad-
         der or the kidney may be enabled by combination with
         i.v. kollidon to pass the kidneys.  This principle opens
         up new therapeutic possibilities.

 764.  Schubert, R.  Kbnnen nichtnierenfahlge Stoffe durch
         Bindung an kunstliche nierenfahige Kolloide uber die
         Nieren zur Ausscheidung gebracht werden? II. Mitteilung-
         Versuche mit Trypanrot-M bei intraperitonealer und sub-
         cutaner Kolloidgabe.  Zschr. kiln. Med., 1949, 145: 637-
         647.  In this second part of his experiments, the col-
         lidon solutions were administered intraperitoneally and
         subcutaneously, In consideration of the hemodynamic load
         which, In some cases, may be heavy.  20 references.

 765.  Schubert, R.  Neue Wege der Entglftung durch Infusion
         niedermolekularer Kollidonfraktionen.  Deut. med. Wschr.,
         1948, 43-44: 551.  Abstr.: Deut. Gesundhwes., 1949, 4:
         363.  A preliminary report. - Kollidon, a component of
         periston, combines with blood globulin; this combination
         is dissolved in the kidney whereupon kollidon is secreted.
         It is possible to combine dyes that are capable of com-
         bining with protein, with kollidon and, in this way en-
         able them to be excreted in the urine.  The same is
         true of botulinus, diphtheria and tetanus toxins, and
         also of certain viruses like the tobacco mosaic virus
         and the polyeder virus.

 766.  Schubert, R.  Serum- und Gewebswasche mit kiinstllchen
         Kolloiden; MbglichkBiten eines neuartigen Therapie-
         prinzips.  Deut. ges. inn. Med., 1949, ££: 3Q3-309.
         'Detoxication' therapy based on the hydrophllia of 
-114-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

         'Kollidon' combined with the fact that it is secreted
         by the kidneys within a few hours.  14 references.

 767.  Schubert, R.  Uber die quantitative Ausscheidung von
         niedermolekularem Kollidon (Periston).  Neue med.  Welt.,
         1950, 2: 78-80.  Periston is excreted by way of the
         kidneys in accordance with the particle size of the
         collidon.  Substances that cannot be excreted through
         gallbladder or kidneys, may be excreted through the kid-
         neys by combining them with collidon.  Substances  capa-
         ble of being eliminated selectively through the gall-
         bladder lose their primary tropism when combined with
         collidon and are excreted by way of the kidneys.  5 ref-
         erences.

       Schubert, R., see No. 16.

 768.  Schubert, R., and Graser, V.  Wird die Sulfonamldaus-
         scheidung durch intravenbse niedermolekulare Kollldon-
         infusionen beelnflusst.  Arch. inn. med., 1950, 1: 515-
         536.  There is no certain proof of any change in sulfo-
         namide excretion after the simultaneous massive infusion
         of 3-5 percent low molecule kollidon.  18 references.

 769.  sedalllan, P.  A propos du traltement des infections bac-
         teriennes par la penlcllllne adminlstree ft de longs
         intervalles.  J. med. lyon, 1949, 5: 575-579.  The
         author severely restricts the indications of 'penicil-
         lin- subtosan. '   Case reports.  10 references.

 770.  sedalllan, P., Pellerat, J., Moinecourt, J.,  and Maral, P.
         Association de la polyvinylpyrrolidone et de la cor tine
         de synthese dans le traltement des diphteries malignes.
         Presse med., 1947, 55: 58-59-  Polyvinylpyrrolidone in
         concentrated solution of 20 percent (Istosan) delays the
         elimination of synthetic DCA and, thereby,  prolongs its
         effect in acute suprarenal insufficiency due to diph-
         theria.  5 references.

 771*  Sdze, S. de, Ordonneau, P., and Deull, R.  Note preilmi-
         naire sur 1'emploi en rhumatologie de la novocaine
         associee ft la polyvinylpyrrolidone en solution con-
         centre.  Rev.  rhumat., Par., 1947, 14: 138-139.  5cm3
         injections of 2 percent novocaine in a 20 percent  pvp
         solution in 7 cases were well tolerated and prolonged
         the effect from 2-8 times while intolerance reactions
         were reduced and delayed.  3 references.

 772.  SIboulet, A.  Traltement du prurit anal par les injections
         souscutanees locales de novocaine-subtosan.  Ann.  derm. 
                              -115-

POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)

         syph., Par., 1947, £: 387-388.  Report of 48 cases re-
         sistant to other treatment; 19 were cured while 28 were
         improved.

 773-  Siguier, F., Giudicelli, R., and Walter, C.  Interet d'un
         vehicule retard en therapeutique opiacee.  Progr. med.,
         Par., 1948, 76: 223-224.  While the tolerance for oplum-
         pvp is about "The same as for standard solutions, opium-
         pvp  (20 percent) prolongs the analgesic effects of mor-
         phium and opium.  The daily required dose (and thereby,
         the danger of addiction) is reduced.  7 references.

 774.  Simon, K.  Novocainlnfiltratlon des Ganglion stellatum mit
         Kollidon als Depot subs tanz.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1949,
         74: 746.  In 50 cases, 7-10cm3 of a 2 percent novocain
         solution with 15 percent kollidon prolonged the anes-
         thesia to an average of 6 hours without any side effects.

 775-  Soulairac, A., and Barbizet, J.  Utilisation des substances
         s'opposant ft la diffusion dans les injections intra-
         cerebrales d'anesthesiques.  C rend. Soc. biol., 1947,
         141: 463-465.  A mixture of 1 percent novocain and 5 per-
         cent Subtosan shows prolonged anesthetic effect and is
         well tolerated.  1 reference.

 776.  Star linger,  uber Depotana'sthesie.  Zbl. Chir., 1943, 70:
         1728.  Use of 3.5 percent periston solution is effective
         in prolonging local novocain anesthesia and in promoting
         increased blood supply of considerable duration.  Ab-
         stract of a paper presented at the 65th Meeting of the
         Deutsche Gesellschaft fur Chlrurgie, October 1943.  Orig-
         inal unavailable.

 777.  Stubinger, G.  Die Periduralanasthesie in der inneren
         Medlzin.  Deut. med. Wschr., 1949, 74: 972-975.  Routine
         use of periston in peridural anesthesia.  19 references.

 778.  Stutlnsky, F.  Action des extraits hypophysaires associes
         au  'subtosan' sur la reaction de Brunn chez le crapaud.
         C. rend. Soc. biol., 1947, l4l: 477-482.  Addition of
         30 percent Subtosan prolongs and increases the antidiu-
         retic effect of weak hormonal solutions.

 779-  Tiffeneau, R., and Singuier. J.  Aerosol-retard.  Bull.
         Acad, med., Par., 1947, 3- ser., 121: 697-698.  3-5 per-
         cent pvp  (Subtosan) was added to pulverized solutions
         in 500 inhalations administered to 50 asthmatics.  50
         percent of the patients benefited by prolongation and
         reinforcement of the local bronchoalveolar effects.  No
         side effects.  2 references. 
                              -116-
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE - VEHICLE FUNCTION (Continued)
 780.  True, Daude, and Schllliro.  Traltement de la blennorragle
         masculine par le 'penlcilline-retard' et etude compara-
         tive avec la  'pen!ci11ino-therapie'  classique.  Presse
         med., 1947, 55: 669.  90 percent of the cases treated
         responded to~2 injections of 200.000 0,U. of penicillin
         each, suspended in 10cm3 of 25 percent solution of Sub-
         tosan (pvp).  Abstract of a paper presented at the
         Societe des Sciences Medicales et Biologiques de Mont-
         pellier et du Languedoc Mediterreneen, May 1947-
 781,  VIgnon.  Syphilis intoierante au novar et au bismuth
         traltee par la penlcllllne-subtosan.  Lyon med,, 19^7,
         177: 67.  Successful therapy with two daily injections.
         Presented at the Meeting of the Filiale Lyonnaise of
         the  Societe Francaise de Dermatologie et de Syphili-
         graphie, November 1946,
 782. *Voigt, K.  Die Periduralanasthesie in der Urologle,  Zschr,
         Urol., 1949,  42: 225-241.  Abstr.: Chem, Zbl,, 1950, 1:
         2253-
REVIEW ARTICLES
       Felgen, G. A.,  see No, 275  (GEIATIN - THERAPY),
       Foft, C, see No, 468  (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES),
       Gibson, S. T.,  see No, 472  (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES),
       Henderson, J.,  see No. 477  (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES).
       Ingelman, B., see No. 98  (DEXTRAN),
       Janeway, C. A.,  see No. 482  (PIASMA SUBSTITUTES).
       K^ster, K. H.,  see No. 195  (DEXTRAN - THERAPY),
       Koop,  C. E.,  see No.  489  (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES),
       Koop,  C. E.,  see No.  490  (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES),
       Lang,  K.,  see No. 493 (PLASMA  SUBSTITUTES),
       Lange, H.  J., Campbell, K. N., and Coller,  F, A,,  see
         No.  88  (BURNS - TREATMENT).
       Lesser, M. A.,  see No. 501  (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES).
       Maes,  U.,  and Davis,  H. A., see No. 51^ (PIASMA SUBSTITUTES), 
-117-
REVIEW ARTICLES (Continued)

       Nicoll, G. A., see No. 526 (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES).

       Parkins, W. M., Koop, C. E.,  Riegel, C,  Vars,  H.  M.,  and
         Lockwood, J. S., see No. 294 (GELATIN - THERAPY).

       Pellerat, J., Maral, R., and Murat, M., see No. 558  (POLY-
         VINYLPYRROLIDONE ).

       Pessina, R., see No. 99 (DEXTRAN).

       Riehl, G., see No. 76 (BURNS).

       Thomas, G. F., see No. 538 (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES).

       Willenegger, H., see No. 547 (PLASMA SUBSTITUTES).

SHEEP SERUM,  see ANIMAL SERUM

SHOCK  (selected background material).  For use of plasma  substi-
tutes in shock, see PIASMA SUBSTITUTES or name of substitute,
e.g. DEXTRAN, GELSTIN, etc.

 783.  Allen, F. M.  Shock.  Clin. Med., 1946, 53: 353-355-
         Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1948, 27 322-323-  A
         new  theory of the mechanism of shock is the basis  for
         the  author's suggestion of physiologic saline therapy
         rather than use of plasma.

       Allen, F. M., see No. 332.

 784.  Allen, F. M.  Theory and therapy of shock; reduced tem-
         peratures in shock treatment.  Am. J. Surg.,  1943, 60:
         335-348.  24 references.

 785.  Allen, F. M.  Theory and therapy of shock; varied  fluid
         injections.  Am. J. Surg., 1943, 62: 80-104.   Animal
         experiments; general considerations.  72 references,

 786.  Allison, J. B., Cole, W. H.,  Walcott, W.  W., Gelfan, S.,
         Root, W. S., and Gregersen, M. I.  Objective evaluation
         of transfusion therapy in hemorrhagic shock.   Am.  J.
         Physiol., 1949, 156: 191-201.   '...Differences between
         the  effects of whole blood and plasma transfusions
         appear to be related to the decrease in viscosity  which
         occurs when plasma is used.'  13 references.

 787. *Barenbaum, M. A.  LeXeni valeSneho traumatickeho soku.
         Voj. zdrav, listy. 1947, 16: 87-112.  Abstr.: Excerpta
         med., Sect. 9, 1948, 2: 794-795-  Treatment of traumatic 
-118-
SHOCK (Continued)

         shock in war.   The methods of Stern, Asratjan,  Selcovsky,
         Fjodorov and Petrov are reviewed.


       Binet, L. R., see No. 324.

 788.  Binet, L. R.  Des serums artificiels ft la transfusion
         sanguine; la notion du sang dilue.  Gaz. hop.,  1940,
         113: 637-642.  Abstr.: Zbl, Chir., 1943, 70: 220.  A
         solution of 8g of NaCl, l-l/2g of NaHC03 and 4g of
         sodium hyposulfite in 1 liter of water, alone or witn
         whole blood, is suggested for treatment of hemorrhage
         and  shock.  5 references.

 789.  Blixenkrone-I^ller, N.  Shock og Vaedskeproblemer, set 1
         amerikansk Belysning.  Nord. med., 1948, 37: 615-620,
         Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1948,  2: 1229;  Nord med.,
         1948, 2§: 902-903.

 790.  Corelll, F.  Lo shock.  206 p.  Firenze, VallecchI, 1946,
         Bibliography: p. 195-202.

 791.  Creyssel, J., and Suire, P.  Choc traumatique; etude
         cllnlque, physiopathologie et therapeutique,  2d ed,
         340  p.  Paris, Masson, 1949.  Bibliography: p.  307-327*

 792.  Crossman, L. W., and Allen, P. M.  Shock and refrigera-
         tion.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1946, 120: I85-I89.  'Experi-
         mentation during the past six years has revolutionized
         the  treatment of shock by substituting temperature re-
         duction for the previous practice of warming, and re-
         placing the former colloid or plasma concept with fluid
         therapy chiefly in the form of large volumes of salt
         solution.'  46 references.

 793.  Darrow, D. C, and Engel, F. L.  Liver water and electro-
         lytes In hemorrhagic shock.  Am. J. Physiol., 1945,
         145: 32-37-  Rat experiments.  12 references.

 794.  Davis, H. A.  Shock and allied forms of failure of the
         circulation.  595 p.  New York, Grune and Stratton,
         1949.  Bibliographies at chapter endings.

 795.  Dubois-Ferriere, H.  La maladie post -opera toire et le
         shock traumatique.  372 p.  Lausanne,  Roth, 1945.

       Duesberg, R., see No. 458.

 796.  Duesberg, R., and Schroeder, W.  Pathophysiologle und
         KLinik der Kollapszustande.  94 p.  Leipzig, Hlrzel,
         1944.  Bibliographical footnotes. 
-119-
SHOCK (Continued)

 797.  Dunphy, J. E.  Shock; a consideration of its nature and
         treatment.  Brit. J. Surg., 1944-45, 22: 66-74.  '...No
         adequate substitute for blood and plasma in the treat-
         ment of severe haematogenic shock...'  32 references.

 798.  Elklnton, J. R., Danowski, T. S., and Winkler, A. W.
         Hemodynamic changes in salt depletion and in dehydration.
         J. Clin. Invest., 1946, 25: 120-128.  'Salt depletion
         in untraumatized animals produces a form of peripheral
         vascular collapse closely resembling that seen in trau-
         matic shock.  Plasma volume, cardiac output, circulation
         rate, and blood pressure all decline sharply, and pro-
         tein disappears from the plasma.  Water depletion alone
         with a comparable decline in extracellular volume dees
         does not produce peripheral vascular collapse...'  31
         references.

 799.  Elman, R.  Acute protein deficiency (hypoproteinemia) In
         surgical shock.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1942, 120: II76-II8O.
          'Acute protein deficiency is a decisive but hitherto
         unemphasized factor In the pathogenesis of surgical
         shock  ... plasma Is effective if given early and in
         large enough amounts.  The building stones of protein
          (amino acids) offer another way of meeting protein
         deficiency..,'  16 references.

 800.  Emerson, C P., Jr., and Ebert, R. V.  A study of shock
         In battle casualties; measurements of the blood volume
         changes occurring in response to therapy.  Ann. Surg.,
         1945, 122: 745-772.   'One hundred and twelve battle
         casualties admitted to a Field Hospital with serious
         abdominal, chest or extremity wounds have been studied
         by the authors.  Fifty percent of these patients were
         in severe shock.  Detailed clinical observations were
         made in all cases, and serial determinations of either
         the hemoglobin concentration or hematrocrit reading
         were performed...'  8 references.

 801.  Ernst, M.  Zur Behandlung des traumatischen Schocks.  Med.
         KLin., Berl., 1943, 39: 31-33.  A good general article.
         The author believes that in traumatic shock the re-
         plenishing of circulating fluid is counterindicated.

 802.  Fine, J., Frank, H. A., and Seligmian, A. M.  Traumatic
         shock incurable by volume replacement therapy; a sum-
         mary of further studies including observations on the
         hemodynamics, intermediary metabolism and therapeutics
         of shock.  Ann. Surg., 1945, 122: 652-662.  Data pre-
         sented under four headings:  '(l) A study of the altered
         hemodynamics due to viscosity changes;  (2) an evaluation

      IIK1N04 1) 52--9 
-120-
SHOCK (Continued)

         of existing therapeutic technics applied only to the
         irreversible stage of shock; (3) an inquiry into certain
         phases of intermediary metabolism in shock; and (4) od-
         servations on the effect of viviperfusion of the liver
         during hemorrhagic shock.'  28 references.

 803.  Garrett, V.  0 problema do  'shock' cirurgico; orientacao
         terapeutica.  Amatus Lusitanus, Lisb., 1945, 4: 72J--r>L-
         See particularly p. 737-738 where saline and dextrose
         are discussed.

       Glasser, 0., and Page, I. H., see No. 344.

 804.  Gosset, J.  Sur le choc traumatique.  Lyon chir., 19***
         39: 295-303.  Considerations on the mechanism &i snocK.
         2U references.

 805.  Green, H. D.  Basis  for therapy in shock.  North Carolina
    J    M J    1Q47. 8:  228-235.   'In the absence  of blood or
         plasma,  saline may be used.  Although it will ultimately
         diffuse into the tissues,  it helps temporarily to  pre-
         vent  capillary  stasis and maintain cardiac output. Al-
         kalinizing  solutions such as sodium bicarbonate and
          sodium lactate  have  been recommended,  but  their effec-
          tiveness has not been fully proven...'

  806.  Harkins, H. H.   Recent advances in the  study and manage-
          ment of traumatic  shock.  Surgery, 1941,  9: 231-294;
          447-482; 607-655.   See particularly  chapter VI, Therapy
          of shock, p.  464-479.   0*8 references.

  807.  Henstell, H. H., and Gunther, L.   Studies of plasma vol-
          ume in the human being;comparative  results of reduction
          of plasma volume,  intramuscular pressure and venous
          pressure in surgical shock. Am. J.  M. Sc, 1945, 209:
          187-199.   'Peripheral circulatory failure In surgical
          shock may be evident with a normal and unchanged plasma
          volume.  A decrease in plasma volume up to 590cc Is not
          necessarily followed by peripheral circulatory failure...
          The kinetics of the peripheral circulation as related
          to intramuscular pressure  (the venopressor mechanism)
          and other forces that may constitute the venous pump
          in man,  are worthy of greater attention in investigations
          of the problem  of shock; these studies must be made on
          the human being, preferably, rather than on other ani-
          mals.'   25 references.


  808'  H°iSe v^ei^^cotlra^^ino Vt**V*. 
-121-
SHOCK (Continued)

         Listy, Brno, 1948, 3: 337-341.  Abstr.: Excerpta med.,
         Sect. 9, I9A9, 2: 3T2.

 809.  Imperati, L.  Le insufficienze acute del circolo peri-
         ferico; lo shock.  330 p.  Napoli, Idelson, 1950.  De-
         finizione e classificazione delle Insufficienze cir-
         colatorie. - Fisiologia patologica dello shock. - Bio-
         chlmica dello shock. - Anatomia patologica dello shock.
         - Patogenesi dello shock. - Sintomatologia, diagnosi,
         prognosi dello shock. - Varietft etiologiche delle in-
         sufficienze acute del circolo periferico. - Trattamento
         profilattico dello shock. - Trattamento curativo dello
         shock.

 810.  Ingraham, R. C, and WIggers, H. C  Alkallnlzlng agents
         and fluid priming in hemorrhagic shock.  Am. J. Physiol.,
         1945, 144: 505-512.  9 references.

 811.  Kohlstaedt, K. G., and Page, I. H.  Terminal hemorrhagic
         shock; circulatory dynamics, recognition, and treatment.
         Surgery, 1944, 16: 430-465.  13 references.

       Koop, C. E., see No. 490.

 812.  Lewy.  Le traltement du shock.  Bull, internat. Serv.
         sante, Liege, 1944, 14-17: No. 12, 8-15-  Includes short
         discussion of saline and glucose.

 813.  Maycock, W. d'A., and Whitby, L. E. H.  Some aspects of
         wound shock with experiences in treatment.  J. R. Army
         M. Corps, 1941, 77: 174-1&7.  '...Administration of
         saline or glucose-saline should be restricted entirely
         to those judged to be suffering from dehydration...'
         32 references.

 8l4.  Mills, E. S., and Gordon, A. L.  Importance of plasma
         protein changes and haemoconcentration in shock.  Canad.
         M. Ass. J., 1946, 54: 95-103-  Abstr.: Biol. Abstr.,
         Bait., 1946, 20: NoT 19549-

 815.  Mimet, P. R.  Physio-pathologie du chock traumatiaue;
         recherche de bases cliniques et anatomiques.  366 p.
         NIart, 1942.  These-Bordeaux.  Bibliography: p. 349-363.

 8l6.  Moia, B.  Insuflclencia circulatoria periferica: Colapso,
         shock.  80 p.  Buenos Aires, El Ateneo, 1942.

 817.  Moore, F. D.  Blood and tissue volume changes during
         shock.  8 p.  No. 8 in: U. S. Army Medical Service
         Graduate School,  Symposium on shock.  7-9 May 1951, 
-122-
SHOCK (Continued)

         Processed.  'The supportive effects of whole blood are
         remarkably superior to any other solution we have, not
         because of oxygen or carbon dioxide transport of pH
         effects, helpful though these may be, but because of the
         space occupying function of the red blood cell, a result
         wholly of its particle size and shape.'

       Muller, C., see No.  666.

 8l8.  Mylon, E., WInternltz, M. C, Katzenstein, R., and
         de Sutb-Nagy, G. J.  Studies on mechanisms involved in
         shock.  Am. J. Physiol., 1942, 137: 28O-298.   'Studies
         on mechanism are presented associated with fall in blood
         pressure, relative red cell volume and plasma protein
         content following intravenous injection of thromboplas-
         tic substance, histamine, and release of an arterial
         occluding tourniquet on the hind legs of dogs... Prelimi-
         nary depletion of tissue potassium in all three groups
         is without influence on the blood pressure changes; it
         does reduce the rise in red cell volume and the loss of
         plasma protein.'  17 references.

 819.  Nastuk, W. L., and Beatty, C. H.  Therapy in hemorrhagic
         shock; effects of supplementation of whole blood trans-
         fusion with glucose and with sodium bicarbonate.  Am.
         J. Physiol., 1949, 156: 210-217.  'The two supplemental
         agents  ... cannot be considered to be of great effec-
         tiveness as therapeutic adjuncts to whole blood trans-
         fusion in the treatment of shock.'  10 references.

 820.  Nathanson, I, T,, Nutt, A. L., Pope, A., Zamecnik, P. C,
         Aub, J, C, Brues, A. M,, and Kety, S. S.  The toxic
         factors in experimental traumatic shock.  J. Clin.
         Invest., 1945, 24: 829-863.  An important series of
         papers, done under a contract, recommended by the Com-
         mittee on Medical Research, between the Office of
         Scientific Research and Development and the Massachu-
         setts General Hospital.  96 references.

 821.  National Research Council of Canada.  Associate Committee
         on Medical Research.  Subcommittee on Shock and Blood
         Substitutes.  The early recognition and treatment of
         shock.  Canad. M.  Ass. J., 1943, 48: 196-205.  Contents:
         Primary and secondary shock. - Mechanism of production
         of shock. - Shock due to haemorrhage. -  Shock due to
         loss of plasma, - Factors contributing to shock. -
         Clinical picture.  - Laboratory tests for shock. - Treat-
         ment. - Emergency treatment. - Treatment on admission to
         hospital. - Arrest of blood volume loss. - Relief of de-
         hydration. - Conservation of heat. - Oxygen therapy. - 
-123-
3H0CK (Continued)

         Infection. - Thermal burns. - Crush or compression syn-
         drome. - Anesthesia in shock. - 3 appendices: Reconsti-
         tution and administration of serum. - Technical aids to
         the intravenous administration of fluids to the shocked
         patient. - Reactions caused by intravenous infusions.

 822.  Necheles, H.  Physiology of shock and of blood substitutes.
         N. York State J. M., 1943, 42: 1601-1606.  Largely a
         discussion of the mechanism of shock, particularly after
         burns.  32 references,

       Oliveira, E. de, see No. 527.

       Page, I. H., see No. 361.

       Pelzer, L., see No. 668.

 823.  Piulachs Oliva, P.  Shock traumatico.  165 p.  Barcelona,
         Salvat, 1945.  Bibliography: p. U7-I65.

 824.  RIcard and Panjeaux.  La reanlmatlon-transfuslon au cours
         des offensives d'ltalle du 11 mai on 27 juillet 1944.
         Bull, internat. Serv. sante, Liege, 19*6, 19: 7-22; 51-
         65; 94-112.  Good general article on shock and trans-
         fusion .

       Rungs, H. M., see No. 328.

 825.  Sayers, M. A., Sayers, G., and Long, C. N. H.  The stand-
         ardization of hemorrhagic shock in the rat; observations
         on the effects of transfusions of whole blood and some
         blood substitutes.  Am. J. Physiol., 1946, 147: 155-164.
         Important for exposition of factors determining standard
         bleeding procedures.   'Blood substitutes' discussed are
         limited to solutions of sodium chloride and sodium suc-
         cinate.  20 references.

 826.  Schdneberg, G.  Kollaps; RIchtlinien flir die Praxis: Mit
         einem Beitrag:  'Der Kollaps in der Chlrurgie,' von G.
         Maurer.  88 p.  Dresden, Steinkopff, 1942.  Bibliogra-
         phy: p. 77-78.

 827.  Schwiegk, H.  Shock und Kollaps; funktionelle Pathologie
         und Therapie.  Klin. Wschr., 1942, 21: 741-749; 765-
         770.  Clinical picture of shock and collapse. - Patho-
         genesis of shock and collapse. - Hemorrhagic collapse.
         - Collapse due to failure of the central nervous sys-
         tem. - Traumatic shock. - Burn collapse. - Circulatory
         collapse due to freezing - due to exsiccosis in in-
         fectious diseases.  Definition of shock and collapse. -
         Therapy of shock and collapse.  Approximately 130 ref-
         erences. 
-124-
SHOCK (Continued)

 828.  Scudder, J.  Shock; blood studies as a guide to therapy.
         315 p.  Philadelphia, LIppincott,  1940.   Bibliography:
         p. 237-269.

 829.  seraflno, X.  A propos des conceptions eiargles du choc.
         La notion de shock local.  Rev. chir.,  Par.,  1950,  69:
         55-64.  Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9,  1951, 5: 905^"

 830.  U. S. Army Medical Service Graduate  School.  Symposium
         on shock; sponsored jointly by the Division of Medical
         Sciences of the National Research Council and the Army
         Medical Service Graduate School, Army Medical Center.
         Washington, The School, 1951-  Processed.  Contains
         many valuable papers; the ones most important for this
         bibliography have been listed separately.

 831.  Weil, P. G., and Meaklns, J. C.  Shock and its treatment.
         Clinics, 1942, 1: 59-6f.  Review article with short
         discussion of saline.  25 references.

       Weston, R. E., Janota, M., Levinson, S. 0., and Necheles,
         H., see No. 330.

 832.  WIggers, C.J.  Physiology of shock.  459 P-  New York,
         Commonwealth, 1950.  The shock problem.  - Clinical
         shock. - The criteria of experimental shock.  - Produc-
         tion of experimental shock. - Experimental hemorrhagic
         shock. - Newer methods for studying the hemodynamics of
         shock. - Standardized oligemic and normovolemic shock. -
         The hemodynamics of oligemic and normovolemic shock, -
         The mechanisms of peripheral circulatory failure. - The
         heart in shock. - Respiratory and  oxidative functions
         in shock. - Metabolic disturbances in shock.  - Toxemic
         and neurogenic factors. - The Involvement of special
         organs in shock. - Summary of sequential reactions  in
         the development of shock.  Bibliographies at end of each
         chapter.

 833.  WIggers, C.J.  The present status of the shock problem.
         Physiol. Rev., 1942, 22: 74-123-  An excellent review.
         269 references.

 834.  WIggers, C.J.  Recent studies on the irreversibility
         characteristic of shock.  Exp. M.&  S.,  1943, 1: 2-I3.
         20 references.

SUBTOSAN, see POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE 
-125-
JAPANESE CONTRIBUTIONS

 835.  Huzii, S.  Syosyu sikketu-hokyu-ekl tyunyu ga seitai ni
         oyobosu zikken-teki kenyu hoi.  [Erganzung zur experi-
         mentellen Untersuchung uber den Einfluss der verschieden-
         artigen Blutersatzflussigkeiten auf den Organismus.}
         Kyoto huritu ikadaigaku zassi, 1943, 27: 579-617.  67
         references.

 836.  Iwanaga, N., Hame, M., and Nagami, H.  A substitute for
         blood serum.  Jap. Pat. No. 177,464, January 19, 1949-
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1951, 4£: 5370, q.v.

 837.  Murakami, S.  Kyu-sel sikketu-zi ni okeru yuketu daisyO-
         eki ni kan-suru kenkyu.  [A study on solutions which
         may be substituted for the blood in transfusions for
         treatment of acute hemorrhage.] Kaigun Gunikai Zassi,
         Tokyo, 1940. 2^: 147-178.  'For the substitution for
         blood to be transfused for the treatment, the following
         solutions were prepared: (a) for intravenous injection,
         1.8-2.5 percent NaCl + 5 percent glucose ♦ 0.05 percent
         KC1 ♦ 1.5 percent gelatin + a small amount of Ca; (b)
         for Intravenous injection the same as (a) except that
         6 percent gum arabic was substituted for gelatin; (c)
         for subcutaneous injection, the same as (a) with the
         exclusion of Ca.  Of these (a) and (b) were both found
         to be satisfactory, and  (c) was less satisfactory, but
         superior to the physiological saline solution...'  109
         references.

 838.  Ueno, K.  Artificial blood consisting mainly of calcium
         starch sulfate.  Jap. Pat. No. 177,162, December 20,
         1948.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1951, 4£: 5370, q.v.

RUSSIAN CONTRIBUTIONS

 839.  Asratyan, E. A.  Ocherki po etiologii, patologii, 1
         terapi! travmaticheskovo shoka.  [Outline of the etiology,
         pathology and therapy of traumatic shock. ]  173 p.
         Moskva, Medglz, 1945-

 840.  Bagdasarov, A. A.  Konservierung des Blutes und Bluter-
         satzmlttel.  Deut. Gesundhwes., 1946, 1: 527-528.  Re-
         port on Russian research and practice, including dis-
         cussion of the 'colloid-infusion' prepared by lisitsin,
         Fyodorov and Vassilev the colloidal component of which
         is casein.

 841.  Bagdasarov, A. A., and KasanskI, V. I.  Problema primen-
         eniya krovozameshchayushchikh zhidkostei.  [The problem
         of application of blood substitutes.]  Sovr. probl.
         gematol., 1944, 19: 23-39-  Historical introduction. - 
-126-
RUSSIAN CONTRIBUTIONS (Continued)

         Requirements to be met by blood substitutes.  - Soviet
         blood substitutes:  1. Hematogenous.  2. Salt solutions.
         3. Colloid solution.  4. Special antishock solutions.

 842.  Bashlnskaya, 0. A.  Sravitelnoe izuchenie Leuconostoc
         mesenterioides I Leuconostoc agglutinans.  [Comparative
         studies on Leuconostoc mesenterioides and Leuconostoc
         agglutinans.]  Microbiology, Moskva, 1940, 9: 444-452.
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1941, 35: *057-   'The microorganism
         Leuconostoc agglutinans, capable of agglutinating yeasts,
         is a stable mutation variety - of Leuconostoc mesenter-
         ioides... Distinguishing signs of Leuconostoc agglutinans
         are: the size of the colonies, the absence of sharply de-
         fined capsules, a somewhat lowered ability for acid for-
         mation than Leuconostoc mesenterioides and ability to
         clay yeast cells into clumps.  Leuconostoc agglutinans
         preserves its ability to agglutinate yeasts when culti-
         vated upon all liquid and solid media.  Leuconostoc ag-
         glutinans produced  slime from sucrose.  In this case the
         slime - enveloped culture does not clay yeasts.  The
         presence of capsules may be observed with specially
         stained preparations under the microscope.'

  843.   Borisenko-Vitlash, I. M.  Krovozameshchayushchll rastvor
         Popova 1 perelivanle krovi pri travmatlcheskom shoke I
         obeskrovlivanli  (Predbaritelnow soobshchenie).  [Popov's
         blood substitute solution and blood transfusion In trau-
         matic shock and hemorrhage; preliminary communication.]
         Khirurgia. Moskva,  1946, No. 7, 25-32.  Wartime experi-
         ences.  84 cases: 44 infusions of Popov's blood substi-
         tute, 30 blood transfusions, 10 saline  infusions.

  844.   Chursina, T. P., and  Leontiev, I. P.  Krov I ee substltuty.
           The blood and its  substitutes.]  Usp.  sovrem. biol.,
           945, 19: 189-218.  A detailed review article.  Some 35
         references.

  845.   Drew,  C R.  The role of  Soviet investigators  in the de-
         velopment of the blood  bank.  Am. Rev.  Soviet M., 1943-
          44,  1: 36O-369.  A  review article, with particular stress
          on use  of cadaver and placental blood.  47 references.

  846.   Fedorov, N. A.  New albumin blood substitutes.  Brit. M.
         J.,  1§46, 2:  987-988,   'in  our work at  the Blood Trans-
          fusion Institute  (U.S.S.R.) we have made use of a  solu-
          tion for  intravenous transfusion which  we call "colloidal
          infusion";  it contains  an  albumin product obtained from
          the casein  of cows' milk.'   It is non-anaphylactogenic
          and non-toxic   700 transfusions have been given so  far.
 
-127-
RUSSIAN CONTRIBUTIONS (Continued)

 847.  Pedorov, N. A.  New blood albumin substitutes.  Am. Rev.
         Soviet M., 1946-47, 4: 243-249.  See preceding reference.

 848. *Pedorov, N. A., and Vasiliev, P. S.  [Salt Infusione
         C.I.B.T.]  Sovr. probl. genatol., 1944, 1£: 39-45-

 849.  Iokhveds, B. I.  0 vnutriserdechnom perelivanll krovi.
         [Intracardial blood transfusion.]  Khirurgia, Moskva,
         1944, 2: 76-78.  Intracardial infusion of a physiologic
         solution of 30dium chloride glucose and blood.  2 cases.
         Description of technique.  English translation in Am.
         Rev. Soviet Med., 1945, ^: 116-119.

 85O.  Kagan, B. 0., Latker, Sh. N., and Zfasman, E. M.  Fos-
         foroliz sakharozy kulturami Leuconostoc mesenterioides.
         [ Phosphorolysis of saccharide with Leuconostoc mesen-
         terioides cultures.]  Biokhlmia, 1942, J: 93-108.
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1943, yj_: 4750.  English summary.
         24 references.

 851.  Kebrov, A. A., Urinson, A. P., Urinson, Y. P., and
         Emitrieva, S. P.  Klinicheskie nablyudeniia nad ranenymi
         v sostoyanli shoka.  [Clinical observations on shock
         patients.]  KLIn. med. Moskva, 1947, 25: No. 4, 38-52.
         Abstr.: Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1949,~5: 160.

 852.  Pavlenko, S. M.  Perellvanie malykh kolichestv krovl
         sovmestno s bolshlmi obemami fizlologicheskoi zhidkosti
          (komblnlrovannaya gemotransfuziya) pri massivnikh, kro-
         volzllyanlakh.  [Transfusion of small quantities of
         blood together with large quantities of physiological
         solution  (combined hemotransfusion) in massive hemor-
         rhages.  Khirurgia, Moskva, 1943, No. 4, 43-51.  A. Dis-
         orders in the organism caused by massive hemorrhages. -
         B. Analysis of the method of combined hemotransfusion.
         - C. Our experimental data (physiological, hematological,
         pathological).

 853.  Petrov, I. R.  Nekotorye soobrazhenlya i vozrazhenlya po
         povodu stati prof. S. M. Pavlenko  'perellvanie malykh
         kolichestv krovl sovmestno s bolshlmi obemami fizlolog-
         icheskoi zhidkosti' (Khirurgiya, No. 4, 1943).  [Some
         considerations and objections in connection with the
         article of Prof. S. M. Pavlenko, 'Transfusion of a small
         quantity of blood together with a large quantity of
         physiological solution' (Khirurgiya No. 4, 1943).]
         Khirurgia, Moskva, 1944, No. 1, 84-88.

 854.  Petrov, I. R., Veselkin, P. N., Dernoskaya, M. L., and
         Petkun, T. E.  The comparative value of three blood 
-128-
RUSSIAN CONTRIBUTIONS (Continued)

         substitutes.  Am. Rev.  Soviet M.,  1944,  1:  450-455.
         Discusses the therapeutic effects  of Seltsovski's solu-
         tion, Petrov's blood substitute, and Fedorov-Vasiliev's
         'serotransfusione'.   Use of Petrov's hypertonic saline
         solution with 10 percent blood is  advocated.   From
         Voenno-sanitarnoe delo  1943, No. 8-9: 5-13.

 855* *Seltsovski, P. L.  [The alcohol glucose salt  solution,
         C.I.B.T.]  Sovr. probl. gematol.,  1944,  !£: 74-77.
                            APPENDIX

ANIMAL  SERUM

 856.  Cardus, J,  Nuestra experlencia sobre las transfuslones
         de plasma sanguineo de ternera, en la practica to-
         coginecologica. Medicina, Madr., 1951, 1£: 300-302,
         Based on over 100 cases, calf blood is recommended in
         obstetric and postoperative shock, particularly for
         use in rural hospitals.  The author refers to an
         earlier paper (*Cllnica y laboratorio, December 1949)
         in which he reported 21 cases.

DEXTRAN

 857*  Beck, W. Schock- und Kollapsbekampfung mit Dextran,
         einem neuen Blutflussigkeitsersatzmittel.  Med. Welt,,
         1951, 20: 753-756.  Report of 48 cases; dextran Is
         highly recommended as an effective and non-toxic
         1blood-substitute.'  13 references.

 858.  Brewer, D. B.  Renal clearances of dextrans of varying
         molecular weights.  Proc. R, Soc. M., Long., 1951, 44:
         561-563.   '...It appears that dextran is mainly ex-
         ereted by glomerular filtration.  If any tubular ex-
         cretion or reabsorption occurs it Is relatively small
         in amount...  A striking feature of the results Is the
         great effect of molecular size on the rate of movement
         of dextran across the glomerular membrane.!   Rabbit
         experiments.  Abstract of a paper presented before the
         Section of Experimental Medicine and Therapeutics,
         February 1951•

 859.  Gronwall, A.  Erfahrungen mit einer kolloldalen Infusions-
         losung von Dextran (Macrodex).  Deut. med. Wschr., 1951
         76: 1023-1027.  General discussion; clinical experi-
         ences.  Paper presented before the Vereinigung nie-
         derrheinisch-westfSlischer Chlrurgen, Bad Pyrmont, Sep-
         tember 1950. 
-129-
DEXTRAN (Continued)

 860.  Hardwicke, J.  Use of dextran to study erythrocyte sedi-
         mentation.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1951, *4: 559-
         561.  'Results already obtained suggest that"~the sepa-
         rate determination of fibrinogen and serum factor con-
         centrations, when compared with the ordinary methods
         of reporting erythrocyte sedimentation rates, is likely
         to give information of greater clinical value both in
         diagnosing and in following the progress of disease.'
         Abstract of a paper presented before the Section of
         Experimental Medicine and Therapeutics, February 1951*
         3 references.

 86l.  Jeanes, A., Wilham, C. A., and Miers, J. C.  Preparation
         and characterization of dextran from Leuconostoc mes-
         enteroides.  J. Biol. Chem., 1948, 176: 603-615.  'A
         method has been established for the preparation of
         water-soluble dextran products of uniformly high vis-
         cosities and of high purity from cultures of Leuco-
         nostoc mesenteroides NRRL B-512 on an unbuffered, un-
         aerated, sucrose medium... Purified dextrans which
         were isolated from culture media at their maximum vis-
         cosity were characterized by high viscosities; purified
         dextrans isolated from culture media after their maxi-
         mum viscosity had been passed had lower viscosities.»
         28 references.

 862.  RIcketts, C. R.  Chemistry of dextran and its derivatives.
         Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1951, 44; 558-559^  Prepara-
         tion and properties. - Estimation of molecular weight.
         - Dextran fractions for experimental use. - Dextran
         sulphate.  Abstract of a paper presented before the
    $     Section of Experimental Medicine and Therapeutics,
         February 1951*  7 references.

 863.  Schmltz, H.  Uber das Schicksal des Macrodex im Organ-
         ismus (Vorlaufige Mltteilung).  Klin. Wschr., 1951,
         29: 424-425.  Rat experiments.  'Animal tissue is
         capable of dehydrating Macrodex (Dextran), but this
         process does not affect the molecular size in the sense
         of depolymerization.f  5 references.

 864.  Squire, J. R.  Background to biological studies with
         dextran.  Proc. R. Soc. M., Lond., 1951, *4: 557-558.
         fSome examples of fundamental problems which can be
         studied with dextran can be given,  (l) The measure-
         ment of membrane permeabilities... (2) The reticulo-
         endothelial system in normal animals... (3) Nature of
         antigen-antibody reactions... (4) Cell surfaces...
         (5) Blood-clotting mechanisms.1   Abstract of a paper
         presented before the Section of Experimental Medicine
         and Therapeutics, February 1951.  1 reference. 
-130-
DEXTRAN (Continued)

 865.  Vehnifiinen, K.  Era's dekstraanilla hoidettu verensiirto-
         komplikaatlotapaus.  IXiodeclm, Helsin.,  1951,  67:  60-
         66.  rA case is reported in which transfusion or mis-
         matched blood resulted In oliguria-hematuria and severe
         shock.   The condition of shock was treated with re-
         peated dextran infusions.  When the symptoms of shock
         retreated, good diuresis occurred and the patient  re-
         covered.'  6 references.

 866.  Walton,  K.  Experiments with dextran sulphate as an  anti-
         coagulant.  Proc. R.  Soc. M.,  Lond., 1951, 44: 563-
         564.  'The sulphuric  esters of dextrans  of molecular
         weight  less than 20,000 are free from the undesirable
         toxic  effects of previously described sulphonated  poly-
         saccharides.  One such compound is being submitted to
         clinical trials and,  if found  satisfactory, may serve
         as a synthetic analogue of heparin.  It  should be  pos-
         sible  to produce this material at considerably lower
         cost than heparin.'  Abstract  of a paper presented be-
         fore the Section of Experimental Medicine and Thera-
         peutics, February 1951*  5 references.

 867.  White side-Carlson, V.,  and Carlson, W. W.   The vitamin
         requirements of leuconostoc for dextran  synthesis.  J.
         Bact.,  Bait., 1949, 58: 135-1*1.  'Acid  production
         from glucose and fructose and  both acid  production and
         dextran yields from sucrose were determined for three
         strains of Leuconostoc In a chemically defined medium.
         Thiamine, nicotinic acid, and  pantothenic acid were
         required by all strains, the need for folic acid and
         riboflavin varying with the different strains...f
         Biotin is apparently  not essential.  23  references.   «

GELATIN

 868.  Hicks, R. G., and Collins, V. J.  Experiences with in-
         travenous gelatin. N. York State J. M., 1951, 51:
,         1819-1821.  'Clinical cases of hemorrhagic shoclc
         during anesthesia and surgery  have been  presented  in
         which intravascular gelatin has been partially effec-
         tive in restoring normal blood pressure.  In one in-
         stance gelatin was used intra-arterlally without com-
         plications.  No untoward reactions were  noted either
         during or after the administration of the gelatin...
         It should be given with caution to patients with
         cardiac Impairment.'   Presented at the 145th Annual
         Meeting of the Medical Society of the State of New York
         Buffalo, Section on Anesthesiology, May  1951.   6 refer-'
         ences. 
-131-
GEIATIN (Continued)

 869.  Jacobson, S. D., and Smyth, C. J.  Gelatine as a substi-
         tute for plasma, observations on its administration to
         human beings.  Arch. Int. M., 1944, 74: 25*-257» Abstr.:
         KLIn. Wschr., 1946, 24-25: 46; Biol.Abstr., Bait.,
         1945, 12: No. 2322. ~fA 5 percent solution of ... bo-
         vine osseous gelatine was safely administered to 45
         normal persons and to 50 patients in shock.'

 870.  Lesser, M. A.  Newer uses for gelatin.  Drug. & Cosmet.
         Indust., 1945, 56: 176-177; 260-263.  Review article;
         includes discussion of gelatin as a plasma substitute
         and as a retardant.  42 references.

 871. *Rossi, G., and Strocchi, P. M.  [Electroviscometric
         effect In gelatin.]  Ann. chim. appl., 1949, 29: 640-
         646.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1951, *£: 7850.

 872.  Stelgmann, F., Meyer, K. A., Kozoll, D. D., Volk,  B.  W,,
         and Popper, H.  Gelatin solution as a plasma substi-
         tute.  Am. J. Clin. Path., 1945, 15: 223.  Abstr.:
         Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1946, 7: pt. 2,~722.

 873.  Swingle, W. W., KLeinberg, W., and Hays, H. W.  A  study
         of gelatin and saline as plasma substitutes.  Am. J.
         Physiol.. 1944, 141: 329-337.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal.
         CNRS, 19*7, 8: pt7~2, 559.  Intermittent gelatine in-
         fusions proved as effective as infusions of pooled
         heparinized plasma and more effective than saline in
         the prevention of death due to shock in dogs. 21 ref-
         erences.

 87*.  Ward, A. G.  Structure and properties of gelatin.   Food,
         1951, 20: 255-259.  Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1951,  *£:
         879*. ~7 references.

INFUSION THERAPY

 875* *Campani, M.  Sulla trasfuslone endoarterlosa.  Boll.  mem.
         Soc tosco-umbra. Chir., 1950, 11: **9-*52.  Abstr.:
         Excerpta med., Sect. 9, 1951, £: 906-907,  'In 7 cases
         of surgical shock this brought rapid improvement, even
         when large intravenous Infusions had failed.  Experi-
         ments on rabbits proved that the nervous system  plays
         an Important part: section of the spinal cord at the
         level of Thl2 prevents the rise of blood pressure when
         the injection is made into the femoral artery, but not
         when It is made Into the carotid.'  (Excerpta med.).

OKRA

 876.  Benjamin, H. E., Ihrig, H. K., and Roth, D. A.  Prelimi-
         nary report on okra extract as a plasma substitute.  In
         press. 
                             -132-

OKRA  (Continued)

 877.  Beniamin, H. B., Ihrig, H. K., and Roth, D. A.  The use
         of okra as a plasma replacement,  Rev. canad. biol.,
         1951, 10: 215-221.  Abstr,: Chem. Abstr., 1951, 45:
         9805. "Experimentation on 20 dogs in hemorrhagic shock
         shows their return to normal after transfusion of an
         aqueous solution of okra (Hibiscus esculentus).  19
         references.

PECTIN

 878,  Deuel, H.  Pektln, seine Reaktionen mit dem Blut,
         besonders die hfimostatische Wirkung.  Schweiz. med.
         Wschr., 19*5, J5: 661-665.   Short, but thorough re-
         view article,  some 85 references.

 879.  Kertesz, Z. I.  Pectin as blood plasma substitute.  In
         his: The pectin substances,  New York, Interscience,
         1951,  p. 570-572.  'Further research ... is needed to
         decide whether the objections to such possible reten-
         tion of pectin in the body  are strong enough to coun-
         teract the benefits derived from its use.  However, the
         fact that pectin solution is a suitable plasma substi-
         tute, or, more correctly, a replacement solution,  Is
         clearly established...'  17 references,

 880. *Vollmert, B.  Viscosity and degree of esterification of
         pectin solutions.  Makromol. Chem., 1950, 5: 128-138,
         Abstr.: Chem. Abstr., 1951, *£: 7900.

 88l. *Volpicelli, M,  Usefulness of pectin as retarding agent
         for absorption of penicillin.  Boll. Soc. Ital. biol,
         sper., 1950, 26: 1023-1025.  Abstr.: Chem, Abstr,,
         1951, *£: 98097

PLASMA

 882.  Warren, J. V., Merrill, A, J., and Stead, E, A,, Jr.   The
         role of the extracellular fluid in the maintenance  of
         a normal plasma volume.  J, Clin. Invest., 1943, 22:
         635-641.  13 references.                        —

PLASMA PROTEINS

 883.  Beattie, J., and Collard, H.  B.  Plasma protein concen-
         tration after heamorrhage.   Brit. M, J., 1942, 2: 301-
         304.   9 references.                             ""

 884.  Bisceglie, V.   Le proteine del plasma sangulgno.  Rass,
         clin. sc, 1951,  2£:  78-83.  Review article considering
         the most importantrecent work Including the work done
         by Cohn on plasma fractionation. 
-133-
PIASMA SUBSTITUTES

 885.  Bradasch, G. A.  Comparative value of various parenteral
         fluids.  Anesthesiology, 19*4, 5: 1-10.  Abstr.: Chem.
         Abstr., 1Q44, 38: 2109; Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1947, 8:
         pt. 2, 788.  Evaluation of crystalloids, gum acacia,
         bovine plasma, pectin, serum albumin plasma, and whole
         blood.  26 references.

 886.  ConoldaL plasma substitutes.  J. Am. M. Ass., 1944, 126:
         1154-1155.  Abstr.: Bull. Anal. CNRS, 1946, £:  pt.TT
         291.  Editorial calling attention to the recent work
         of Locke  (No. 5Q3 of this list) and Roome (No.  551 of
         this list).

POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE

 887.  Besse, J. H.  Contribution ft 1'etude experimentale du
         metabolisme de la polyvinylpyrrolidone; action  des
         injections intravelneuses repetees de solutions con-
         centrees de polyvinylpyrrolidone chez le lapin.  Thera-
         pie, Par., 1951, 6: 5*-64.  The findings obtained in
         rabbit experiments include storage phenomena in the
         muscle tissue, the lungs, the heart, the kidneys and
         the liver of a rabbit which had previously received
         two P.V.P. injections of 2,8g/kg and 3.5/kg respectively.
         7 references.

 888.  Dulong de Rosnay, Ch., and Labadle, P.  La determination
         de la masse sanguine par la polyvinylpyrrolidone ft
         25^.  J, med, Bordeaux, 1951, 128: 224-230.   Abstr.:
         Biol. Abstr., Bait., 1951, 2S:"No. 30210.   A method is
         proposed which supposedly has the advantages a) of low
         cost and harmlessness of the substance used, b) 3peed,
         c) simple dosage, d) applicability in all cases, e)
         a margin of error limited tot 5 percent.  2 references. 
-134-
fcalkJaer-ChursLna
Aalkjaer, V. Abbott, w. E.	172 83
Aberg, B. Abireched, I. A.	84 217 619
Abraharsen, N.	224
Atramson, H. A.	312
Adarr.s, R. C.	197
	297 508
	509
	510
Alexander, E., Jr. Allen, P. M.	512 331 332
	783
	784 785
Allison, J. B. Almeida, 0. de	792 786 20
Alsever, J. B. Altschule, M. D.	269 333
Alture-Werber, E.	320
Ambroslo, G.	414
American Medical Association Ammon, R.	433 36
	590
	689
Anourclru.", J. P.	707
A:.drews, E.	271
Angulo, A. W.	246
Anselmino, K. J.	313
	694
	695 696
Arbelter, H. I.	334
Arimoto, P.	233
	255 256
	293
Armstrong, S. H., Jr. Arnow, L. E.	434 48
	50
Arsenal, E.	312
Asratyan, E. A. Aub, J. C.	839 820
Bagdasarov, A. A.	840 841
Baler, W. E.	394
Bailey, H. Baker, H. J.	335 336. 171
Balabanoff	620
Bang, 0.	337
Bang-Rasmussen, K.	173
Barbelliori	6?7
Barblzet, J.	775
Barenbaua, M. A.	787
Barfuss, P.	621
Bargmann, W. Barke, A.	591 592 618
Barker, H. A.	115
Barnes, K. T.	286
	296
3arsoo.r, H. BashXiskaya, 0. A	40 842
AUTHOR	INDEX
Battaglla, A.	435
Battezzati, M.	622
BattlstonI, I,.	623
	624
	625
	698
Beattle, J.	883
Beatty, C. H.	819
Beauquesne, L.	436
Beauvlllain, A.	500
Beck, W.	857
Beecher, H. K.	437
Bendltt, E. P.	425
Benjamin, H. B.	876
	877
Bennhold, H.	416
	417
	699
Berenberg, W.	483
Bergamo, G.	743
	744
Bergold, G.	566
Bertrand, A.	438
Besse, J. H.	887
Bett, H. D.	382
Beveridge, J. M. R.	383
Bigelow, R.	223
Binet, L. R.	324
	788
Blng, J.	49
Blnger, M. W.	18
	27
	28
	29
	31
	35
Blsceglle, V.	884
Blalock, A.	21
	439
	528
Bllxenkrone-H&ller, N.	789
Bloom, W. L.	105
	163
	216
Boche, R. D.	243
Bocquln, R.	646
Boesen, C. E.	41
Bohmansson, G.	175
	176
	177
	178
	179
	180
	214
Bonn, H.	181
Bollman, J. L.	18
	441
Bonnel, P. H.	106
Borlsenko-Vltlash, I. M	843
Boucher, W. F.	264
Boudreaux, J.	549
	626
Boue, A.	182
Boureau, J.	517
3ovet, D.	567
	627
Bowers, W. F.	22
Boyer-Xavenokl, F.	568
Boyes, G. R.	442
Bradasch, G. A.	885
Braunschmldt, 0. Brehme, T. Brewer, D. B. Brlger, C. E.	689 628 858 242
Brlggs, D. R. Brown, A.	2 240
Brues, A. M.	820
BrUtsch, H.	687
Bruner, H. D.	243
Brunner, C.	629
Brunschwig, A.	223
	244
	270
	304
Brush, B.	389
	408
	409
Bryant, E. F.	394
	395
	403
Bucher, R.	70
	388
BUrkle de la Camp	443
	630
Bull, H. B.	418
Bull, J. P.	95
	183
Bullitt, L.	234
Burdeshaw, H. B.	444
Burgess, F.	77
Butler, B. C.	168
Buttle, G. A. H.	5
Buultjens, G.	271
Caldarola, L.	339
	340
Camba, R.	53
Camelln, A.	631
	701
Cameron, G. R.	77
Campanl, M.	875
Campbell, D. H.	224
	229
Campbell, H.	562
Campbell, J. B.	331
Campbell, K. N.	88
Cardona Mateo, L.	632
Cardus, J.	856
Carlson, W. W.	148
	155
	867
Carman, J. S.	271
Cartland, G. F.	267
Cevese, P. G.	338
Chabbert, Y.	704
Chandy, J.	321
Charller, R.	702
	703
Chatterjee, S. N.	445
Chavannaz, J.	704
	705
Cherkln, A.	229
Cheymol, J.	552
	553
Chlche, P.	325
Choay, A.	706
Choay, H.	706
	708
Choffel, C.	725 707
Churslna, T. F.	844
 
Clocato-Prench
-135-
Ciocato, E.	3*0
Clalsse, R.	708
Clark, E. J.	78
Cleghorn, R. A.	446
Clerc, J. L.	633
Cohen, H. R.	447
	448
	449
	450
Cohn, E. J.	419
	*51
	452
Colcher, H.	260
	307
Cole, V. H.	786
Collard, H. B.	883
Coller, P. A.	81
	88
Collins, V. J.	868
Cook, E. N.	297
Cope, 0.	87
Coquelet, 0.	420
Corbln, N.	244
	270
Cordler, G.	58
Corelll, P.	790
Cori, C. P.	153
	154
Cornell University	421
Correll, H.	357
Cosar, C.	634
Costantini, A.	339
	340
Cotte, J.	740
Cotterman, C. W.	242
Courtln, R. P.	509
	510
Courvolsler, S.	567
	627
Craig, W. M.	196
Crane, R. D.	158
Cretcher, L. H.	141
Creyssel, J.	680
	791
Croft, P. B.	79
Crossman, L. W.	792
Cuny, L.	593
Dahn, H.	694
Dameron, J. T.	242
	257
	258
Dameshek, W.	453
Dandllker, W.	224
Danowski, T. S.	688
	798
Darrov, D. C.	793
Daude	780
Davey, H. W.	424
Davis, H. A.	33
	42
	454
	514
	794
Davis, J. H., Jr.	349
DeFalco, R. J.	48
	50
DeGowln, E. L.	455
Del Poll, G.	339
	340
Delouche, G.	626
Demlrleau, J.	58
Denecke	314
Dennis, E. W.	368
Derivichian, D.	3
Dernoskaya, M. L.	854
Derot, M.	23
	635
Derot, P. T.	636
de Stito-Ragy, G. J.	818
Detlefsen, M.	637
Deuel, H.	878
Deull, R.	725
	771
Diacono, H.	391
	396
Dieckhoff, J.	638
	639
	640
	641
	642
DI Matt«o, J.	725
Dmltrleva, S. P.	486
	851
Dobry, A.	568
Dohrmann, V.	650
Dornheim, 0.	581
Dost, P. H.	456
Doud, E. A.	341
Doxlades	620
Doyle, J. T.	216
Drew, C. R.	845
Dubois-Perrlere, H.	457
	795
Dubost, P.	711
	712
Ducrot, R.	567
	627
Duesberg, R.	458
.	459
	796
Duttmann, G.	643
	709
Dulong de Rosnay, Ch.	888
Dunphy, J. E.	797
Duplan	577
Durel, P.	710
	711
	712
	713
	714
	715
Durlez, L.	692
Dutton, D. P.	481
Dworkin, R. M.	397
Eaton, A. G.	42
Ebert, R. V.	422
	800
Edwards, F. R.	43
	44
Edwards, J. T. R.	24
Elber, H. B.	320
Elchler, 0.	621
Elsenrelch, H.	648
Elklnton, J. P..	688
	798
Elman, R.	423
	424
	460
	799
Ely, J. 0.

Bnerson, C. P., Jr.
Engel, F. L.
Engelfrled, J. J.
Engelhardt, A.
Engstrand, L.
Ernst, M.
Ersklne, L. A.
Eskrldge, L. C.
Estes, E. H.
Evans, E. I.
Evans, T. H.

Eversole, W. J.
Pabre, L. A.

Falkenstein, D. P.
Fallis, L. S.
Panjeaux
Pantus, B.
Fargel, H.
Farla, R.
Parquharson, R. P.
Faulconer, A., Jr.
Favre-GIlly, J.
Pedorov, N. A.
Peigen, G.  A.
Felner, R.  R.
Felmus, L.  B.
Ferguson,  J.  H.
Fiehrer, A.
FIgueroa,  L.
Pine, J.
Flnkentscher, H.

Fischer, H. H.
Fisk, R. T.
Fitts, W.  T., Jr.
Flandre, J.
Fletcher,  A.  G., Jr
Fofi, C.
Fonlo,  A.
Fonseca,  L. C.
Formasglo, T. G.
Fouquet,  J,
Pourmestraux, J,
Francillon, J.
Frank,  H. A.
Freedman, A. M.
Freeman, L. W.
French, W. E.
981804  O - 52 - 10 
Pre sen- Tngrahan
-136-
Presen, 0. Prljnberger, F. Fuchs, A. M. Fuller, J. Gaines, S.	594 54 322 323 425 108
Gallaard, J. E.	717
Garde, A. Jarriung Garrett, V.	740 631 803
iate, J. Gatti, C. F. J. Gautheron, R.	718 719 720 59 644
Oelssendorfer, H. Gelfan, S.	645 786
Oeneral Aniline and Film Corporation. New York Gerald, H. P.	554 471
Gibbon, M. H.	243
Gibson, J. G., II Gibson, R. B.	60 6
Gibson, S. T.	472
Gllllgan, D. R.	333
Oludlcelll, R.	773
Glasser, 0.	344
Glelss, J.	571
Goebel, W. F.	572 51
Goepel, H.	315
Goetsch, J. B.	721 722 10
Goldenberg, M. Gordon, A. L.	11 158 814
Gordon, H. Gordon, W. H.	247 473
Gosset, J.	804
Goudsmit, A.	27
	28
Gradnik, B.	29 415
Graham, B. E. Graser, V. Gray, H. K. Greeff, K. B.	267 768 196 723
Green, H. D.	805
Green, R. W.	71
Greengard, H. Greengard, J.	481 334
Gregersen, M. I.	786
3r*goire	631
Grenler, J.	646
Griffin, G. E.	83
	84
Grigger, R. P.	286 296
Grill, J. C.	357
Grivaux, M.	635
Grodlns, F. S.	248 481
GrBr.vall, A.	97
	109 110
	111
	112
	159 186
Grbnwall, A.
Gross, R.
Grosser, F.
Grossiord, A.
Grubb, R.
G'u ldenha up t, G .
Gulllot, M.
Gunther, L.
Habelmann, G.
Hacker, V. D.
Hahnel, E.
Halst, R. E.
Hale, H. W.
Hall, H.

Hall, W. K.
Hailing, M. S.
Hame, M.
Hamilton, A.  S.
Hamilton, J.  I.
Handman, L.
Hardwicke, J.

Hardy, J. D.
Harkins, H. N.
Hartman, P. W.
Hartmann, A.
Harvier, P.

Hassid, W. Z.
Haurowltz, F.
Hawkins, W. L.
Hays, H. W.
Hecht, G.
Hehre, E. J.
Hellmeyer, L.
Heir.en, H.
Heinen, W.
 Heinlld,  S.
 Helnlein, H.
 Heinrich, A.
Henderson, J.
Henning, N.
 187
 188
 859
 694
 584
 724
 113
 595
 573
 807
 474
 351
 261
 475
 374
 65
 67
   6
 126
 836
 249
 475
 241
 114
 860
 278
 80
 86
 87
 408
 409
 476
 542
 806
 389
 408
 409
 582
 725
 726
 115
 160
 134
 135
 157
 873
 555
 564
 588
 647
 116
 117
 118
 119
 120
 121
 149
 150
 161
 596
 648
 574
 648
 649
 650
 651
 345
 691
 346
 477
347
Henstell, H. H.
Herrle
Hervy, C.
Heusser, H.
Heyl, J. T.
Heymans, C.
Hibbert, H.
Hicks, R. G.
Hiertonn, T.
Hlldebrandt, P.
Hint, H. C.

Hirshfeld, J. W.

Hirst, E. L.
Hoar, W. S.
Hockerts, T.
ffdrler, Th.
Hoffman, W. S.

Hoge, L. J.
Hoitink, A. W. J. H.

Holden, W. D.
Holt, J. P.
Holubeg, K.
Hoorweg, P. G.
Hopps, H. C.
Hoyt, R. E.
Hubay, C. A.
Hucker, G. J.
Hueber, W.
Hueper, W. C.
Huguenard, P.

Hummel, K.
Humphreys, E. M.
Hurst, J. G.
Hutchlns, G.
Huzil, 3.
Ihrig, H. K.

Ikle, A.
Imperatl, L.
Ingelman, B.
Ingraham, R. C.
807
569
636
478
 60
170
107
134
135
157
868
189
190
348
162
122
540
 83
 84
392
475
678
479
268
305
247
  7
  8
349
250
80S
191
279
237
3^9
123
727
  9
387
398
399
480
550
182
759
575
425
241
483
835
876
577
629
809
 98
109
110
111
112
124
125
126
127
128
129
159
188
192
810 
Iob-Lockwood
-137-
Iob, V.
Iokhveds, B. I.
Ivy, A.  C.
Ivanaga, N.
Jacob, R.
Jacobs, R.
Jacobson, S. D.
Jackson, R. L.
Jacquot, G.
James, A. E.
Janeway, C. A.
Janot, M. M.
Janota, M.
Janz, G. J.
Jeanes, A.

Johnson, J. B.
Johnson, V.
Johnstpn, C. D.
Jones, A. R.
Jones, H. W.
Jones, J. K. N.
Jones, P. G.
Jones, R. M.
Joppich, G.

Joppich, J.
Joseph, G. H.
Kabat, H.
Kagan, B. 0.
Kan, G.
Karrasch, K.

Karush, P.
KasanskI, V. I.
Katzenstein, R.
Kay, B. B.
Kazal, L. A.

Kebrov, A. A.

Kekwick, R. A.

Kendall, F. E.

Kendrick, D. B., Jr.

Kent, P. W.
Kertesz, Z. I.
Kety, 3. 3.
Keys, A.
King, R. A.
Klees, E.
KLeinberg, W.
 81
849
481
836
567
69A
282
298
404
869
 25
759
137
 60
482
483
484
316
232
233
251
255
256
293
330
485
130
861
 30
 61
270
131
378
392
349
350
620
 652
 647
 394
 395
 405
 410
 317
 850
 746
 649
 651
  52
 841
 818
 351
  48
  50
 486
 851
   5
 426
 260
 307
 487
 525
 132
 579
 820
  55
 352
 653
 300
 488
ELelnberg, W.	873
KLevas, S.	133
Knoefel, P. K.	250
	252
Khutson, R. C.	441
Knutti, R. E.	10
	11
Kobernlck, S. D.	57
Kock, W.	193
Koepfli, J. B.	224
Ulster, K. H.	194
	195
Kohlstaedt, K. G.	353
	811
Konjetzny, G. C-.	654
Koop, C. E.	234
	278
	283
	284
	285
	286
	287
	294
	296
	306
	489
	490
Kopaczewskl, W.	393
Korth, J.	12
	491
	691
Koschnltzke, H. K.	67
Kozoll, D. D.	268
	288
	305
	308
	309
	405
	406
	411
	413
	672
Kowatsky, U.	574
Kremen, A. J.	65
	67
Kronke, E.	318
Krzikalla, H.	581
Kugelmeier, L. M.	354
Kunstler, S.	640
	641
Labadle, P.	888
Lacomme	729
Lambllng, A.	730
Lampert, H.	235
	289
	492
	655
Lande, M.	500
	635
Landes, G.	731
Landsberg, J. W.	550
Lang, K.	493
	494
	495
	496
Lang, W. R.	497
Lange, H. J.	88
Langeron, L.	692
Lanni, P.	224
	236
Lapage, 0.	62
Laroux, P.
Larsen, V.
Latham, A.
Latker, Sh. N.
Lauber, H. J.
Laugler, P.
Lavedan, J. P.
Lavleri, P. J.
Lawson, H.
Leander, G.
Lebel, M.
Leblanc, M.
Lecoq, H.
Lederer, J.
Leger, H.
Leger, L.

Lehmann, G.
Lehnhoff, H. J.,
LeLoutre
Lenggenhager, K.
LSonard, M.
Leontiev, I. P.
LeRosen, A. L.

Lesser, M. A.

Les trade, de
Lestradet, H.
Levenson, 3. M.
Levi, I.

Levlne, M. G.
Levinson, S. 0.
Levrat, M.
Lewis, J. H.
Levy
Llan, C.
Licha, J. s.
Llebau, G.
Llebmann, A. J.
Liesegang, R. E.

Linneweh, F.
Llscher, C. E.

Little, J. m.
Locke, W.
Lockey, S. d,
Lockwood, A. R.

Lockwood, J. s. 
:>ockv~-<i-ott	
Lockwood, J. 3.	265
	285
	287
	290
	291
	294
LSfflor, y.	365 576
Loewe, H.	504
Loewe, L. LSwen, C. H.	658 320 505
	659
	660
Long, C. N. H.	80
Longlnl, J.	825 61
Loosen, H.	650
Lorenz, L.	142
LoubatlSres, A.	598
Lowell, A.	599 260
Lucas, C. C.	307 383
Ludvlg, H. J.	642
Lund, C. C.	71
Lundy, J. s.	196
	197
	297
	441
	506
	507
	508
	509
	510
	511
	512
Lusky, L. M.	164
Lyon, C. G.	32
Lyster, S. C.	267
McCarthyj M. D.	82
	243
	513
	530
McClure, R. D.	412
	476
McDonald, E.	225
McGee, C. A.	231
Macpherson, C. H.	276
Maes, U.	33
	514
Magendie, M. J.	577
	661
Magerand, P.	701
Magglora, A.	414
Magnant, C.	3
Maksic, D.	600
Mandow, G. A.	662
Mannix, E. P., Jr.	37
Mansour, M.	753
Mansteln, B.	746
Maral, P.	770
Maral, R.	558
	604
	747
Karkus, G.	276
Marmont, A.	748
Martin, C. J.	387
Martin, N.	426
-138-
Martlnez Alonso, E.
Martinez Alvarez, A.
Mascre, M.
Masmontell, F.
Mason, M. P.
Massa, V.

Massachusetts General
 Hospital, Boston
Masshoff, W.
Massons Esplugas, J. M.

May, E.
Mayacos, D.

Maycock, W. d'A
Meaklns, J. C.
Medical Research Council
   (Great Britain)
Meidlnger, p.

Meinzlnger, E.
Melka, J.
Melions, 0.
Mennenga
Merke
Merrill, A. J.
Meyer, P. L.
Meyer, K.
Meyer, K. A.
 Mian,  E.  U.
 Mlchle, A. J.
 Michlels, J.
 Middleton, S.
 Miers, J. C.
 Miller, L. L.
 Miller, R. E.
 Mills, E. 3.
 Mlmet, P. R.
 Mitchell, H. K.
 Moe, R.
 Moia,  B.
 Molndrot, R.

 Molnecourt, J.
 Molsmann, H.
 Molllson, P. L.
 Mondlnl, p.
 Monke, J. V.
 Monks, E. T.
 Moore, P. D.
 Moorhouse, M. S.
 More,  R. H.
 Morea, R.
 Morehead, R. p.
Moreno Castellanos, M.
Mori,  S.
Morrison,  A. E., Jr.
Morrison,  J. l.
Motta Mala,  M. C. da
Moullnler
Mousel, L. H.

Moyer, C. A.
 515
 516
 749
 517
 439
 391
 396
 89
 518
 45
 519
 219
 716
 729
 142
 183
 813
 831
 72

 750
 751
 68
 46
 663
 752
 664
 882
 83
 261
 308
 309
 413
 872
 73
 306
 13
 400
 861
 266
 262
 814
 815
 143
 244
 816
 741
 742
 770
 112
 183
 338
 14
 226
 817
 385
 57
 227
 263
 69
 15
520
163
 74
 577
 197
 512
 81
 90
Mudd, 3.
Muller, C.

Muller, E.
MUller, W.
Muether, R. 0.
Murakami, S.

Murat, M.
Murphy, P. D.
Mylon, E.
Nagaml, H.
Nance, M.
Nastuk, W. L.
Nathanson, I. T.
National Research Council
  of Canada
National Research Council
  (U. 3. A.)
Necheles, H.
Neill, J. M.

Nelson, A. A.
Never, H. E.
Newhouser, L. R.

Newman, L. H.
Nlcholl, R. J.
Nichols, S.
Nicoll, G. A.
Niederhausern, A., de
Nielsen, A. K.
Nolf, V.
Nungester, W. J.
Nutt, A. L.
Ohlsson, W. T. L.
Ollvelra, E. de
Olsen, A. G.
Oncley, J. l.
O'Neill, j. p.
Cpltz
Ordonneau, P.
Osborn, J. e.

Ott, H.
 521
 665
 666
 667
 590
 601
 602
 522
 523
 837
 556
 557
 558
 603
 604
 7*1
 7*2
 75*
 357
 818
 836
 524
 819
 820
 821

 75
 292

 233
 251
 255
 256
 293
 330
 822
 120
 150
 164
 541
 487
 525
 30
 264
 304
 526
 68
 41
 692
 156
 820
 220
 527
 390
 238
 240
 484
 358
 376
 377
 378
379
 380
 620
 771
 509
 510
 417 
Overman-Schelling
-139-
Overman, R. r.	488
Owen, W. L.	138
	139
Owen, W. L., Jr.	139
Pablo Rey, p.	1
Page, I. h.	344
	353
	359
	360
	361
	362
	811
Pages, P.	753
Paget, M.	692
Palmer, G. H.	39*
	395
	403
Palmieri, A., Jr.	7*8
Papper, E. M.	363
	364
Parkins, W. M.	249
	265
	287
	294
	295
	321
	513
Patek, A. J., jr.	260
	307
Paterson, J. C. S.	183
Pauling, L.	224
Paulson, J. A.	508
	509
	510
Pautard, P. G.	137
Pavlenko, 3. M.	852
Pederson, C. S.	123
Pelkonen, A.	198
Pellerat. J.	558
	604
	671
	718
	719
	720
	7*0
	7*1
	7*2
	75*
	770
Pellerat, M.	669
Pelzer, L.	668
Pender, J. W.	197
	508
	509
	510
	511
Pendl, E.	605
Perez, J.	47
Perlmann, G. E.	51
Perrault, M.	726
	755
	756
Pesslna, R.	99
Peters, R. A.	78
	79
Petkun, T. E.	85*
Petrov, I. R.	853
	854
Pharmacia Aktlebolaget	1*0
Philippot, E.	703
Phillips, R. A.	87
Piette, M.	579
	7*5
Pilling, M. A.	84
Plncock, A. C.	372
Piulachs Oliva, P.	823
Plaskuda, G.	69*
	695
Pomeroy, R. E.	267
Pont, M.	669
Pope, A.	820
Popper, H.	158
	288
	308
	309
	405
	406
	411
	413
	872
Porter, M. R.	365
Poulaln	7*5
Poullaln, P.	579
Power, M. H.	18
	29
Price, A. H.	358
	379
	380
Prince, R. w.	264
Prost	369
Pugsley, H. E.	384
Pulaski, E. J.	171
Pundel, P.	757
Quevauvlller, A.	606
	607
	608
Qulvy, D.	593
Rafal, H. 3.	273
	274
Raia, A.	34
Rao, L.	227
Rapant, V.	46
Rasmussen, K. B.	199
Ratcllffe, H. L.	287
	306
Ratner, V.	714
	715
Ravault, P.	669
Ravdin, I. 3.	200
	201
	228
Raven, R. V.	38
Ravltch, M. M.	528
Rebello, A.	1
Rehm, V. S.	253
	254
Rehn, E.	670
Rehn, J.	202
Reisman, H. A.	366
Remington, J. W.	488
Renfrew, A. G.	141
Reppe, W.	564
	580
	581
	582
	588
Reynaud, H.
RIcard, A.

Richards, D. V., Jr.

Richardson, A. P.
RIcketts, C. R.
Ridley, R. V.
Rledel, G.
Rlegel, C.
Riehl, G.
Riese, J.
RIchter, G. W.
Robblns, E. B.
Robertson, R. L.
Robschelt-Robbins, G
Roeb, H.
Roemer, H.
Romence, H. L.
Roome, N. W.
Roost, W.
Root, W. S.
Rosenqvist, H.
Rosenthal. 0.

Rossi, G.
Rosslter, R. J.
Roth, D. A.

Rousseau, P.
Rousset, J.
Roux, M.
Rovenstine, E. A.
Rungs, H. M.
Ruttle, L.
Sachs, B.   •

Sanders, E. K.
Sanders, G. B.
Sarrazln
Sarrouy
Sauer, H.
Sauerbler,  R.

Savage,  G.  M.
Saxe, L. H.
Sayers,  G.
Sayers,  M.  A.
Scatchard,  G.
Schaefer, G.
Schaer,  3.  m.
Schallock,  G.
Scheldy, s.  F.
Schelling,  v. 
-140-
Sche 11 i: ip -T ocantlns
Schelling, V.	408
	409
Schenley Laboratories, Inc. 559	
New York, N. Y.	
	565
Schleltz, N. C.	130
Schlldknecht, C. E.	584
Schllliro	780
Sciuidt, G.	609
Schmldt-Alexewltz, R.	732
	760
Schmltz, H.	165
	863
Schneider	314
Schoen, H.	693
Schoneberg, G.	826
Schrank, H.	672
Schroeder, W.	459
	796
Schubert, R.	16
	56O
	561
	585
	610
	611
	612
	613
	614
	615
	699
	673
	700
	761
	762
	763
	764
	765
	766
	767
	768
Schulz, E.	67*
Schuster, C.	582
	586
Schwegman, C. W.	296
Schweitzer, A.	5
Schverin, P.	160
S:hwiegk, H.	68
	494
	495
	496
	616
.	827
Scott, C. C.	534
Scott, V. B.	244
Scudder, J.	168
	828
SScall, J.	93
Sedalllan, P.	769
	770
Seegal, D.	260
	307
Seeley, S. P.	370
Seldon, T. H.	197
	297
	508
	509
	510
	512
	535
Sellgman,  A.  M.
Seltsovskl, P. L.
S«rafino,  X.

seraflno,  X.  (Mme.)
Servantle
Seze, S. de
Shaffer, J. 0.
Sharpey-Schafer, E. P.

Shore, M. K.
SIboulet, A.
Siegbahn,  K.

 Siguier, F.
Simon,  K.
Singuler,  J.
Skinsnes,  0.  K.

Sloan,  J.  H.
Small, C. S.
Small, W.
Smalley, R. E.

Smathers, S. E.
Smith, M. E.
Smith, W.
Smyth, C. J.
Snell,  E.  E.
S/Sndergaard,  T.

Sonenberg, M.
Sorgdrager, P.
Soulairac, A.
Soullard,  J.
Spain, W.  C.
Spooner,  S.  J. L.
Squire, J. R.
Stacey,  M.
Staedlng, J.
Stahly, G.  L.
Starllnger
State, D.
Stavely, H. E.
Stead, E. A., Jr.

Steffee, C. H.
Stelgmann, F.
Stein, I. P.
802
855
675
829
675
577
771
371
329
372
320
697
714
715
772
 127
 128
 644
 7*5
 773
 77*
 779
 310
 3H
   17
  403
  331
   18
   35
  242
  168
  551
  282
   298
   404
   869
   143
   299
   3*5
   52
    4
   775
   730
   322
   183
   114
   183
   864
   144
   1*5
   146
    *7
   108
   147
   148
   776
     69
    101
    422
    882
    425
    288
   309
    405
    406
    411
    413
    872
    481
Stelnforth
Stevens, B.

Stevenson, C. W.
Stewart, J. D.
Stewens, R.
Stoneham, P. J« R«
Straube, A.
Strauss, M. B.

Spain, W. C.
Strocchl, P. M.
Strdder, J.
Struppler, V.
Stttbinger, G.
Sturgis, C.  C.
Stutlnsky, F.
Sugg,  J. Y.
3ulre, P.
Sutherland, G. B.
Swanson, M. A.
Swedberg, B.
Swift, G.
Swingle, W. W.
Tainsky, I. A.
Talbot, T. R., Jr.
Tanret, P.
Tarrow, A. B.
Tavernler, L.
Taylor, H. L.
Taylor, N. B.

Thalheimer,  W.
Thorn,  H.
Thomas, G.  F.
Thompson, C. E.
Thompson, M. R.
Thorsen,  G.
Thrower, W. R.
Thulln, K. E. N.
Tlffeneau, R.
Tisellus, A.
Tocantins, L. M. 
Tocantlns-Zwelfach
-141-
Tocantins, L. M.
Tonnls, W.
Toops, E. B., Jr.
Torres Romero, P.
Tovey, 0. H.
Trenwith, V.
Trincher, I. H.
True
Tudvad, P.
Tunca, M.
Tuohy, E. B.

Turner, P. p.
Tysell, J. E.
Ueno,  K.
U. 3. Army Medical Service
  Graduate School
U. 3.  Chemical War
  Service
Urinson, A. P.

Urinson, Y. P.

Vaccaro, H.
Van den Heuvel, G.

Vender Brook, M. J.
Van der Ghinst, M.
Vara, P.
Vars, H. M.
Vasiliev, P. 3.
Vaughan, H. H.
Vehnlalnen, E.
Vehnl'alnen, K.

Veselkin, P. N.
Victor, J.
VIgnon, G.

Vincke, E.
Vlrenque, J.
Volker, R.

Volgt, K.
Volk, B. W.
358
375
376
377
378
379
380
681
101
  69
 211
  77
368
780
345
160
197
512
168
341
 838
830
 563
486
 851
 486
851
  47
 169
 170
 267
420
212
 287
 294
 295
848
  81
 198
 198
865
854
307
 669
 781
 541
  93
 617
618
782
 288
 308
 309
Volk, B. W.	405
	406
	572
Vollaert, B.	880
Volplcelli, M.	881
Voorhees, A. B.	171
Wahl, P. A.	682
Walcott, W. W.	786
Wallace, A. B.	94
Wallace, J.	329
Wallenlus, G.	372 213
Walter, C. Walton, K.	773 866
Waltzer, F. Wangensteen, 0. H.	249 65
	67 69
Ward, A. G. Warren, J. V.	874 422
	882
Warren, K. W.	389 409 412
Warrick, R. A.	542 10
Waters, E. T. Watts, W. E.	11 302 386 422
Waugh, D.	57
Weed, L. A.	6
Weese, H.	555 564 588
	647 683 684
Well, P. G. Weller, H.	685 831 595
Welnsteln, J. J.	543
Welssman, V.	251
Wells, H. S. Wenner, W. F. Wepf, R. Werner, H. Weston, R. E.	259 303 66 6l4 251
Whipple, G. H.	330 266
Whitby. L. E. H. White, C. S.	429 813 544
Whlteslde-Carlson, V.

Wldstrom, G.
Wiech, M.
WIegandt, E.

Wiener, A. S.

Wiggers, C. J.
WIggers, H. C.
Wllander, 0.
Wilcox, M.. L.
Wildegans, H.
Wiley, H. M.
Wiley, M.
Wilham, C. A.

Wilhelmj, CM.
Wilkinson, A. W.
Willenegger, II.

Williams, J. W.
Williams, I,.
Wilson, J. 3.
Winkler, A. W.

WInternltz, M. C.
Wlssler, R. w.
Worth,  H. M.
Wretllnd, K. A. J
Wunderly, C.
Youngner, J.  s.
Zamcheck,  N.
Zamecnlk, P.  C.
Zanotelll,  F.
Zapletal, B.
Zfasman,  E.  M.
Zlntel, H.  A.
Zipf,  K.

Zoss, A. 0.
Zundell, J. L.
Zweifach, B. V.
■ir U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 0  1952 
~A   *A1    *
or' ^ 
 
V.
99^
9999k.